^■H^HH On Toll : I'- n.U-k rf Tovr- j,,, 7... :.;,7^ ?/-/-.A,^ r.w. ,. Pome years ago, afr-r my late father'? plartRtirns rtl WcodlnTicls, near Di.rhair., hid madf conoid L-rjMe I jnngress, he. amongst otiii-r projects, tlu>\ight thai. t)in bark of the larch tree might lie u^tful in taninng! lealhf r ; but was prevailed on to give i;p the experi- ment. However in the mor.th of Jv.ne last, v.'Ml-t some workmen were taking oil the bark fn -i : rrnnler of larch trees iatendi d for b'iilding; they foi » (! tht ri.ius of their ni:gers stained, v.'hich indiicvxl i\ie to try whi- ther it v^'ould rail leather or t'ot, a purpcse T was v^iy soon satisfied itv/ould ar?wer most effectiially. T ih ■a. procured two calf skins, cf iqual pri~e, v/iifht andsi-b- stance, and immersed one in an infufioR of oak-b.ii!., of amazing atic quality, such as cjH rarely b'' pej rhns'/^i, and the other in I'h'e sdme proportion of larch bark, frem a very small trw, vach skin ren.air.iT'^ exactly the sa:: j time In its respective tan-pit, and dvrir.g ih- op'ratir.Ti 1 repeatedly w> iphed a measure cf larch liquor ; gain=t the oak. and ahvays found the lonr.tr to prepondtn-t'-, the cor.sequence of which was, that the skin tanntd \\ ith larch ftlt thicker in thL-b..;r;d ai-xi heavier, aud w;js ;ilso finer in tlie grain, and of a lighttr colour. T stnt thess two skins to the sociity of arcs and srienci's in August list, and put as n.iaiiy hid^s erjually divided inro each nf the tVv-o tan pits, as nearly exhausted their strerj^th, as the expiration of which tjm.e the larch liquid appeared to have the superiority bo;h in astriigeiicy a; dvcighl. 1 have been since employ.d in tainarg hidt i.of tt;w« and horses vv-ith larch hark, which of couj^^ rfquiri^ much longer time than calf skifs. but prtn-isejust v% fair to arri-<'e at perfecti(>n. I have tried also ivju^l quantities of larch ar.doak barks, mashed inhct water, and applied when cold to the skin.s, with the y.wnvi t fl'ect as in the former casi.. I also comj.ared'birLh \\'\\\ the larch, bi t was soon convlnc.d that the fednu r, fi om is slowniss in tanrirg, and apparently '.xhautted ;>;atv, af-.er procec ding a ciTt;.in l'.ngti\ was vcjy infi rii r, and y. t it is sold in my neighbouihnod for halJ the pri'-e af oak. What th.n I ask, must be the value of la; rJi" — . Although lam happy to thii.k, that the discovuv. from the innnense tract of plantations in thi? coe.ntry, will in some measure r.u-.ki; fheiir-pi>rtafi(!n(.f baik unrecessary. I feel an additior.ai pleasur- in tb--; certainty of its answcrir g otherin.portant purposes, viz. of promoting phmtirg and induci; g Gcitli-men to thin th(ir words, which, in mv profes-i'./nal exeuisiorii ef lavirg out ground, and planting by ecu-tract, I have o.f'tc n most strenuously recommended, but witlinm pr- - vaiiirg upon .some to do so, from the difficuir:^ c-f:-.el- ling the weecings, which e.vpence w'-ill he mrcli m'-re than rtpaid by the prijeofthe hurk, sh'-uldthc body of the tree even he sutfi red to rat on ^e grom:d. ! t must be observed, that oak ba." k car. only be tai' li from the tree during about two jnortlis in they>-iii, whereas larch can be collect-.dfr-im about Mar.;li to the end of Augu.st, and at ini'mitely a cheaper rate, as i whole tree whatever length it may be, can be stripped fnmi one end to flie other entire with the greatest ease. Since le,ivii;g Woodlai'.ds. T ii^ve received a mo-t favourable report fr-mi a tanntr, ■'vhohas coi.-verted th; leather into shoes of which h Ceneral Application — ^ — 600 Hunting-Box — - '-'\'\£^. 5jq Ornamented Cottage — — Jbid. Villa — — — 612 Principal Refidence — — " 614 Persfield defcrihdy(^c* — 616 ERRATUM. Page 14. 1. 3. cfter them, rtad — the part placed in cental with the foil fends forth roots, whilfl that expofed to th? cp^n air fends forth branches. INTRODUCTION T O PLANTING AND ORNAMENTAL GARDENING. T GENERAL VIEW. r B ^HE earth produces an almofl infinite variety of Plants, poffefling various properties, and different degrees of flrength and fla- ture. In the vegetable as in the animal world, the flronger fubdue the weaker : the herbaceous tribes bow to the Ihrub, and this to the more robuft foreft-tree ; and in an unpeopled country a ftate of woodinefs prevails. The interior parts of Ame- rica are at this day a foreft : the Continent of Europe too has flill its foreft ; and England once was famous for her's. As inhabitants increafe, woodineffes give way to hulbandry and the arts -, not merely as incum- brances, but as affording ufeful materials. Popu- lation ftill increafing, the foreji breaks into woods, B Commerce 2 INTRODUCTION. Commerce and luxury advancing, the canoe be- comes a fliip, and the cottage a manfion ; at length even the woods dwindle away, and plantations, or an import of foreign tifnber, become neceffary to fupply the want. England has experienced, more or lefs, every flage of this decline. Its prefent ftate, in refpedt to timber, we conceive to be this : A few broken forefls and many extenlive woodlands flill remain- ing ; a great number of plantations of different growths, and a vafl fupply of foreign timber of various kinds. Indeed, we are of opinion, that had it not been for this foreign fupply, fcarcely a timber-tree, at this day, w^ould have been left Handing upon the ifland. Our exiilence, as a nation, depends upon a full nnd certain fupply of fhipping ; and this, we may venture to fay, upon an internal fupply of fhip- timber. That there is no want of oak-timber at prefent in this iiland is, we believe, a faft ; but that the article of fhip-iimbtx is growing fcarce, as we fhall explain more fully in its proper place, is, we believe, alfo a fadt which cannot be controverted. This is an important matter, which demands the firft attention of Government, and is not unworthy the notice of every landed individual. Mankind, however, do not view the face of na- ture in the light of felf-prefervation only ; the great Author PROPAGATION. 3 Author of creation has wonderfully adapted our fenfes to the enjoyment of its delights ; the eye is gratified by tints of verdure, and the car by the muiic of the woods and the mellownefs of echo — and both by the voice and majefty of a foreft roufed by the breath of Nature. Our plan therefore has two objed:s, utility and ornament ; they are nearly allied, however, as labour and recreation, or as the ufe and the ornament of drefs. But before we give directions for raifing a wood, or ornamenting the face of a country, we muft firft treat feparately of each individual tree and fhrub adapted to our purpofe ; and, preparatory to this, give a comprehenfive view of the operations inci- dent to Propagating, Training-up, Planting-out., and Transplanting. Trees and Shrubs in general. PROPAGATING TREES and SHRUBS. TREES and Shrubs are propagated From Seeds, by Layering, Suckers, — Budding, Cuttings^ — Grafting. But before the young planter put his foot upon the fpade, we beg leave to caution him in the ftrongeft terms againft a want of spirit. A flo. B 2 venly 4 INTRODUCTION. venly planter ranks among the mod extravagant order of llovens : the labour, the plants, and the ground are thrown away ; befides the confequent dilgrace, not only to the individual himfelf, but to the profeffion in general. Anxious and intcreftcd as we are in the caufe of planting, we would ra- ther want pupils than have them pafs through our hands unfiwfDed : we therefore rejcd: all fuch as have not induftry, fpirit, and perfeverance, to go through with what they undertake ; and we re- commend to fuch as arc poffeffed of thefe valuable qualifications, to begin upon a Jmall fcale, and to let their feminary, their nurfery, and their plantations increafe with their experience. Whilll, however, we caution againil entering immaturelv upon the bufincfs of planting, we can- not refrain from mentioning the pleasures which refult from it. How rational, and to a contempla- tive mind how delightful, to obferve the operations of Nature ; — to trace her in every ftage, from the feed to the perfected plant; and, from beneath the leaf-ftalk of this, through the flower-bud, tl^e flower, and the feed-veflel, to the feed again ! Man muft be employed ; and how more agreeably than in converfing with Nature, and in feeing the works of his own hands, aflifled by her, rifing into per- fedtion. Nor PROPAGATION. 5 Nor do we mean to hold out pleafurc alone as an inducement to planting; — its profits are great, when properly executed, and this idea adds Iblidity to the enjoyment. Pleafure alone may fatiate ; but profit and pleafure united feldom fail of producing a laftlns: ofratification. There is another incitement to planting, which alone has been generally held out as a fufficient in- ducement. We are forry to confefs, however, that we know too much of mankind, to believe that PATRIOTISM, unaided by perfonal intereft, will ever produce a fupply of ihip-timber to this or any other nation. Far be it from us, however faihion- able it may be, to fpcak irreverently of patriotifm ; we confider it as the nobleft attribute of the human mind. Young men, to whom we more particularly addrefs ourfeives, are feldom without fome fhare of it •, and we flatter ourfeives that this virtuous prin- ciple, aiTifted by the pleafure, the profit, and the POPULARITY which attcnds planting, — ornamental plantations more particularly, — will induce the young men of the prefent age to ftudy and practife it ; not more for themfelves than for future gene- rations, PROPAGATING FROM SEED.— There are four ways of raifing from leed the trees and Ihrubs adapted to our purpofe : B 3 In d INTRODUCTION. In Beds of natural Soil, In Beds of Compoft, In Pots, — and fome few In Stoves, or under GlafTes. It will be expetfted, perhaps, before we begin to treat of the different methods of fowing, that we give fome directions for gathering and pre- ferring feeds. Little, however, can be faid upon the fubjedt under this general head ; different fpecies requiring a difference in management. We may, neverthelefs, venture to fay, that all feeds ought to be fully matured upon their native plants ; and we may further add, that fuch as drop fpontaneoufly from the feed-veffel, or are fhed by a moderate wind, or other gentle agitation, are preferable to thofe which are torn from the tree immaturely. The feeds of fcarce or valuable plants may be ga- thered thus : As foon as they begin to fall of them- felves, fpread a cloth under the plant, and agitate it moderately, until all that are ripe have fallen ; — and repeat this whenever a fecond and a third fpontancous fall takes place. The art of preserving feeds refls chiefly upon that of curing them immediately after gathering. If grafs were put into the flack immediately after movv'ing, or corn threfhed out at harveft and laid in heaps, it would prefently heat and become entirely Ipoilcd, So it is with the feeds of trees and fhrubs : therefore PROPAGATION. 7 therefore they ought, as foon as they are gathered, to be fpread thin in an airy place, and be turned as often as a clofe attention fees necelTary. When the fuperfluous moifture has evaporated, they may be colledted into bulk ; remembering, however, to run them every now and then down a fkreen, or Ihake them in a fieve, that their brightnefs and fweetnefs may be preferved. Some of the larger feeds, aeorns efpecially, are difficult to cure, and require a very ftridt attention. It muil alfo be re- membered, that mice and other vermin are danger- ous enemies to feeds. Thole which are particularly valuable, may be hung up in bags to the ceiling of a dry room. In procuring feeds from the shops, or from ABROAD, fome caution is neceflary. A reputable feedfman, and a corrcfpondent who is himfelf- a judge of the quality of feeds, are the bell; general guards againft impolition and difappoinrment. There are feveral ways of trying the quality of feeds. The heavier kinds may be proved in water ; fuch as fwim are at leail doubtful. The lighter forts may be tried by biting them : if they break abruptly between the teeth, they are generally good ; but if they be tough and leathery, they are moftly the contrary. If when crufhed, or feparated by a knife or fciflars, they appear firm, white, and farinaceous, they may generally be efteemed good ; but if on the contrary they be fpungy and difco- B 4 loured. S* INTRODUCTION. loured, they are generally of a bad quality. But the mofl certain mode of trial, and that which in cafes of fufpicion ought never to be omitted, is to force a few of them in a garden-pot, placed in an artificial heat, or other warm fituation. Put in fome certain number, taken promifcuoufly from the parcel, and, from the proportional number that vegetate, a tolerably juft idea may be formed of the quality of the whole. Without this precau- tion a feafon may be loft, and the ufe of the land, together with the labour, bo thrown awa}\ All the natives, and many exotics, may be raifed in BEDS OF NATURAL MOULD. The foil lliould be rich, and fufficiently deep to admit of being trench- ed or double. dug two fpit deep. If it will not bear one fpit and a half, namely about fourteen inches, it is improper for feed-beds, and fliould either be wholly rejedled, or (if the fubftratum is not of too hungry and poifonous a nature) be trenched a fpit and a half deep, and the crude mould meliorated by manure and repeated diggings. Autunni is thebcft time to bring up the fubftratum, letting it lie in rough trenches all winter to take the froft. In the Ipring put on a quantity of dung, in proportion to the poverty of the foil ; turning it in fuperficially, and mixing it well with the foil to be improved. Repeat this fingle digging, through the fummer, as often as convenient, or as often as the weeds, which never PROPAGATION. 9 never fail to rife in great abundance from a fubftra- tum expofcd to the fun and air, require it. In autumn turn up the foil from the bottom, and m-x the whole well together. The longer the foil and fubftratum lie in the ftate of inveriion, the better tempered the frefli mould will become, and the mellower will be the old cultivated foil. In a man- ner fimilar to this, all foils which are not naturally rich ought to be treated. No department of plant- ing calls more loudly for a fpirited management than the feminary, which, if not rich and deep by nature, ought to be made fo by art, at almoft any expence. In large undertakings a feparate feminary may be neceffary ; but, in genera], a portion of the kitchen garden is better adapted to the purpofe. There are indeed two very great advantages in mixing the feminary with the kitchen-garden : the feed-beds are always under the eye, and are more likely to be defended from weeds and vermin there, than in a detached feminary viiited only now and then ; and, when the ground has borne a crop of feedling plants, it may be applied to the purpofe of culinary herbs ; whilfl that which has been long under crops of thefe may be changed to feed-beds. In what- ever fituation they arc placed, they muil be care- fully fenced againft hares and rabbits^ or the li'bour of a whole feafon may be cut off in a few nights : in this light alfo the kitchen-garden has a preference. It to INTRODUCTION. It would be idle to give particular directions for laying out a seminary, or to fay under this gene- ral head where, this or that feed lliould be fown. Suffice it therefore to mention here, that seed-beds are generally made from four to four feet and a balf wide, with intervals of one foot and a half to two feet. Thefe dimenlions render them conve- nient to be weeded, without the plants being trod- den or kneeled upon. The METHOD OF SOWING is various : By dib- bling, by DRILLING, and by broadcast, which laft is the moft prevailing method. Seeds fown in the promifcuous broadcaft manner are covered either with the rake, or with the fpade (or fievej. Covering with the spade (orfieve) is the com- mon practice, and is thus performed : The furfacc being made light and fine by a recent digging and raking, and the beds formed (operations which every gardener and gardener's man are acquainted with), a thin coat of mould is raked off the beds into the intervals, in proportion to the depth the feeds require to be buried, and according to the nature of the foil, taken jointly. In a light fandy foil, the feeds require to be buried deeper than they do in a ftrong loam ; and whilll an acorn may be covered from one to three inches, the feeds of Larch will not bear more than from a quarter to three-fourths of an inch. The new furface being rendered perfectly fine and level, the feeds are fown, PROPAGATION. ri fown, and in fome cafes prefied gently- into, the mould, by patting it with the back of the fpadc. The earth which was raked off into the interval (- dcrable Ihare of judgment is requifite : to head it down in the pollard manner is very uniightly ; ^nd to trim it up to a mere May-pole, or fo as to leave only a fmall broom-like head at the top, is equally deflruftive of its beauty* The moft rational, the moll natural, and, at the fame time, the moft ele- gant, manner of doing this, is to trim the boughs in fuch a manner as to form the head of the plant into a conoid, in refembhncc of the natural head of the Lombardy poplar, and of a fize proportioned to the ability of the root. Whoever was the inventor ©f this method of trimming the heads of trees, de- ferves infinite credit : it only wants to be known in order to be approved ; and we are happy to fee it growing into univerfal prad:ice. * In this cafe the head ought at the fame time to be trimmed, and the plant, if expofed, fupported. D 3 The 38 INTRODUCTION. The mode of carriage refts wholly with the lizc of the plant : if fmall, it is belt carried by hand, either upon the flioulder, or upon hand-fpikes : — if larger, two fledges, one for the root, the other for the head, may be ufed : — if very large, and the ball of earth heavy, a pair of high timber-wheels, or a timber-carriage, will be found neceflary. The hole mud be made wide enough to admit the root of the plant, with a fpace of a foot at leaft all round it, for the purpofe of filling in the mould with propriety ; fo that if the tree was taken up with a root of fix feet diameter, the hole mufl be made of the diameter of eight or nine feet, and of a depth fufficient to admit of the tree's being feated (when the mould is fettled) at its natural depth, as alfo to receive the fods, and other rough unbroken mould, at leafl a foot thick Underneath its root. The method of planting depends upon the ftate of the root, and the temperature of the mould and the feafon. If the root be well furnifhed with fibres and mould, and the foil be moid from fitua- tion, or moiftened by the wetnefs of the feafon, no artificial preparation is neceflary. The bottom of the hole being raifed to a proper height, and the tree fet upright in the center of it, the mould may be filled in ; being careful to trim itw^ell in amongft the roots, and to bed the fibres fmoothly amongft jr ; treading every layer firmly, and, with a carpen- ter's rammer, filling every crevice and vacancy r-monr TRANSPLANTING. 39 among the roots, fo that no foft place nor hollow- nefs remain ; and proceed in this manner until the hole be filled, and a hillock raifed round the plant to allow for its fettling. But if the roots be naked of mould and thin of fibres, and the foil, the fituatlon, and the fcafon be dry, or if any other doubt or fcruple, with refpcd: to a probability of fuccefs, arife, we recommend in the firongell terms the following method : The rcquifite depth of the hole being afccrtained, and its bottom raifed to a proper height, add a confiderable quantity of the finett mould, pour upon it water fufiicient to moif- ten it thoroughly, and work them up together into a mortar-like confiftency : having fpaded out a prin- cipal part of this pafte, and laid it in heaps by the fide of the hole, fpread the remainder thin over the bottom, andfct the plant upon it : with the other part of the pafte cover up the wounded parts, and the fibres ; and this done, fill in the remainder of the mould, as above diredted. If the tranfplanta- tion be done in autumn, it will require nothing far- ther at that time ; but, if made in the fpring, wa- terings will almoft immediately be wanted. There- fore, at once, draw a ring near the outfide of the hole, and in the bortom of its channel make fix, eight, or ten holes, (by means of a fpike and beetle) at equal diftances, and of a depth equal to that of the roots of the plant. Thefe holes will not only convey water, but air alfo, to the immediate region D 4 m. ^ INTRODUCTION. in which they are both indifpenlibly neceflary to the health of the plant. We have been the fuller in our inftrudllons relative to tranfplanting, as be- ing a procefs little under ftood by profeffional men. Every nurfery-man, and almoft every kitchen-gar- dener, can raife, train, and plant out feedling and nurfery plants ; but the removal of trees feldom occurs in their practice ; and we have met with very few men indeed who are equal to the tafk. The foregoing rules are the refult of experience. Having thus attempted to give our readers a ge- neral knowledge of what may be called the manual operations of planting, we will next enter into par- ticulars, and endeavour to complete his fkill in the bufinefs of the nurfery, by treating feparately of each refpedtive tree and fhrub adapted to the pur- pofe of ufeful and ornamental planting. AN A N ALPHABET of PLANTS, PROPER FOR USEFUL and ORNAMENTAL PLANTATIONS; ARRANGED UNDE?^ THE GENERIC NAMES of LINNEUS WITH A DESCRIPTION, AND THE PROPAGATION, Of EACH SPECIES. INTRODUCTION. FOR a Book of Reference the Dictionary form is the moft convenient. This part of our Work is entirely of that nature ; we have there- fore adopted an alphabetical arrangement. Our reafons for making ufe of the Linnean names as the ground-work of this arrangement, are mani- fold : a great number of the plants here treated of have no Englifh generic name belonging to them ; yet it was neceffary to that concifenefs and fimpli- city which is the balis of our plan, to arrange them 42 INTRODUCTION TO THE them agreeabl)' to their refpedlive genera ; becaufe, in general, the individuals of the fame genus have limilar appearances and fimilar propenfities, which being placed together in one point of view, their defcription and mode of culture are rendered infi- nitely more eafy and compendious than they could poflibly be, if treated of feparately under diftindt and detached fpecies. Befides, even many of the fpecies now common in our ornamental grounds and fhrubberies have not yet had any Engliih name given to them ; and there are many more, whofe Englifh names are local and unfettled ; whereas the Linnean names are the fame every where, and are known to the whole world *. We do not mean to enter into the difpute about the Sexual Syflem of Linneus : it is enough for our purpofe that it is at prefent the prevailing fyflem ; and that, being founded in nature, its prin- ciples can never be overturned : we are neverthe- lefs fo far from thinking it 2,perfe^ fyflem, that we believe it capable of very great improvement : at prefent, however, it is our bufincfs to take it as we find it ; and for the ufe of fuch of our readers as are unacquainted with its principles, it is proper that we fliould here give its outline. Every perfect flower has four principal parts, which in general are obvious to the naked eye ; * An alphabet of Englifh names will be given In the gene- ral Index to the work. namely. ALPHABET OF PLANTS. 4.3 namely, the Calyx, or outer guard ; the Corolla, or coloured leaves ; the Stamina ; and the Pistil- LUM. The calyx is evident in the mofs-rofe, being thofe eleo-ant rou2;h leaves which inclofe the blufh- ing beauties of the flower: it is alfo confpicuous in the primrofe, being that angular tube out of which the more delicate parts of the flower ifllie. The corolla of the primrofe is that yellow ornament which by unbotanical obfervers is itfelf confldercd as the flower. The ftamina are confpicuous in mofl: flowers, and are difl:inguiflied by the farina or duft with which they are covered. In the primrofe they proceed from the infide of the tube of the corolla ; and, when matured, form themfelves into a circle round the top of the tube. The piftillum, in the primrofe, is that delicate white pillar, which, rifing from the bottom of the tube of the corolla, fliews its flatted top in the middle of the flamina, and in the center of the flower. According to Lin- neus, the calyx is an expansion of the outer bark ; the corolla, of the inner bark ; the ftamina, of the wood ; and the piftillum, of the pith of the plant ; and according to his Sexual Syftem, the ftamen is the male, and the piftillum the female, part of generation. Whether this laft is or is not a fadt in nature, has been the fubjedt of much difpute. But, to the FLORAL SYSTEM, it is, we arc humbly of opinion, a matter of no great import. The parts themfelves, and 44 INTRODUCTION TO THE and not their funcftions, are the bafis of the Lin- nean Syftem ; and we are clear in our opinion, that if that great man had confidered his Syftem as be- ing, what it in reality is, merely floral, without having unfortunately clogged it with the idea of SEXUAL, he v;ouId have faved himlelf a hoft of enemies, and would beyond a doubt have rendered his Syftem infinitely more (imple and fcientific, and confequently more ufeful, than it really is. But it is now too late to regret ; his Syftem is eftabliihed ; and himfelf no more. Having however faid thus much, it would be unpardonable in us not to add, that whether we confider his genius, his perfeve- rance, or the Syftem he has formed, notwithftand- ing its imperfedtions, he died one of the greateft charafters the world has known. The VEGETABLE KINGDOM IS divided by Lin- NEUS into twenty-four classes : thefe Clafles are fubdivided into orders; the Orders into genera ; the Genera into species; and the Species into VARIETIES. His principle of Claflification is fecn in the fol- lowing •^^ K E Y ALPHABET OF PLANTS. 45 « KEY OF THE SEXUAL SYSTEM. MARRL\GES of PLANTS. Florefccncc. ^PUBLIC MARRIAGES. Flowers n.^ifihle to e^very one, 'In ONE Bed. Hufband and wife have the fame bed. All the Jioivers hermaphrodite : fiamem and pifiils in the fame Jiovjcr. "Without Affinity. Huftands not related to each other. Stamens not joined together in any part, ^WiTH Equality. All the males of equal rank. Stamens have no determinate proportion of length. ONE MALE. TWO MALES. THREE MALES. FOUR MALES. FIVE MALES. SIX MALES. 7. SEVEN MALES. 8. EIGHT MALES- 9. NINE MALES. 10. TEN MALES. 11. TWELVE MALES. 12. TWENTY MALES. 13. MANY MALES. ^With Subordination. Some males above others. T1V0 fiamens are ahvavs lozver than the others. 14. TWO POWERS. I 15. FOUR POWERS. ^WiTH Affinity. Hufbands related to each other. Stamens cohere i\!ith each other ^ or ir^ith the pijiil. 16. ONE BROTHERHOOD. 17. TWO BROTHERHOODS. 18. MANY BPvOTHERHOODS. 19. CONFEDE- RATE MALES. 20. FEMININE MALES. .In Two Beds. Hufband and wife have feparate beds. Male Jioivers arid fetnale Jiov:ers in the fame fprcies. \2i. ONE HOUSE. I 23. POLYGAMIES. ! I 22. TWO HOUSES. I I^Clandestine Marriages. Flovjers fcarce 'vifihle to the nalced eye. 34. CLANDESTINE MARRIAGES.'* Hi$ 46 INTRODUCTION TO THE His CLASSES are : I. ONE MALE (MonanJria.) One hufbaiid in marriage. One Jlamcti in an hermaphrodite Jloiver, II. TWO MALES. (Diandria.) Two hufbands in the fame marriage. 7'MO Jiameui in an hermaphrodite Jlo-vjcr, III. THREE MALES. {Triandria.) Three hufbands in the fame marriage. Three JIameiis in an hermaphrodite Jlozver. IV. FOUR MALES. (Tetrandria.) Four hufbands in the fame marriage. Four Jiamens in the fame Jloiver -with the fruit. (If the tivo nearefl Jiamens are Jhorter, it is referred to Clafs 14.) V. FIVE MALES. (Pentandria.) Five hufbands in the fame marriage. Fii'e fnmcns in aJi hermaphrodite foiver. VI. SIX MALES. (Hexandria,) Six hufbands in the fame marriage. Six J}a?/iens in an hennaphrodite f Oliver. (If the tv.'o cppofite Jhimens are Jhorter^ it he}oH"S to Clafit^.) VII. SEVEN MALES. {Hcptandria.) Seven hufbands in the fame marriage. Seven fiamens in the fame f.o-vjer i\.Hth the pifiih VIII. EIGHT MALES. (Oaandria.) Eight hufbands in the fame marriage. Eight fiamens in the fa?ne foiver ivith the pifliL IX. NINE MALES. {E7i7ieandria.) Nine hufbands in the fame marriage. Is ine fiamens in an he^mtaphrodite fiovjer* X. TEN MALES. (Deeandria.) Ten hufbands in the fame marriage. Ten Jiamens in an hermaphrodite floiver, XL TWELVE MALES. (Dodecandria.) Twelve hufbands in the fame marriage. Tivelve fiamens to nineteen /? an hermaphrodite flavjer, XIL . ALPHABET OF PLANTS. 47 XII. TWENTY MALES, {h-ofandria.) Generally twenty hufbands, often more. IStamens infcrtcd on the calyx (not on the receptacle *) in an her??:aphrod'ite Jiovjer. XIII. MANY MALES. (Polyandria.) Twenty males or more in the fame marriage. o bodies, XVIII. MANY BROTHERHOODS. (Polyadelphia.) Hufbands ariie from more than two mothers. Stamens are united by their filaments into three or mart bodies. XIX. CONFEDERATE MALES. {Syngenefia.) Hufbands joined together at the top. Stamens are cormeSled by the anthers, \ formi?ig a cylinder (feldofu by the filaments) , XX. FEMININE MALES. {Gynandria.) Hufbands and wives growing together. Stamens are inferted iti the pifiils (not on the receptacle). XXI. ONE HOUSE. {Monoeda.) Hufbands live with their wives in the fame houfe, but have different beds. Male flo'X'ers arid female fioivers are on the fa?ne plant. -* «' The bafe by which the parts of the fructification are conne(5led." f The thread or body of the ftamen. |: T\\ttib5 or heads of the flamen. XXII. 48 INTRODUCTION TO THE XXII. TWO HOUSES, (Dwecia.) Hulbands and wives have different houfes. Male fion.\:ers and female Jio~x'crs arc on different plants. XXIII. POLYGAMIES. {Pnlyganria.) Hufbands live with waives and concubines. Hermaphrodite Jlo^ivcrsy and male ones., or female cnes in the fame fpcclcs. XXIV. CLANDESTINE MARRIAGES. {Cryptogamia.) Nuptials arc celebrated privately. Flo-ivers concealed ivithin the fruity or in fame irregular manner y His ORDERS are dlftino-ulihcd bv different parts of the flowers, according to the ClalTes. Thofc of the firfl thirteen Claffcs are taken frcrti the number of females or piftils, (reckoning *' from the bafe of the ftyle * ; but if there is no *' ftyle, the calculation is made from the number *' of ftigmas" -j-) ; as ome female (Monogynia)^ TWO FEMALES (Dtgynia), three females, [Tri- gynia\ Bee. Thole of the fixtcenth, feventeenth, eighteenth, twentieth, twenty-firft, and twentv- fecond ClaiTes are taken from the number of males, or ftamens. Thofe of the fourteenth are diftin- guiflK^d by SEEDS naked (^Gynmofpermia), and SEEDS cloathed {Angiofpermia). Thofe of the fifteenth, by the formation of the feed-veffel, or pod; as, with silicle (Siliculofa), and, with siLiQiTE (Silijunfa). Thofe of the twenty-third are ONE house (Moncecia) ; two houses {Dioecia) ; and THREE HOUSES {Trioecio). Thofe of the twen- • Tntjhaft or ho6iy of th; pifti]. t The fummits or heads of the pifiiL ty-fourth ALPHABET OF PLANTS. 49 tv-foiirth are ferns, mosses, flags, and fun- GLTSSES. Thofe of the nineteenth Clafs (confnTmg chiefly of plants with compound dlfcous flowers, as the thiflle, dandelion, &cj are, equal poly- gamy (Pdygamia Equalis) ; superfluous poly- gamy {^Polygamia Siiperflua) ; frustraneous poly- gamy (Polygamia Frujlranea) ; necessary poly- gamy {Polygamia Necejfaria) ; separate poly- gamy (Polygamia Segregata) ; monogamy (Mono- giimia). The following is Linneus's account (//- lerally as it ftands in the Litchfield tranflation) of the Orders lafl: mentioned. EQUAL POLYGAMY confifls of many marriages with pro- mifcuous intercom-re. That is, of many Jlort'ts fiirnlj}:ed 'With Jtamens and pijilh. The floivers of thefe arc inAgarly C(7//f^Flofculous. SPURIOUS POLYGAMY, where the beds of the married occupy the dilk, and thofe of the concubines the circum- ference. That is, the hermaphroiUte fioreti occupy the dijh, and the female Jiorets ivlthout fiamem furround the border^ and that in three manners : (a) SUPERFLUOUS POLYGAMY, when the married fe- males are fertile, thence the concubines fuperfluous. That is, zvhen the hermaphrodite ^onvers of the drjk are farn'Jhed with Jiigmas, and produce feeds ; and the female flowers alfo^ ivJiich conftitute the circamferencey produce feeds like-wife. {h) FRUSTRANEOUS POLYGAMY, when the married females are fertile, and the concubines barren. That is, ivhen the hermaphrodite flowers of the dijk are furnifbcd ivith a fligma^ atid produce feeds ; but the florets "which conftitute the circumference ha'ving no flig- ir.a^ produce no feeds. E NECES- 50 INTRODUCTION, See. {cj N|:CESSARY POLYGAMY, when the marned females are barren, and the concubines fertile. That is, 'ivien the hermaphrodite Jloivers, from the dcfeH of the Jligma ef tlj^e pijiil, produce no feed j but the fcjnale Jlo'ivers in the circumference produce perfeH feedu {c) SEPARATE POLYGAMY, when many beds are fo united that they conftitute one common bed. That IS, ivhcJi many fozvcr-hearlfig calyxes are con- tained in one coinmoti calyx, fo as to confitute one Jloiva: His GENERA are taken from the conftruc- tion of the parts of frudiification. All plants, whether herbs, /hrubs, or trees, whofe flowers and feeds correfpond as to figure and difpofition, are of the fame genus. His SPECIES are diftinguifhed by the leaves, and other more permanent parts of the plant. Or, fpeaking with greater precifion, the species is determined by the nature and property of the feed : for, let the exterior of a plant, or tribe of plants, be what it may, if the feed do not produce n6ar refemblances of the parent ftock, but plants whofe appearances or properties are different from it (as in the cafe of apples, pears, &c.) ; fuch plants are not conlidered as forming a diftindt SPECIES, but are properly deemed VARIETIES (of fome natural /pedes), arifing from cultivation, or fome fortuitous circumflance. ALPHA- ALPHABET O F PLANTS. ACER. LINNEAN Clafs and Order, Polygaima Monoec'.a : Male flowers containing eight itamens, and hermaphrodite flowers containing eight fi;amens and one piilll, upon the fame plant. There a.e Eleven Species : Ten of which are natives of, or have been introduced into, this country. 1. Acer Pfcudo-platanus : The Sycamore; a tall Jcclduous tree ; native of the continent of Europe, but doubtful vv'hether or not of this ifland. 2. Acer Campejlre : The Common Maple ; a lozv deciduous tree ; common in our woods and hedges. 3. Acer Negundo : the Ash-leaved Maple; a deciduous tree ; native of Virginia and Carolina. 4. Acer Platanoides : the Norway Maple; a deciduous tree ; native of Norway and the north of Europe. 5. Acer Motifpefulanum : the Montpelier Maple ; a loiu deciduous tree ; growing common about Montpelier. 6. Acer Creticum : the Cretan Maple; a lovj deciduous tree ; native of the Eaft. 7. Acer Ruhrtim : the Scarlet Maple ; a decidutius treei native of Virginia and Penfylvania. 8. Acer Saccharinum : the Sugar Maple ; a deciduous tree ; native of Penfylvania. 9. Acer Tartaricum : the Tartarian Maple; a lovj deciduous tree ; native of Tartary. 10. Acer Pennfylvaticum : the Pennsylvani AN Maple ; or the Mountain Maple; a tall deciduous JJ^-uh \ native of Pennfylvania. E 2 I. The 52 ACE I. The Sycamop.e. This tree grows to a great height and ample lize, throwing out a v/ide-lprcading top. Its leaves arc vine-fliaped j and, on their firll appearance, are of a plea- fant green ; but their beauty foon go?s off, being liable to be per- forated and disfigured by infects during the fiimtner months, which reduces the value cr the Sycamore as an orna;i:cntal : it has however, long been confidered as a timlcr-trce in this country, having been much ufcd by the turners for wooden bowls, dilh:?, trenchers, Lc. ; but, hnce the cullom of uling earthen ware has become fo prevalent, its value for this purpofc is greatly decreaf- ed. Nevcrthelcfs, near the fca-coall: it may be planted with ad- vantage, as it is known to withRand the attacks of the fea-air with peculiar hardinefa* Han bur v ^■.vj':.) The Sycamore being wounded exudes a great quantity of liquor, of which is made good wine. There arc two Varieties ot the Sycamore: one with broad leaves and large ke}s j the other with variegated leaves. The PROPAGATION of the Sycamore is very eafy. In the autumn, when the keys are ripe, they may be gathered, and in a few days after fown, aoout an inch and an half deep, in beds -of common mould. In the fpring the plants will appear, and make a flioot about a foot and a half by the autumn following, if the ground of the ieminary be tolerably good, and they are kept clean from weeds. The fpring after they come up, they {houid be planted in the nurfery, in rows two feet and a half afiuider, and their diilance in the rows mull; be one foot and an half. Here they m:iy '--main till they are big enough to plant out finall)', with no farther trouble than taking olt" unfightlv fide -branches, and fuch as have a tendency to make the tree fork- ed, except digging between the rows, which muit aiv.ays be done every winter. This tiee will grow upon almoll any foil. 2. The Co>i.MON I'.Iaple is too well known to need a de- (cription. It is of m'Jch humbler growth than the Sycamore ; and is by no means ornamental ; nor is its timber of a good quality, being peculiarly brittle : The texture however is clofe and firm, and ic is in good efteem amonglt the turners. In the vale of Glocefler, where oak timber is fcarce. Maple is ul'ed for gate, fluff and other purpofcs of hufbandry ; and fometimes fkrevvs for cyder-prefles are made of this wood. But the principal value of the Maple, is for u7ider-vj9od : it is of quick growth, and affords good fuel. The ACE 53 The method of propagation is the fame as that of the Sy- camore ; and, like it, the Maple will grow in almoil any Ibil and lituation. 3. The Ash-leaved Maple grows to a large timber-tree : its leaves arc of a pale green, and well adapted to give variety of tint; butHAN'EURY fays, this tree is not proper to be planted in expofed lituations, the branches being fubje£t to be fpllt off by the winds. Its ufes are iimilar to thofe of the Syca- more. It may be propagated from the keys, which are perfected in this country ; or by layering ; or from cuttings, planted in a moiH: fituation, in autumn. 4. The Norway Maple. This alfo grows to a large timber- tree. Its leaves are of a fliining green colour, and are as large or larger than thofe of the Sycamore ; their edges are acutely and more beautifully indented ; they are not lb liable to be eaten by infetits in the fummer; and " in the autumn they die to a golden yellow colour, which caufes a delightful effc6t at that feafon» when the different tints of the decaying vegetable world are dif- played." The tiowers are alfo beautiful ; they come out early in the fpring, are of a fine yellow colour, and fliew themfelves to advantage before the leaves come out. They are frequently fucceeded by keys, which fometimes arrive at maturity in this climate. There is a Faricty with ftriped leaves. The Norway Maple may be propagated from {tcA^ as the Sycamore ; it may alfo be railed by layers, and cuttings, planted in a moifl foil. 5. MoN'TPELiER Maple grows to about twenty feet high, and is a very beautiful tree. The leaves are compofed of three lobes, are of a fliining green, a thickifli fubilance, and retain their verdure later in the year than moft of the other forts. The flowers come out in the fpring, but have very little beauty ; their blow is foon over, and fometimes they are fucceeded by feed;, which come to perfeiStion in our gardens. 6. Cretan Maple, This grows to about the height of the former. The leaves are downy, compofed of three lobes, and grow oppofitc to each other on long downy footflalks. The flowers come out in the fpring, are inconfiderable to the florifl-, and are very feldom fucceeded by good feeds in England. E 3 7, Scarlet- 54 ACE 7. Scarlet-flowering Maple. Of this there are two forts; called, i. P^irglnian fcarlet-Jio'-Mering Maple \ and, 2. Sir Charles JVager^s Mapu'. Eodi of thefe are propagated for the fake of the flowers, which are of a fcarlet colour, and come out early in the fpring. The leaves are compofed each of five fharp- pointed lobes, which are flightly indented or ferrated : They arc fmooth, of a pale green on their upper furfacc, glaucous * under- neath ; and the)' grow on long, fimple, taper, reddifli footflalks. The flowers come out in clufters from the fide of the branches. They appear in April, and the feeds ripen in June, The fort called Sir Charles Wagerh produces larger clufters of flov/ers than the others ; on which account it is in mofl: efteem. 8. Sugar Maple is a large-growing tree ; will arrive at the height of forty feet ; and has broad thin leaves, divided into five principal parts ; which are again indented or cut at the edges into feveral acute fegments. Their furface is fmooth, of a light green colour, whitifli underneath ; and they grow on pretty long footftalks. The flowers come out in the fpring, about the time of the Norway Maple ; and they are fucceeded by long keys, which fometimes ripen in England. In America, the inhabi. tants tap this tree in the fpring, boil the liquor, and the foeces afford a ufeful fugar. The Sycamore, the Afh-leaved and the Norway Maples alfo abound with a faccharine juice, from which there is no doubt but a ufeful fugar might be prepared. Q. Tartarian Maple will grow to upwards of twenty feet hio^h. The leaves are heart-fnaped, undivided, and their edges are unequally ferrated. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves, in longifl\ bunches ; they appear early in the fpring > and fometimes are fucceeded by ripe feeds in our gardens. 10. Mountain Maple. The Jialks of this flirub arc flendcr, covered with a whitifhbark, fend forth feveral red bjanches, and o-row about fifteen feet high. The leaves are three-l&bed, point- ed, and are unequally and fliarply ferrated. The flowers come out in longifli bunches, in the fpring : They are of a gi-eenifli yellou' colour ; and are fucceeded by feeds which (like thofe of fhe Norway Maple) generally fall oil' before they are ripe. Thefe forts are all propagated, i. by the feeds ; but as they > CImcous, of a fca green colour. do ACE 55 do not alwavs ripen in this country, the beft way will be to pro- cure them honi the places where they naturally grow. A cool Ihady part ot the leminary lliould be appropriated for the purpofe ; the mould fliould be made fine ; beds fhould be marked out four feet wide, and in length proportionable to the quantity ; and in thefe the feeds fliould be regularly fown, lifting over them about half an inch of the finelt mould. When the plants come up, they mart be kept clean from weeds, and fre- quently watered ; and this work mull be duly attended to all fi-uumer. The Ipring following, the flrongell may be drawn out, and planted in the nurfery, in rows two feet afunder, and at the diftance of a foot from each other in the rows ; leaving the others in the feminary to gain ftrength. The fpring following they alio mufl receive the fame culture ; and in the nurfery they may remain, with no other trouble than keeping the ground clean from weeds in the fummer, digging between the rows in the win- ter, and taking off all ftrong and irregular lide-flioots, till they are planted out. Trees raifed from feeds will grow failer, and arrive at greater height, than thole raifed from layers ; but they Vvill not produce fuch quantities of flowers ; which makes the latter method more eligible for thofe who want thefe plants fur a low fhrubbery. 2. By layers all the fpecies of this genus are to be propagated; though it is never practifed for the Common Maple and the Syca- more. The young fhoots may be at any time laid down in the autumn, winter, or early in the fpring. By the autumn follow- ing, they will have Ih'uck root, and become good plants ; where the ilrongeft may be fet out in the places where they are to remain ; whilil the weakell may be planted in the nur- tery, like the leedlings, for a year or two, to gain flrcncth. 3. By cuttings alfo thefe trees are to be propagated : But this method is chiefly pradtifed on the Afti-leaved and Norway Maples, which more readily take root this way. The cuttings ihould be the bottom parts of the lalt year's flioots : They fhould be taken • off early in OAober, and planted in rows in a moill fliady place. The fpring and fummer following, they mufl: be duly watered as often as dry weather makes it neceflliry, and be kept clean from weeds. By the autumn they will be fit to remove into the nur- fery ; though if the cuttings are not planted too clofc, they mav remain in their fltuation for a year or two longer, and then be fet out finally, without the trouble of being prcvioufly planted in the E 4 nurferv. 56 ACE nurfery. 4. By budding, grafting, and inarching likevvife Maples are to be propagated : But the other methods being more eligible, thefe are never pradifed, except for the variegated forts and the large broad-leaved kind. The latter is to be continued no other, wife than by budding it on flocks of the common Sycamore ; for the feeds, though fo large themfelves, when fown attbrd you only the common Sycamore in return. Seeds of the variegated kinds, however, when fown will pro- duce variegated plants in return ; which renders the propaga- tion of thefe forts very expeditious, where plenty of feeds may be had. Where thefe are not to be obtained, in order to propagate thefe varieties by budding, let fome plants of the common Sycamore, one year old, be taken out of the feminary, and fet in the nur- fery in rows a yard afunder, and the plants about a foot and a half diflance from each other in the rows : Let,the ground be kept clean from weeds all fummer, and be dug, or, as the gar- deners call it, turned in, in the winter; and the fummer follow- ing the flocks will be of a proper fize to receive the buds, which ihould be taken from the moft beautifuUy-ftriped branches. The befttime for this work is Augull: ; becaufe if it is done earlier, the buds will ihoot the fame fummer ; and when this happens, a hard winter will infallibly kill them. Having, therefore, budded your ilocks the middle or latter end of Augufl, with the eyes or buds fronting the north, early in Oftober take oft' the bafs matting, which before this time will have confined the bark and pinched the bud, but not fo as to hurt it much. Then cut off the flock juil above the bud, and dig the ground between the rows. The fum- mer following, keep the grouiid clean from weeds ; cut off all natural fide-buds from the flock as they come out ; and by autumn, if the land is good, your buds will have fliot forth, and formed themfelves into trees five or fix feet high. They may be then removed into the places where they are dcligned to remain ; or a few of them only may be drawn out, leaving the others to be trained up for larger flandards, to ferve for planting out in open places, or fuch other purpofes as fhall be wanting. The Striped Norway Maple fliould be budded on ilocks of its own kind ; for on thefe they take beil, and both kinds are not very liable to run away from their colours. Variegated plants in general muft be planted in poor, hungry, gravelly, or fandy foils, to feed the difeafe which occalious thefe beautiful ilripes, and ^ S C 57 and cavife It to be more powerful. But thefe trees flicw their ilripss in greater perfection in a good foil : The plant, though in fjcknefs, has the appearance of health ; the flioots are vigorous and ftrong j the leaves are large, lefs liable to be hurt by in- feifts ; and the ftripes appear more perteft, natural, and delight- ful, than thofe on itunted trees growing on a poor foil. ^ S C U L U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Heptaridrla Monogynia : Each flower contains feven oj- eight males and one female * : There are only two SPECIES : 1. iEscuLUS H'lppo-cajlanum : The Horse-Chesxut ; a deciduous tree ; native of Alia. 2. JEscvLVs Pavia : The Scarlet Escui-us, or Scarlet- flower ixg Horse-Chesnut ; a tall deciduous Jhrub ; native of Carolina, the Brazils, and feveral parts of the Eafl. I. Hdrse-Chesnut. This Is a large noble-looking tree; growing to feventy or eighty feet high, and throwing out its branches to a conlidcrable v/idth ; yet forming a clofe thickfet head ; which, if left to nature, takes a mofl beautifuUy-ftriking parabolic form. Its leaves are large, palmated, and of a dark- green colour : they appear very early in the fpring ; their buds fometimes beginning to fwell fo early as Chriftmas, and antici- pate the pleafures of the coming fpring. Its flowers are Angu- larly beautiful, ftanding in large fpikes thick among the leaves. This tree is peculiar in a quick formation of its flioots, which are frequently perfefted in lefs than three weeks from the time of foliation ; " in which time," fays Miller, " I have mea- fured flioots a foot and a half long with their leaves fully ex- panded." For Angle trees the Horfe-Chefnut ftands, amongll the orname-ntal tribe, next to the oak ; and in the fpring of the year, when its flowers are out, we know no tree equal to it ia * The jtfculus is one of the defeftive genera of Linneus. The Fmi* having eight males in each flower, belongs properly to the eighth Clafs. grandeur* 58 /ESC •Grandeur. It^ i^ improper however to be planted near g'ardens or kept walks, as it fheds its leaves early in autumn, and, being laro-e and numerous, they create a difagreeable litter. The v/cs of the Efculus are few : its timber is of an inferior kind, and its fruit of no great eftimation : deer are faid to affect it much ; and Miller fays, ." in Turkey the nuts of this tree are ground and mixed with the provender for their horfes, efpeclaily ihofe which are troubled with coughs or are broken-winded, in both which diforders thev are accounted very good." Hanbury tells us, that fwine will fatten upon them ; but docs not fay how they are to be prepared. We have known them offered to hogs raw, alfo boiled, as likewifc baked in an oven, but without fuccefs. The Horfe-Chefnut is propagated from the nuts : In au- tumn, therefore, when they fall, a fufficient quantity fliould be gathered. Thefe (hould be fown foon afterwards in drills, about two inches afunder. If the nuts are kept till fpring, many of them will be faulty ; but where the feminary-ground cannot be got ready before, and they are kept fo long, it may be proper to put them in water, to try their goodnefs : The good nuts will fink, whilft thofe which are faulty will fwim ; lb that by proving them this way you may be fure of good nuts, and have more promifing hopes of a crop. In the fpring the plants will come up ; and when they have Hood one year they may be taken up, their tap-roots fliortened, and afterwards planted in the nurfery. When they arc of futhcient fize to be planted out finally, they muft be taken out of the nurfery with care, the great fide-fhoots and the bruifed parts of the roots fliould be taken off, and then planted in large holes level with the furface of the ground, at the top of their roots ; th« fibres being all fpread and lapped in the fine mould, and the turf ;dfo worked to the bot- tom. A ftake fhould be placed to keep them fafe from the winds, and they muft be fenced from the cattle till they are of a fufficient fize to defend themfelves. The heft feafon for all this work is Oftober. After the trees are planted, neither knife nor hatchet {hould come near them ; but they fhould be left to Na- ture to form their beautiful parabolic heads, and affume theit utmofi: beauty. The Horfe-Chefnut, like moft other trees, delights moft in good fat land ; but it will grow exceedingly well on clayey and njarley grounds. IMlLLKK ^ S C 59 Miller fiiy?, " when thefe trees arc tranfplanted their roots fliould be prcfervcd as entire as poffible, for they do not fucceed well when torn or ciit ; nor fliould any of the branches be fhortened, for there is Icarce any tree which will not bear ampu- tation better than this ; lb that when any branches are by acci- dent broken, they fliould be cut off clofe to the ftem, tiiat the wound may heal over." 2. The Scarlet Esculus grows to about fifteen or fixteen feet high ; and there is a delicacy in this tree that makes it de- firable. The bark of the young flioots is quite fmooth, and the growing flioots in fummerare of a reddiflihue. The leaves are palmated, being pretty much like thofe of the Horfe-Chefnut, only much fmaller, and the indentures at the edges are deeper and more acute. The lobes of which they are compofed are ipear-fliaped ; they are live in number, are united at their bafe, and ftand on a long red footflalk. The leaves grow oppofite by pairs on the branches, which are fpread abroad on every fide. The flowers come out from the ends of the branches. Thefirft appear- ance of the buds is in May ; though they will not be in full blow till the middle of June. They are of a bright red colour, and confequently have a pleafing eifedt among the •vaft tribe of yel- low-flowering forts which fliew themfelves in bloom at that fea- fon. They continue in fucceffion for upwards of fix weeks ; and lomctimes are fucceeded by ripe feeds in our gardens. There are two ways of propagating this tree; i. Bybudding it upon the young plants of the Horfe-Chefnut. Thefe flocks fliould be raifed as was direfted in that article. They fliould be planted in the nuriery way, a foot afunder, and two feet diflant in the rows, which fliould be kept clean of weeds, and muft be dug between every winter till the operation is to be perforraed- After they have flood in the nurfery-ground about two years, and have made at leafl one good fummer's flioot, the fummer follow- ing is the time for the operation. Then, having your cuttings ready foon after midfummer, the eveniijgs and cloudy weather fliould be made choice of for the work. Whoever has a great number of trees to inoculate, muft regard no weather ; but keep working on, to get his bufinefs over before the feafon ends ; and indeed, a good hand will be always pretty fure of fuccefs, be the weather what it will. If the flocks were healthy, the fummer following €o A M O following they will make pretty good fiioots ; and in a year or two after that will flower. This is one mothod of propagating this tree; and thofe plants that are propagated this way will grow to a larger lize than thofe raifed immediately from feeds. 2. This tree alfo may be propagated by feeds ; which will fomc- times ripen with us, and may be obtained out of our own gar- dens. The manner of raifing them this way is as follows : Let a warm border be prepared ; and if it is not naturally fandy, let drift fandbe mixed with the foil ; and in this border let the feeds be fown in the month of March, about half an inch deep. Af- ter this, conftant weeding muft be obferved ; and when the plants are come up, if they could be fliaded in the heat^of the day, it would be much better. Thefe, with now and then a gentle watering in a dry feafon, will be all the precautions they will require the firft fummer. The winter following, if the fituation is not extremely well flieltered, protection muft be given them from the hard black frofts, which will otherwife often deftroy them : So that it will be the fafell way to have the bed hooped, to cover them with mats in fuch weather, if the fituation is not well defended : if it is, this trouble may be faved ; for, even when young, they are tolerably hardy. In about two or three years they may be removed into the nurfery, or planted where they are to remain, and they will flower in three or four years after. The ufual nurfery care muft be taken of them when planted in that way ; and the bell: time for planting them there, or where they are to remain, is 0£tober ; though they will grow exceeding well if removed in any of the winter months ; but, if planted late in the fpring, they will require more watering, as the ground will not be fo regularly fettled to the roots, as if they had been planted earlier. A M O R P H A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Diadelphia Decandria : Each flower contains tenjnales and one female ; the males being con- r.efted at the bafe in two divifions : There is only one known Species : Ajtorpha A M O 61 AnoiiVHA F'-utliofa : Bastard Indigo ; a deciduous Jhj-uh % native of Carolina. The Amorpha has its beauties ; but it has other ill effecls to detract from its value. The leaves are late in the fpring before their foliage is fully difplayed. The ends of their branches are generally deftroyed by the frofi ; or, if they recover it, they h;ive the appearance of being dead ; whilft other plants teftify their eftefts of the reviving months. But notwithftanding thefe defects, this tree has fome other good properties that in part make amends tor them. The leaves, when out, which will not be before the middle of INIay, are admired by all : They are of a plcafant green colour ; are very large, beautifully pinnated, the folioles being arranged along the ftalk by pairs, and terminate by an odd one. The flowers are of a purple colour, and fhew themfelves in perfcftion with us the beginning of July. They grow in fpikes, feven or eight inches long, at the ends of the branches, and are of a lingular ftrudturc. In order to make this tree have its bell effect, it (hould be planted among others of its own growth, in a well-fheltered lituation; by which means the ends will not be lb liable to be deftroyed by the winter's frofts ; the branches will not fufFer by the violence of the winds ; and as it is fubjedt to put out many branches near the root, thefe in- delicacies and imperfections v/iU be concealed ; whilfl: the tree will fhew itfelf to the utmoft advantage when in blow, by ele- vating its purple fpiked flowers amongll the others in a pleafing view. This tree may be propagated two ways j firft, by feeds, which muit be procured from America, where the plant is a na- tive ; for they do not ripen with us in England. We generally receive the feeds from thence in February : and they fhould be committed to the ground as foon after as poffible. They will grow in almoft any foil that is tolerably good ; though the more fandy it be, it will be the better. After they are come up, they lliould have the ufual care of feedlings for a year or two, and then be planted, either where they are intended to remain, or elfe in the nurfery, where they will in a year or two make flrong plants. This tree may be alfo propagated by layers ;' and this operation I would have performed the latter end of fummer^ whiifl the fap is in motion ; for if it is deferred until winter, the branches 62 A M Y branches are then fo exceedingly brittle, that it will be with diffi- culty they are brought down, without breaking, a proper depth into the earth : Let the utmoil care be taken, or many of the young branches that would have made layers will be loft. In fummer, then, let the branches be brought down while thev are pliable ; and by the autumn twelve-months after they will have taken root, and be fit to remove. A M Y G D A L U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Icofandrla Monogyniat Each flower contains about twenty males and one female : There are four Species ; three of which are more particularly to our pur- pofe. 1. AuYGV)Ai.v?> Communis : The Common Almond; a tail deciduous Jlnuh ; native of Afi'ica. 2. Amygdalus iVi7«rt: The Dwarf Almond ; a deciduous Jhrjih ', native of Afia Minor. 3. Amygdalus Pcrjica: The Peach ; a deciduous tree; of what country is uncertain. r. The Common Almond will grow to near twenty feej high ; and whether planted fingly in an open place, or mixed with others in clumps, flirubbery-quarters, &c. fhews itlelf one of the fineft flowering trees in nature. Thofe who never yet faw it may eafily conceive what a noble appearance this tree muft make, when covered all over with a bloom of a delicate red which will be in IMarch ; a time when very few trees are ornamented either with leaves or flowei's. No ornamental plan, ration, therefore, of what fort or kind foever, fhould be without almond-trees. Neither are the beauties of the flowers the only thin^ defirable in this tree : The fruit would render it worthy of planting, were there no other motive. It ripens well, and its goodnefs i not unknown to us. TJje White-flo^jjering Ahnond^ well known in our nurferies, is a 'Variety of this fpecies, and is cultivated for the fake of the flower* AMY 63 flowers and the fruit, though the flowers are inferior to the others. Neither is this tree fo proper to plant lingly in open, places, or near windows, for the fliovv of its flowers ; for al- though they come out early, yet the whole bloom is fubjeifl: to be taken off in one night's nipping weather, which frequently happens at this feafou. Its ftation, therefore, fhould be in flirubbery-quartcrs, in well-flicltercd places ; and in fuch it will flower exceeding well, and flrew its white bloflbms to great ad- vantage. When it is deligned for fruit, it fliould be fet againft: a Ibuth wall, in a well-iheltered place, otherwife there will be little hopes of fucccfs. 2. The Dwarf Almond. Of this tree there are two forts, the fingle and the double. Both grow to about four or five feet high, and are in the firfl elleem as flowering-flirubs. The fin"-Ie fort has its beauties ; but the tloublekind is matchlefs. In both, the flowers are arranged the whole length of the lafl year's flioots ; their colour is a delicate red ; and they fliew themfelves early in the fpring, which ftill enhances their value. 3. The Peach-tree has hitherto been planted againfl: walls for the lake of the fruit ; but, fays Hanbury, as I hardly ever knew a perfon who was not fl:ruck vvith the beauty of the flowers when in full blow againll: a wall, why fhould it not have a fliare in wildernefs-quarters and flirubberies, amongft the forts of almonds, &c. ? It may be kept down, or permitted to grow to the height of the ow^ner's fancy ; and the flowers are inferior to none of the other forts. Add to this, they frequently, in well-flieltered places, produce fruit v/hich will be exciedingly well-flavoui'cd ; and thus the owner may enjoy the benefit of a double treat. The above obfervations refpecl the fingle peach ; with regard to the double-flowered, it is generally propagated for ornamental plantations, and is univerfally acknowledged to be one of the fineil: flowering-trees yet known. Againfl; a wall, however, thefe trees are always the fairefl ; and if they have this advantage, they are fucceeded by very good fruit. All thefe forts are propagated by inoculating them into plum-ilocks, in Auguft. The ft;ocks ftiould be firfl planted in the ntirfery, when of the fize of a ftraw, and the firfl or fecond fummer after they will be ready to receive the bud. The ufual ^ method 54 ANA method of inoculation mud be obferved, and there is no danger of fuccefs ; though it may be proper to obferve, that the double- bloflbmed peach fiiould always be worked into the flocks of the muflel-plum. The two forts of Dwarf Almond may alfo be propagated by layers, or from the fuckers, which they fometimes fend forth in great plenty. A N A G Y R I S. LlN'NEAN' Clafs and Order, Decandrla Monngsnla : Each flower contains ten males and one female. There is only one Species : Anagyrts FcctlAa : The Fetid Anagyris, or Stinking Bean Trefoil; a deciduous J1n-ub; native of Italy, Sicily, and Spain. The Anagyris is a flirub of about ten feet growths The leaves are different in the difFereat varieties : In one fort they arc oval, and moderately broad ; in the other they are oblong and narrow ; but all of them are hoary. The flowers are pro- duced from the lidcs of the branches, in May, like thofe of the L.ahurnum: They are numerous, of a bright yellow colour, but feldom fucccedcd by good feeds in thefe parts. The bell method of propagating thefe plants is, ift, by the feeds, which fliould be procured from the countries where thev ripen well. Sow them in a border of good rich earth, in a well-fheltered place, and fift over them about half an inch of fine mould. March is a very good month for this bufinefs ; and when the plants appear, if the weather proves dry, frequently give them water ; keep them clean of weeds all fummer, and at the approach of winter prick round the beds fome furze- buflies very clofe : Thefe will break the keen edges of the black winds ; for common frofts thefe plants bear moderately well. In the fpring let them be fet out in the nurfery-ground, at a foot dif- tance from each other. Here let them ftand a year or two, and they will be of a proper fize to be finally planted out. 2. Thefe plants may alfo be propagated by layers. For this purpofe, a few AND f few plants Hiould be fet for ftools. Let them grow one fummer, to get gcod hold of the ground, nnd then head them down. The iummcr following they will make ilrong flioots, which in the autumn ihould be layered. They will readily ftrike root, and by the autumn following will be good plants. The weakeft of thefe may be fet out in the nurfery -ground for a feafon or two ; but the ilrongcll may be immediately planted our. ANDROMEDA. Li.VNEAN Clafs and Order, Decan^ria Monogynia : Each flower contains ten males and one female. There are fifteen Species ; three only of which are yet enured to this climate : 1. Andromeda PatLiculata : The Virgixian Andromeda ; a deciduous JI:>iuh ; native of Virginia. 2. Andromeda Calyculata : The Canadian Andromeda; a lovj deciduous JJrruh ; native ot Canada, Siberia and Ingria. 3. Andromeda il'/rtr/^?i^; The Maryland Andromeda ; ^ rucry lo^v deciduous Jhrtih ; native of Maryland and other parts of North America. 1. The Virginian Andromeda is a branching flirub? about four feet high. The leaves are oblong, pointed, plane, and are placed alternately on the branches. The flowers come out in panicles from the ends of the branches : They are of a pale yellow colour, and come out in July, but are rarely fuc- ceeded by good feeds in England. 2. Canada Andromeda is a low branching fiiaib, hardlv a foot and a half high. The leaves are oval, fpear-fliaped, ob- tufe, reclined on their borders, and poiTelTed of numerous fmall pundures. The flowers grow in fliort leafy fpikes, from the ends of the branches : Their colour is white, they appear in July, and are feldom fucceeded by good feeds in this country. There is a 'variety of this fpecies, with oval obtufe leaves, of a thick fubilance, and which, in mild feafons, continue on the plants all winter. F 3, Maryland 66 ANN 3. Maryland Andromeda. This is a flimb, about two feet high, fending forth fcveral ligneous ftalks from the root. The leaves are oval, entire, of a pale green colour, and grow alternately on fliort footftalks. The flowers come out in fniall bunches from the points of the ftalk : They are of a greenifli colour, come out in June and July, and are fometimcs fucceeded by five-cornered capfulcs, full of feeds ; which, never- thelefs, feldom ripen in England. Propagation : Thefe plants fucceed bell upon boggy and moid' grounds. You muft procure the feeds from the places where they grow naturally ; a year before whieh p. boggy or the moifteft part of your garden Ib.ould be dug, and the roots of all weeds cleared off. As the weeds begin to rife, fo conftantly flvould the ground be again dug, and fea or drift fand fliould be plentifully mi:xed with the natural foil. By this management till the feeds arrive, the ground being made tolerably fine, the feeds fliould be fown very fliallow in the moiii: or boggy land ; or if the land fliould be fo boggy that it cannot be eafily worked, fo as to be proper for the reception of the feeds, then let a fuffi- cient quantity of foil from a frefli pafture, mixed with drift fand, be laid over the bog, find let the feeds be fown therein. The bog will in time abforb this foil, but the feeds will come tip ; and this is the moll: effc<^tual method of procuring plants of this kind from feeds. The firlf year after they come up they fliould be fliaded in very hot weather ; and after that they will require little or no care. Another method of encrcafing thefc flirubs is by layers, or fuckers ; fo that whoever has not the conveniency of procuring the feeds from abroad, fiiould get a plant or two of the forts he moll likes : Thefe he ftiould plant in a boggy fituation ; and in a very little time he v/ill have cn- creafe enough ; for they throw out fuckers in prodigious plenty, and, if they like the fituation, to a great difiance. Thefe may- be taken off, and planted where they arc to remain. A N N O N A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, PolyatiJria Polygynia : Each flower contains many males and many females : There are nine fpeciei j on« ANN 67 one only of v/hich is fufficiently hardy for the open air of this climate. Antnona Triloba: The Papaw or Custard-Apple ; a tall JJfruh ; native of the Well-Indies. The Papaw grows to about fixtecn or eighteen feet high. The leaves are large, and fliaped like a fpear, and they fall off pretty early in the autumn. The flowers, which will fliew themfelves in the beginning of May, are of a kind of chocolate colour tinged with purple, and grow two or three on a footftalk. The fruit is large, and never ripens in England ; but in the countries where it grows naturally, it is eaten by the meaneft of the inha- bitants. The difierence of its fliape from that of a pear is, that its wideil part iS nearell the footftalk; and it contains a num- ber of large feeds lying in a row. It is a native of Maryland, Carolina, Virginia, and the Bahama-Iflands ; and from thence we have the feeds brought, by which numbers of plants are annually raifed. The manner of raisin'G them is thus : Let a bed be prepar- ed in a moiftilli part, that is exceedingly well flieltered, and na- turally fandy, or inclined thereto. If the foil is oppoiite to this, let a fourth part of drift fand be mixed with the mould ; and having obtained the feeds from abroad, low them in this bed about half an inch deep, letting the feeds be at fome diftance from each other. It is probable they v.ill come up in the fprinj» though they fometlmes remain till the fecond, nay the third fpring before they make their appearance. When this happens, the beds mull be weeded all the time, and the mould at the fur- face gently loofeued, if it fliould be inclined to cruft over. After the plants are come up in the fpring, no other than the ufu^ care of feedlings need be taken, until the autumn, when the beds mufl: be hooped over, to be covered with mats at the approach of any froft ; and the gardener mull conllantly obferve the weather, whether the air hath the leafl tendency to it, that he may cover the bed over ; for one night's hard frofl, while they are fo very young, would dellroy them all. With this careful eye he mufl conllantly watch over thefe plants all winter. He mull double his covering as the froll encreafes, and muil always uncover them again in mild and open weather. The fe- cond winter, the fame care mull be obferved, though fo llri6l aa eye will not be neceflary ; for although they will be fubjed to F 2 be 68 A R A be deftroycd by hard frofls, yet if a gentle froft fiiould catch them unawares' to the gardener in the night, there will not be much danger of their fuffering ; for they will be got tolerably ilrong by the fecond fummer's flioot : They will, neverthelefs, be too tender to Hand the brunt of a winter's frolt for a year or two after that ; and conrcqucntly mull have a proportional fliare of this attention every year during thefe months. By this time the plants will have grown to be tolerably Ih-ong, and may be taken up and planted where they are to remain ; though their fituation fhould be well defended ; for a fevere froft in an ex- pofed place would ftill overpower them ; though, after they have grown to be of larger fize, they are hardy enough. If a perfon has the conveniency of a green-hoiifc, or fome fuch room, he may fow his feeds in boxes or pots filled with maiden earth, from a rich pafture, mixed with drift fand. Thcfe boxes or pots fliould be afterwards plunged into the natural mould, in a fliady part of the garden ; and the autumn after the plants are come up, they may be removed into the green-houfe, where they will be naturally proteded from the injuries of weather. This proteftion may be afforded them every winter, till they are ftrong enough to defend themfehes, when they may be turned out of the boxes or pots, mould and all, into the places where they are dcfigncd to remain. A R A L I A. LiN-NEAN- Clafs and Order, Pcntamhia Pentagynla : Each flower contains five males and five females : There arc five Species -, only one of which is adapted to our purpofe : Ar (^ hi A Sp! no fa : The Angelica Tree, or Prickly Ange- lica : a deciduous Jhruh ■ native of Virginia. The Prickly Angelica: The height to which this tree will grow, it the foil and fituation wholly agree with it, is about twelve feet ; and the ficm, which is of a dark brown colour, is defended by flwp fpines, which fall off; nay, the very leaves, which are branching, and compofed of many wings, and are of a pleafent green colour, have thefe defenders, which are both crook- ed A R A 69 cil and ftrong', and itiind as guards to thcin till the leaves fall o^ in the autumn. The flowers are produced in large umbels from the ends of the branches : They arc of a greenlfli yellow co- lour ; and their general charaftcrs indicate their ftrudure. They make their appearance the end of July or beginning of Auguft ; but are not fucceeded by ripe feeds in our gardens. PuoPAGATioN : This tree will what gardeners call^fl-xy« ; L e. after digging among the roots young plants will arlfe, the broken roots fending forth frcfh ilcms,; nay, if the roots are planted in a warm border, and fiiaded in hot weather, they will grow ; but if they are planted in pots, and affilled by a mode- rate warmth of dung, or tanners bark, they will be pretty fure of fuccefs ; fo that the propagation of this tree is very eafy. But the gejieral method of propagating it, and by which the beft plants may be had, is from feeds, which mull: be procured from America, for they do not ripen in En- gliinJ ; and, after having obtained them, they mull be managed in the follovfing manner : The time that we generally receive them is in the fprlng ; fo that againll their coming we muft be furnlflied with a fufficient number of large pots. Thefe, when the feeds are come, muif be filled with fine mould, which, if taken from a rich border, will do very well. The feeds mull be Ibwn in thefe pots as foon as polTible after their arrival, hardly half an inch deep, and then the pots fiiould be plunged in a warm place their whole depth in the foil. Care mull be taken to break the mould in the pots, and water them as often as it has a ten- dency to cruil over; and if they are fliaded in hot weather, the plants will frequently come up the firil fummer. But as this does not often happen, if the youn^ plants do not appear by Midiumraer, the pots fliould be taken and plunged in a fliady place ; nay, if they Ihould, there will be Hill more occafion for this biing done ; for they will flourlfii after that better in the lliudc ; and the defign of plunging them in a vv'arm place at firll was only with a view of fetting the powers of vegetation at work, that, having natural heat,' artificial fliade alfo maybe o-iven them, and water likewife, the three grand necelTaries for the purpofe. The pots, whether the plants are come up in them or not, ill 'uld be removed into ftelter in Oftober, either into a greenhoufe, fome room, or under an hotbed-frame ; and in the fpring, when all danger of froil is over, they fliould be plunged F 3 into 70 A R A into the natural ground their own depth m a fhady place. Thofe that were already come up will have fliot Itrong by the autumn following ; and it none of them have appeared, they will come up this Ipring ; and whether they are young feedlings, or imall plants of a former fummer's growth, they muil be conftantly kept clean of weeds, and duly watered in the time of drought ; and this care mull: be obferved until the autumn. In Odober they muft be again removed intoflieltcr, either into a grcenhoufe, &c. as before, or fixed in a warm place, and hooped, that they may be covered with .mats in frolly weather. In the latter end of March following, they fhould be planted in the nurfcry way, to gain ftrength before they are finally planted out. The ground for this purpofe, befides the natural flieiter, fliould have a reed- hedge, or fomething of the like nature, the more efleftually to prevent the piercing winds from deftroying the young plants. In this fnug place the plants may be fet in rows : in each of which rows furze-buflies fhould be fluck the whole length ; and all thefe together will enfure their lafety. But here one caution is to be obferved ; not to flick the furze fo thick, but that the plants may enjoy the free air in mild weather, and not to take them away too early in the fpring, lell, being kept warm the whole winter, and being deprived of their protection, a cutting frofl fhould happen, as it fbmetimes does even in April, and dc- jftroy them. Weeding and watering in dry weather mull: be their fummer's care. They may be lluck again with furze- buflies in the winter ; though it will not be necelTary to do it in fo clofe a manner ; and with this care, llill diminifliing in pro- portioji the number of furze-buflics, they may continue for three or four years, when they may be planted out into the warmed: parts of the plantation. With this management thefe plants will be inured to bear our winters, in well-flieltered places. The fpines which grow on the branches and the leaves admo- |»ifh us, for our own fafcty, not to plant this tree too near the fides of frequented walks ; and the confideration of the nature of the tree, which is rather tender at the befl, direfts us (if we have a mind to retain the fort) to plant it in a warm and well-fliel- tered fituation ; where the piercing frofls, come from what point they will, will lofe their edge ; for without this, they will be too tender to Hand the teft of a fevere winter ; though it has often happened, that ^tter the main ilem of the plant has been deflroyed, A R B It ^cftroycJ, It has fl^ot out again frorxi the root, and the plant by that incaiis been bos:h cncrcafed and prelcrved. ARBUTUS. LlWEAX CUifs and Order, Duandria Moiiogynia : Each flower contauis ten males and one female. There are ten Species ; two of which arc proper tor our purpofe. 1. Arf.utus U/ieJo : The Arbutus, orthe Common Straw- berry Tree ; an evergreen tree ; native oi Ireland and many parts of Europe. 2. Arbutus Andrachne : The Axdrachkej or the Oriex- talArbutus; orthe Oriental Straweerry-Tree ; an evergreen tree ; native ot the Eaft. 1. The Arbutus. Of this Species there are iour p'arleties : namely. The oblong-fruited, | The red-flowered, axd The rouxd-fruited, j The double-blossomed. One defcription is nearly common to them all : And their in- conhderable variation is almofl fufKciently fliewn in their re- fpective appellations. T/je ohlong-frjdted Arbutus will grow to be a middling-fized tree in fome countries ; for v/e read of the large ufes its wood has been applied to ; fuch as, Arhutea crates^ Sec. Arbutean har- rows, &c. With us it may be kept down to any lize. The main items arc covered with a light-brown bark, rough, and fall- ing. The younger branches are of a kind of purple colour, whilll the laft year's flioots are of a fine red, and a little hairy. The leaves grow alternately on the branches, and are of an ob_ long oval figure. They ftand on fliort footftalks, and the oldeft leaves make a contrafl: with the younger by having their footltalk and mid-rib of a fine fcarlet colour. They are fmooth, and beauti- fully ferrated. Their upper furface (as in moft trees) is of a ftrono-er green than their under ; and the young twigs are garniflied with them in plenty. Thefe are beauties in common to moll trees, in. fome degree or other ; but every thing elfe almoil of this tree that prefents itfelf to conlideration is Angular : The time of its flowering will be in November and December j when it is rather fingular to fee a tree in the open grouod in full blow ; and the F 4 fruit 74 A R B fruit ripens by that time twelvemonth after. The manner and nature of the fruit, which look like very large red ftravvberrics, give it alfo a fingular and delightful look ; and this is heightened as they appeal^ all over the tree among the flowers ; for that is the time of its being ripe, when the flowers for the fucceedlng crop are fully out. The flowers themfelves make no great figure J they are of a kind of vvhitifh-yellow colour ; and are fucceeded by the abovementioned Strawberry fruit, which will require a revolution of twelve months, before they periectly ar- rive at their matutity and colour. The flowci's of the fail: fort are larger than thofe of the fecond; and the fruit is oval, and much larger than our Common Scarlet Strawberry. Toe round-fruitrii fort has its pitcher-flinpcd flower?, which are fucceeded by round fcarlet fruit, as wide as they are long \ and this is all the difference between thefe Ibrts- Ihe Stra-uvherry-trce ivitb red Jimvers differs in no rcfpedt from the common fort, only the fio\ycrs are red, and thefe conftitute a variety from the other forts of flowers j but the contrail is no! fo great between their fruit and them, as of the other forts, their colour approaching too near to a famenefs. The Douhle-bloJfomedStravjberry-tree 6a&ys\i\ no refpeff, only that the flowers are double ; but this difference is fo inconfidcr- able, that it will not be feen without looking into the flower ; and even then the doublenefs will appear lb trifling as fcarcely to me- rit notice ; fo that a plant or two, to have it fald that the col- leftion is not without it, will be fuflicient. Neither ought any more to be admitted ; for they will not produce the fame plenty of fruit, which conftitutes the greatefl: beauty of thefe trees, as the fingle forts. The method of Propagating the Varieties of the ArbutuS 18 by layers and cuttings : the Species itfclf may be ralfed from feed. By layers they will all grow : The operation muft be performed on the youngefl twigs ; and in fome foils they will ftrike root pretty freely, vvhilft in others they can hardly be made to grow at all : But before they have lain two fummers, you may fcarcely venture to look for any. When the roots are ftruck, the layers fliould be carefully taken off in the fprlng» and planted in fepatate pots; and after well watering them, they fiiould be plunged up to the rims in an hotbed, and this will fet them forvvard j for without this airiilance, many of the laj-ers will A R B "73 xvill be loft ; fiacs they arc difficult plants to malce grow. After the hotbed has forced the feeds into a flate of vegetation, the pots may be taken out, and plunged tip to the runs in feme natural mould, to keep them cool and moiil ; and here they jnay iland for two or three years, or longer, if the pots are large enough, without ever removing or iheltering in winter ; for they are hardy enough to relift our fevereft cold. When thcv are to be linallv fet out, all the mould may be turned out of the pots hanging to the roots ; and having proper holes made ready, they may be planted in them, and the plant will be igno- rant of its new fituation. Thefe plants may be encreafed by cuttings, which mull be planted in pots, and have the benefit of a good bark-bed ; in which being conib.ntly fliaded and duly watered, many of them U'ill grow. As the plants raifed this way will be rather tender by being forced in the bark-bed, it will be neceffary to remove them into the greenhoufe, or to place them under an hotbed-frame during the firll winter ; and after that, the pots may be fet up to the rims in the ground, and, like the layers, the plants may be turned out at a convenient time into the places where they are to remain. Next we proceed to the beft way of railing the Co7nino7i Ar- hittus; and that is from feeds. Let thefe be taken from the ob- long or round-fruited fort. The feeds, which will be ripe fome time in November or the beginning of December, for they will not be ripe at the fame time in all places, mull: be then gathered • and as they fliould not be lowed until the fpring, it will be pro. per to put them into a pot or jar, mixing with them a quantity of drift-fand ; and this will preferve them found and o-ood. The beginning ot March is the beft time for lowing the feeds ; and the beft foil for them is maiden earth, taken from a rich pafture at leaft a year before, with the Iward ; and this, by conftant turning, being well rotted and mixed, will be ready to receive them. Having filled a different quantity of pots v/ith this fine mould, let the feeds be fown, and but juft covered, fcarcely a quarter of an inch deep. A dry day ftiould be chofen for the bufinefs .; and no watering by the hand fliould be given them, as it will endanger the fetting the mould hard in the pots. Leave them abroad until fome rain falls, which at that time may he hourly expected ; and after that, having an hotbed ready, plunge 7i A R T 74 .^ plunge the pots lerein. In lefs than fix weeks you may c:xpcft your plants to appear ; when much air lliould be afforded them, and frequent waterings, in fmall quantities, gently fprinkled over them. After this, they may be hardened to the air by de- grees, and the pots fet up to the rims in the natural mould, in a fhady place. In Oftober they fhould be removed into the grecn- houfe, or fonie fhelter, in frolly weather ; though they fliould always be fet abroad in mild open weather. In the fpring they may be fhook out, and planted in feparate pots ; and they fhould have the advantage alfo of a hotbed to fet them a-grow- ing : their future management may be the fame as was directed for the layers. When thefe trees are to be planted out, very little regard need be paid to the foil or fituation ; for they will grow almoft any where, and refill our fevereii: northern blafts. One thing, however, the gardener muft conftantly obferve, in order to continue his trees in their beauty ; viz. as often as a heavy fnow falls, fo conllantly fhould he go and (hake the boughs ; for ' it will lodge amongft the leaves and branches, in fuch great quantity, as to weigh down and fplit the largeft branches ; the deformity of which afterwards may be eafily con- ceived. Befides, many years muft expire before the tree will, if ever it fliould, grow to its former beauty ; to preferve this, therefore, makes the narrowly watching thefe trees in fnowy weather highly neccifary. 2. The Andrachne will grow to a larger fize than the Arbutus. The leaves are fmooth, and nearly of the fame figure as the preceding fort ; though they are larger, and have their edges undivided. The flowers grow like the other forts ; are of the fame colour ; and they are fucceeded by large, oval, fcarlet fruit. It is called the Oriental Strawberry-Tree, bccaufe this fort grows plentifully in many parts of the Eaft, and is ufeful to the inha- bitants for many purpofes in life. Tht Andrach?ic m?Ly hQ propagated in the fame manner as the Arlutus. ARTEMISIA. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Sjngou-fia Polygamia Superf.ua : Hermaphrodite florets containing five males and one female, and female A T R 75 female florets containing one piftil, in the fame difcous flower ; There are twenty-five Species, which are principally her- b:+ccous ; one only being intitled to a place amongil the tribe of ornamentals. Artemisia Arhorefcens : The Tree-Woumwood : a non- deciduoui fhruh : native of Italy and the Eaft. The Tree-Wormwood riles with an upright ftalk to the heic^ht of about fix feet. The leaves are its chief e2:cellence . and of thefc there are two or three forts : One fort is very much divided, or cut into feveral narrow fegments ,• thofe of the other are broader. They are very hoary ; and as they continue on the branches all winter, they have a lingular and an agreeable efFedl among the evergreens at that feafon. The flowers are fmall, and have very little beauty ; they are collefted into roundifli heads, and I never perceived them to be followed by good feeds. This plant is eafily propagated by cuttings. Plant them in May, June, July or Auguft, in a fliady place, and they will readily grow, efpecially if they are watered a few times at the firfl; planting. In the autumn thefe cuttings, which will then have become good plants, (hould be each fet in a feparate fmall pot, and placed under a hotbed frame, or in the greenhoufe, to be preferved all winter. In the fpring they may be turned out into the places where they are defigned to remain, which mufl: be naturally warm and well ftieltered, or they will be liable to be dellroyed by the feverity of the following winter. In fuch a fituation they will live for many years ; though it may be ad- vifeable to keep a plant or two in the greenhoufe, to keep up the ftock, if a more than common hard winter Ihould put a period to thofe that are planted abroad. ATRIPLEX. LiNXEAN Clafs and Order, Polygamla Monoecia : Herma- phrodite flowers containing five males and one female, and fe- male 76 A T R male flowers containing one plftil, on the fame plant. There are twelve Species ; two only of which are to our purpofe. 1. Atriplex Halimus : Broad-leaved Sea Purslain- Tree : a non-Jeclduvus Jlrruh ; grows naturally upon the fea- coaft of Spain and Portugal ; as alfo in Viri^inia. 2. Atriplex Portulacoidcs : Narrow-leaved Sea-Pur- slain-Tree ; a non-deciduous jhruh ; native of our own fea- coall, and of the North of Europe. I. The Broac-leaved Furslain-Tree generally grows to about iive or fix feet ; and will fend forth its bian».hcs fo as to fpread around, and form a large broad head. The young branches arc covered with a finooth white bark ; that of the older is of a Ugh. grey colour, which will be peeling length- ways, and falling, efpeclally in the fpring. The branches arc exceedingly brittle, and rheir inlide is green to the very pith, of which there is very little. The leaves are foft, white, and iilvery, and nearly of the fhape of the Greek letter Delta. They have their edges entire ; and look well at all times, efpecially in winter, when they caufe as great a variety as pollible among thofe trees that retain their leaves at that time. This fln-ub fcldom flowers in our gardens ; and when that happens, it is pofl^eflTcd of no beauty to recommend it to the llorill. z. The Narrow-leaved Purslain-Tree commonly grows to about four feet high. The bnmches are numerous and grey . and thev naturally fpread abroad in a bufliy manner. The leaves are filvery ; though not fo white as the other fort ; but they are narrower, which occafions its being fo diftingu^flied j and of an oval figure ; and by them the flirub receives no fmall orna- ment. The flowers have little beauty. Thefe ftirubs are propagated by cuttings ; which will grow, if planted at any time of the year ; though the beft way is to take the cuttings in March, of the ftrongeft former fummer's fhoots, to cut them into lengths about a foot each, and to plant them a third part deep in the mould. Thcfe will all readily take root, and be good plants by the autumn following. In fum.mer, flips and cuttings may be planted; but then it will be advifeable to plant them pretty clofc together in beds, and afterwards to hoop the beds, and fliude them from the heat at that A Z A 77 that time. They will foon take root ; and after that will require no further trouble : But until that is effefted, they fhould be water- ed and fliaded in the hot weather, and the mats fliould be con- Hantly taken off in the evening, and alio in rainy, moifr, or cloudy weather; and by this means plenty of plants may be raifed. If it happened to be a dripping day \\ hen they were firft planted, much trouble in fliuuing and watering will be faved, as they may be nearly upon ftriking root before the weather clears up. Thele fhrubs fliould be always raifed at a diltance from farm-yards, barns, &c. where there are Iparrows ; for thefe birds are fo exceedingly fond of the leaves, that when once they find them out, they will never leave nor forfake them until they have entirely ftripped the plants ; and though the flirub will fltoot out afrefh, yet they will as conftantly repair to their rcpail, and will thus continue to prey upon them until they have entirely deilroyed them. I am obliged (continues Han'BUR y) to give this precaution, becaufe all my plants of thefe forts are thus conilantly eat up by the fparrows in my gardens at Church-Langton, as often as I plant them ; fo that I am obliged to keep them at Gumley, and in my other difcant nurfe- ries, where they remain free from fuch devcurers. Thefe plants require a warm fheltered fituation, being fubjeft to be cut by the early frofts. AZALEA. Li.vxEAN Clafs and Order, Penfandria Monogynia : Each flower contains five males and one female. There are fix Species j two of which are proper for the fhrubberv. Azalea Nudijiora : The Red American Upr ight Honey- suckle : or the Red Azalea ; a deciduous Jhrul ; native of Virginia. AzrtLEA Vifcofa : Tht White American Upright Honey- suckle ; or The White Azalea j a low deciduous J}}ruh ; native of Virginia. I. The Red Azalea has feveral ftems arifing from the fame root, which will grow to feven or eight feet high. The leaves arc J8 B E R are of an oval figure, fmooth, entire, and placed alternately on the branches. The flowers are produced in clufters from the fides of he branches, on long naked footftalks : Their colour is red, and they are agreeably fcented ; each compofed of a long- naked tube, cut at the top into five fpreading fegmcnts. They will be in blow in July ; but they feldom ripen their feeds in our gardens. There is a variety of this, with yellow flowers. 2. The White Azalea. From the root of this arife fcveral flender brown ftems, to three or four tect high. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, narrow at their bale, have a rough border, and grow in clufters. The flowers terminate the branches in clufters, coming out between the leaves. They are finely fcented, and each of them has a tube of near an- inch long, divided at the top into five fegments, two of which are reflexcd. Their colour is white, with a bad yellow on their outilde ; they will be in blow an July, but are never fucceeded by feeds in our gardens. Thefe forts are propagates* , i. By layering the young flioots ; and for this purpofe, a flit muft be made on each, as is prac tiled for carnations : The autumn is the beft feafon for the work. When the layers have ftruck good root, they may be removed into the nurfery, and planted in lines at a fmall diftance from each other ; where after having flood a year or two at the moft, they will be proper plants to be planted out. 2. Thefe forts alfo propagate themfelves very faft ; for as they throw up many ftems from the fame roots after they have flood a few- years, fome of thefe may eafily be taken off, with fome root at each, and either planted in the nurfery -ground, or the places where they are to remain. B E R B E R I S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Hexandria Monogynia : Each flower contains fix males and one female : There are three Species ; two of which are here treated of : 1. Bereeris Vulgaris : The Common Berbery : a well- known (Jeciduoils Jhriih, common in our hedges. 2. Berberis Cretica : The Cretan, or Box-leayed Ber- bery ; a loiiJ decUuotis Jhriih j native of Crete. I, The B E R 79 I. The Common Berbery. This flirub is diftinguifliedbythe acidity of its leares, the fharpnels of its fpines, the yellovvnefs of its inner bark, and the fcarlct colour of its berries, which -idd a beauty to our hedges in winter, and afford a favourite pickle and garnifli for our tables. Hanbury enumerates other ufes of the Berbery, particularly in medicine, and recommends the cultivation of it in the warmefl: manner. There is however an evil attendant of the Berbery -bufh which ought to confine it within the pale of our gardens and liirubberies ; we mean its poifonous eiTe6l upon corn ; more particularly upon wheat. This is a circumftance which has been long known to the common farmers in different parts of tbe kingdom, efpecially in Norfolk, where the farmers are more obfervant and much more enlighten- ed than thoic ufetul members of fociety in general are. The idea, ncverthelefs, has been treated by theoretical writers on Hufbandry as chimerical and fuperftitious ; and has been brought forward as one of thofe vulgar errors of farmers which ought to induce gentlemen and men of genius to refcue fo ufeful a fciencc as that of Agriculture out of the hands of ignorance. Being however always ready to hear the opinion of profeJRonal men, and having been affured by many fenfible farmers of the truth of this matter, we had a few years ago a Berbery-buflx planted, in the month of February, in the centre of a laro"e piece of \vhcat. No obvious effedl took place until the corn began to change its colour before harvcll, when a long blacken- ing llripe became fo confpicuous amongft the growing whitenefs of the wheat, that it might have been diflinguifiied at a mile's diftance. It refembled the tail of a comet ; the bufli reprefent. ing the comet i^felt j and what rendered the experiment ftriking, whilll on one fide the effec"t did not reach more than three or iour feet, on the oppolite fide it was obvious to the diflance of tea or twelve yards ; notwith {landing the top of the fhrub planted was Bot much larger than a man's head. At harveft, the ears which grew in the immediate neighbourhood of the bufh, fi:ood ereft, the grains Ihriveled and empty ; as the diftance from the Berbery increafed the effecJt leflened, vanifhing Imperceptibly : whilll the grain of the reil: of the field was of a good quality. We do not mean in this place to comment upon the faft, or to attempt to account for fo fingular an effeft by the help of rcafoning only ; having in our intentions a fuite of experiment ^ in So B E R in order to endeavour to come at the caufe. Our motive for mentloning the fad at prcfent is to induce others to make fimilar experiments, as well as to ftimulate gentlemen to extirpate from their eftates fo pernicious a plant j.more particularly from the hedges and borders of arable fields. There are three Vanctlcs of the Common Berbery : The Berbery with white fruit. The Berbery with black fruit. The Berbery without ftoncs : v*hich lall is the fort principally cultivated for the berries. 2. The Box-LEAVED BEREERYgrows to a yard or four feet high, and is polTefled of many Iharp fpincs at the joints. The leaves are like thofe of the box-tree, between which the flowers come out, on flender footftalks. But as this fort never produces any fruit in England, and being alfo liable to be killed by hard frofls, it is feldom propagated in our gardens. The PROPAGATION* of the Berbery is as follows, i. When a quantity of the common Berbery is wanted, the beft way is to raife it from the feeds, which ftiould be fown, foon after they are ripe, in a bed made in any part of the garden. Thcfe will fre- quently remain till the fecond fpring before the plants come all up; till which time the beds fhould be weeded as often as the weeds appear j for if they are neglefted fo as to get ftrong, by pulling them up many of the feeds will alio be drawn out of the bed by their roots. After the plants have grown one year in the feed- bed, they fliould be planted out in the nurfery, where they may remain for about two years, when they will be fit to plant out finallv. This is the moft expeditious method of raifing a large quantity of thefe trees, when wanted. 2. Another method of propagating the Berbery is by layers ; a method by which all the forts may be encreafed ; and in the performance of which, no other art or trouble need be ufed, than laying the branches down in the ground, without either flit or twiil. If this is done any time in the winter, by the autumn following they will have taken good root ; the ftrongeil of which layers will be then fit to plant out ; whilil thofe that are weaker may b- plant- ed in the nurfery-ground, to gain ftrength. 3. The cuttings alfo of thefe trees will grow ; for if they be planted in O£tober, in a moiftifla good earth, they will moft of them ftrike root ; fo that the propagation of this tree by any of thefe ways is very eafy. BET 8i cafy. Whoever is defirous of the Box-leaved Berbery muft afford it a warm dry foil, in a wcll-fheltered place. B E T U L A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, ISMoccia TetranJn'a : Mala flowers containing four flamens, and female flowers containing- two piftils, difpofed in feparate cylindrical catkins upon the fame plant. There are five Species : 1. Betula Al^a : The Common White Birch : a weii known tfeci^uous tree ; ^native of this country, as alfo of moll of the colder parts of Europe. 2. Betula Nigra : The Virginian Black Birch : a deci- duous tree j native of Virginia, as alfo of Canada. 3. ^E.TVi.K Lenta : The Canada Birch : a deciduous tree ^ jiative of Canada, and of Virginia. 4. Betula Nana : The Dwarf Birch : a deciduous Jijruh j native of Lapland, Ruffia, Sweden, and Scotland. 5. Betula Ahus : The Alder : a well known aquatic deci- duous tree ; common in our fvvamps and lov/ grounds ; it is alfo common in moft parts of Europe, and in America. I. The Common White Birch. This tree is fo common, and its ufes fo well known throughout the kingdom, that any defcrip- tion of it feems unneceflary. It is in general of a humble growth ; however, in a foil arvd fituation. it affe<5bs, it will rife to a great height, and fwell to a conlidei-able fize. There is a fprucenefs in its general appearance in fummer j and in winter its bark fometimes exhibits, in its variegations of red and white, no inelegant obje<51;. Were it not for its being fo commonly feen upon poor foils, and in bleak inhofpitable fituations, as well as for the mean and degrading purpofes to which it is univer- fally put, the Birch would have fome claim to being admitted to a place among the ornamentals. Its, u/es are chiefly for brooms, fuel, and charcoal : if it be fufFered ro grow to a proper fize, it will make tolerable gates, hurdles, rails, &c : it is alfo ufed by the patten-makers. Hanbury fays, it is alfo applicable G to 82 BET to larger ufcs ; and is highly proper for the fellies of broad- wheel waggons, it being inlockcd lo as not to be cleaved. " I have been inf(inned (fays he) by an old experienced wheelwright, that old Birch-trees cannot be cleft, us the grains run crollways, and that he prefers it for fevcral ufes in his way to moft wood ; and as I have feen feveral of thefe trees more than two feet fquare, the timber oi the B.rch may perhaps be of more value than it has hitherto been ellccmed." Its ufe in making wine is well known. Bat although vve enumerate the uies to which the Birch is applicable when it is already in polTellion, we do not mean to recommend in geneial terms the planting of Birch ; except in bleak and barren fituations where no other tree will thrive ; and except as a flcreeu and guardian to nurfe-up and de- fend from chiU'-ng blafts plants of greatcf value. The PROPAGATION of the Biixh is eafy : it may be raifed cither from feeds, or by layering ; and it will tlourilh in almoft any foil or fituation. 2. The Black Virginia Birch will grov/ to upwards of fixty feet in height. The branches are fpottcd, and more fpar- ingly fet in the trees than the common forts. The leaves are broader, grow on long footftalks, and add a dignity to the ap- pearance of the tree ; and as it is naturally of upright and fwift growth, and arrives at fo great a magnitude, Haxbury thinks it ought to have a Ihare among our foreft-trees, and to be planted for ilandards in open places, as well as to be joined with other trees of its own growth in plantations more imme- diately deligned for relaxation and pleafure. There are feveral varieties of this fpecies, differing in the colour, fize of the leaves, and flioots ; all of which have names given them by nurferymen, who propagate the different forts for fale ; fuch as, i. The BroaJ-leaved yirgini an Birch ; z.lhe Poplar-leaved Birch; 3. The Paper-Birch ; 4. The Broivn Birch, &c. 3. Canada Birch. This grows to a timber-tree of fixty or more feet in height. The leaves are heart-fliaped, oblong, fmooth, of a thin coniiftence, pointed, and very fliarply ferrat- ed. They difter in colour ; and the varieties of this fpecies go by the names of, i. Dujiy Canada Birch; 2. White-Paper Birch; 3. Poplar-leaved Canada ^irch ; ^, Lcvj-gro'-leaved Alder. 5. The Dwarf Alder. The PROPAGATION of the Alder, like that of the other aquatic natives, is very eafy^ it may be railed either from lackers, from cuttings, or by layering; and no doubt from feed, though this mode of propagation is fcldom pradlifed in this country. EvELY^f mentions a peculiar method of railing this tree from cuttings or truncheons, which he calls the ^er/ej^ manner : he fays, " I received it from a moft ingenious gentle- man of that country : it is, to take truncheons of two or three feet long at the beginning of the winter, and to bind them in faggots, and place the ends of them in water till towards the fpring, by which feafon they will have .contracted a fwelling' fpire or knur about that part, which being let does (like the Gennet-moil Apple-Tree) never fail of growing and ftriking root." Millar recommends truncheons of three feet long, two feet of which to be thruil into the ground. Han bury fays, that truocheons are uncertain, and ftrongly recommends layering ; which for pre- ferving the varieties, as well as for ornamental plantations of Alders in general, is the befl method. B I G N O N I A. "LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Didynamia Jnglofpermia : Each flower contains four males and one female ; two of the males being fliorter than the other two ; and the feeds being inclofed in a pod. There are eighteen Species ; five of which are enured to this climate. G 3 Jo BiGNONIA 86 BIG 1. BiGNOXiA Catalpa : The Catalpa ; a deciduous tr;?. \ native of Carolina. 2. BiGNONiA Scmpervlrens : The Evergreen Bigxonia, or the VirgikTia Jasmine, or the Virginia Climber ; an ever- green climber ; native of Virginia. 3. Bigxonia Unguh : The Claw Bignonia, or the Qtja- DRIFOLIATE BiGNONiA; a deciduous clbnher ; native of Bar- badoes, and other Weft-India Ifiands. 4. BiGXOKiA Copreoliiia : The Tendril Bignonia, or the Capreolate BiGNONiA ; a dcciduous climhcr \ nzt'wt o{ North America. ^. BiGNONiA Radicans : The Scarlet Trumpet Flowkri a deciduous climber ; native ot Carolina, Virginia, and Canada, I. The Catalpa will grow to the height of thirty or forty feet ; and as the flem is upright, and the leaves fine and largf , it lliould be planted as a ftandard in the midft of line opens, that it may without moleilation fend forth its lateral branches, and fliew itfelf to every advantage in view. Theie opens, neverthelcfs, fliould be fuch as are well Iheltered, ctherwife the ends of the branches will be deftroyed by the feverity of the winter's frcfl, which will caufc an unfightly appearance ; and the leaves, being very large, make fuch a refiitance to the fummcr's high winds, as to occafion whole branches to be fplit off by that powerful element. The bark of the Catalpa is brown and fmooth, and the leaves are cordated. They are about five or fix inches in breadth, and as many in length. They ftand by threes at the joints, are of a blueifli call, and are" late in the fpring before they come out. The flowers are tubulous ; their colour is white, having purple fpots, and ycUowifli ftripes on the infide. They will be in full blow in Auguft ; but are not fucceeded by good feeds in England. Whoever has the conveniency of a bark -bed may propa- gate this tree in plenty, 1. By cuttings, which being planted in pots, and plunged into the beds in the fpring, will foon flrike root, and may afterwards be fo hardened to the open air, that they may be fet abroad in the fliade before the end of fumraer : in the beginning of Oclober, they uiould be removed into a green-houfe, or under forae fhelter, to be protefted from the winter's frofl. In the fpring, after the bad weather is paft, they BIG 87 they may be turned out of the pots', anJ phmtcd in the narfeiy- way, in a well flickered place ; and if the foil be rich, and rather inclined to be moilt, it yill be the better. Here they may ftand for four or five years, the rows being dug in winter, and weeded in fuminer, when they will be of a proper fize to be planted out to fland. Thefe cuttings will often grow in a rich, fliady, moift border; fo that whoever can have plenty of th.m, fliould plant them pretty thick in fuch a place, and he may be tolerably fure» by this way, of railing many plants. 2. From ked^ which muft be procured from America, and fliould be fown in a fine warm border of light rich mould, or elfe in pots or boxes ; the feed- ling plants requiring more than a common care. 2. The Evergreen Bignonia has almoft every perfection to recommend it as a climber ; tor though the plants are fmall, Vft if they are trained up to a wall, or have bufhes or tre-es on which to climb, they will mount to a great height, by their twining llalks, and over-top hedges, and even trees, and will form at a diflance a grand figure from the iWay they will bear. The leaves of Bignonia arc fingle, and of a lanceolate figure. They grow from the joint?, are of a fine ftrong green colour, and very ornamental : but the flowers conflitute the greateft value of this plant, on account ot the fine odour nature has beftowed on them ; which is to lo great a degree as to perfume the circum- ambient air to a confidcrable diflance. Thefe flowers are of a yellow colour, and lefs beautiful than fome of the other forts which is iufiiciently recompenfed by their extraordinary fra- grance. They grow m an erect manner, from the wings of the leaves at each joint, and their figure nearly refembles that of a trumpet. The pods that fucceed thefe flowers are fmall. There is a 'variety of this fpecics, which over-tops whatever plants are near it, to a great height. The leaves are of a lan- ceolate figure, and grow from the joints, often four oppofite. They are of a fine green ; but their flowers are produced rather thinly, and ftand each on its own footftalk ; and are not polTefT- ed of the heightened fragrance of the other. 3. The Claw Bignonia is another noble climber. It rifes by the help of claw-like tendrils, the branches beino- very flender and weak ; and by thefe it will over-top buflies, tree?, &c. twenty or thirty feet high. The branches, however, fhew their ^ 4 natural 88 BIG natural tendency to afpire, for they wind about eveiy thing that 13 near them ; fo that, together with the affiftance nature has given them of tendrils, it is no wonder they arrive at fo great an height. Thefe branches, or rather ftalk?, have a fmooth furface, are often of a reddifli colour, particularly next the fun, and are very tough. The tendrils grow from the joints ; they are bowed, and are divided into three pai'ts. The leaves grow in pairs at the jcintt., and are four in number at each. Thefe are of an oblong figure, have their edges entire, and are veiy ornamental to the plant ; for they are of an elegant green colour : their under fur- face is much paler than their upper, and tlf^ir footftalks, mid- rib, and veins, alter to a fine purple. The flowers are monope- talous and bell-fliaped. The tube is very large, and the rim is divided and fpreads open. They grow from the wings of the leaves, in Auguft, two ufually at each joint ; and they are fuc- ceeded in the countries where they grow naturally by long pods. 4. The Tendril Bignonia is another fine climber, which rifes by the afliftance of tendrils or clafpers. The leaves grow at the joints oppofite by pairs, though thofe which appear at the bottom fiequently come out fingly. They are of an oblong iigure, and continue on the plant all winter. The flowers arc produced in Auguft, from the wings of the leaves : they are of the fame nature, and of the fliape nearly of the former ; ar? large, of a yellow colour, and fucceeded by fhort pods. 5. The Scarlet Trumpet Flower will arrive to a pro- digious height, if it has either buildings or trees to climb up by j for it ftrikes root from the joints into whatever is near it, and thus vv^ill get up to the tops of buildings, trees, &c.. be they ever fo high. This fpecies has pinnated leaves, which grow oppofite by pairs at the joints. Thefe leaves are compoled of about four pair of folioles, which end with an odd one. They are of a good green colour, have their edges deeply cut, and drawn out into a long point. The flowers are produced in Auguft, at the ends of the branches, in bunches : they are large, and, like the other, are compofed of one tube ; but they are fliaped more like a trumpet than any of the forts. They are of a fine red colour, and make a grand fliow. This is the fort chiefly known by the name of the Scarlet Trumpet Flower. There is another fort called, the Smaller Trumpet Flower. It differs from the laft only in that the leaves and flowers are fmallerj \ B U P 89 fmaller, and fome fancy tlieir colour to be a finer red ; the colour of the former, in fome fituations, often approaching to that of an orange colour. Thefe two forts are more hardy than any of the others, and confequently more proper to be fet againil: old walls, &c. in expofed lituatlons : they will all, however, bear our climate very well ; though it would be ad- vifeable to fet the tender forts in well-ftieltered places, as they will otherwife be in danger of fuflerlng by fevere froih, elpc- cially while young, if there be nothing to break them off. The PROPAGATION' of the Climbers, x. If the flioots are laid upon the ground, and covered with a little mould, they will immediately ftrike root, and become good plants for fetting out where they are wanted. 2. They will all grow by cuttings. The bottom part of the ftrongcft young flioots is the bell: ; and by this method plenty may be foon raifed. 3. They are to be raifed by feeds ; but this is a tedious method, efpecially of the pinnated-leaved forts ; for it will be many years before the plants raifed from feeds will blow. BUPLEURUM. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Pentandria Dlgynla : Eacli fiovver contains five males and one female. There are fixteea SPEcir.s ; but they are principally herbaceous : There is only one fit for open grounds in this country. BuPLEURUM Fruticofum : The Ethiopian Hartwort, or the Shrubby BupLEXJP.UM ; an evergreen Jhruh \ growing natu- rally amongfi: the rocks on the coafl of the South of France, and alfo in fome parts of Italy. The Ethiopian- Hartwort is of low growth ; it feldom rifes more than eight feet high ; and will produce plenty of flowers before it gets to the height of one yard. The bark of the oldeft ftems is of a brown, that on the younger flioots of a reddifli, .colour; but this is not conftant, for fometimes it will be greyifli, at others of a purplifh blue. The leaves are of a fine pale green colour, and placed alternately on the branches. They are of an oblong, oval figure, and have their edges en- tire. They are fmooth, and, being of a delicate pale green, are very ornamental to the flirub. The flowers are produced from the go B U X the endc of the branches, in longifh uiyibels. They make no great figure (having but a bad yellow colour), appear in July and Auguft; and are fucceeded by feeds, which will often, though not always, ripen with us ; and by which, when they do, plenty of plants may be railed. The method of propagating this flirub is either from feeds fown in pots of rich light loom in March ; or from cuttings, in the following manner : The latter end of July is the time ; and if the weather be moift or rainy, fo much the better ; it not, fome beds muft be well dujj, and made moift by watering. The cuttings fliould be planted in the evening, and the beds muft be hooped, to be covered with mats in the heat of the day. On their being firft planted, no fun fliould come near them ,• but after they have been i'tt a fortnight, they may have the morning fun until nine o'clock, and afterwards fliading ; obferving al- ways to uncover them in the evening, as alio in moift, cloudy, or rainv weather. Many of thefe cuttings will grew ; and in winter it will be proper to proteft them from the froft with mats in the like manner : After that they will require no further trou- ble until they are planted out. This evergreen is fcarcely hardy enough to firuggle with our fevereft weather ; whenever therefore it is introduced into plantations, it fliould always have the advantage of a dry foil and a well-flieltered fituaticn. B U X U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Monoecla Tctrantlrla: Male flowers containing four ftamens, and temale flowers containing three piflils upon the fame plant. Linneus makes only one Species of Buxus : of this however there are feveral varieties ; fome of which in their prefent fl:ate have every appearance of diflindf fpecies * : * Millar fays, " The two forts of Tree Box have been frequently raifed from feeds, and conflantly produced plants of the fame kind with thofe the feeds were taken from, aroa after fow them in a border of light fandy earth, about half an inch deep. In the fpring the plants will appear ; though it /ometimes happens that they lie in the beds one whole feafon before they come up, efpecially if they happen to have been kept long before they were fowcd after being gathered. If they fnould not appear in the fpring, the beds muft remain undifturb- ed till the next, only keeping them free from weeds, and now and then giving them a gentle watering in dry weather. After they have made their appearance, they fliould ftand two or three years in the feed-bed, the firft of which will require attendance by watering in dry weather. When they are ftroug enough to plant 94 C A L plant out, they may be fet in rows in the nurfery, as was dii-eifled for the cuttings. 3 . The Box propagates itfelf by layering ; for whether it be borne down by the weight of its own foliage, or be broken down by a fall of fnow lodging upon its leaves and branches, it no fooner comes into contatt with the ground than it fends forth fibres, and the branch layered (whether by nature, by accident, or by art) prefently forms to itfelf a detached roo' , which being fevered from the main tree, a feparate plant i» produced. CALLICARPA. LlNNEAN Clafs and Order, Tetrandria Monogynla : Each flower contains four males and one female. There are two Species ; one of which is enured to our climate. Callicarpa Americana : The Cai.hcarpa ; a lo=iv deciduous Jfrrul ; native of many parts of America, but particularly of Virginia and Carolina. The Callicarpa. The leaves arc roundifli, acute, pointed, and are near three inches in length. Thev arc of a hoary caft, being, like the youngeft fhoots, covered with a kind of woolly matter. They ftand oppofite by pairs on moderate footftalks, and their edges are made delicate by beautiful fmall ferratures. The flowers are produced in whirls round the twigs, at the fetting-on of the leave?, and are of a reddifh-purple colour. Each flower feparately is fmall and inconfidcrable ; though the whole number of Vv'hich the whirls are compofed form, together with the leaves and nature of the growth of the tree, a Angular and pleafing arpeft. Their appearance is ufually in July, and they are fucceeded by fucculent berries, which arc at firli red, and afterwards of a deep purple when ripe. It is PROPAGATED, I. By cuttings. When by cuttings, they fhould be planted, in the fprln^, in a moift fandy border. As the hot weather comes on, they fliould be conftantly ftiaded, and watered if the bed is not naturally veiy moift ; and by this means C A L 95 means many of the cuttinp;s will ftrike root, and become good plants. 2. By layers, which is a certain method, thefe plants may alfo be encreafed. If a few plants are obtained for this purpofe, they fhouid be planted in a warm well-flieltered fitua- tion ; and if the foil be naturally fandy, it will be the better. The autumn after thefe ftools have fhot forth young wood, thefe young fhix)ts fliould be laid in the ground, and by the autumn following they will be fit to take off, either for the nurfery, or where they are to remain. 3. By feeds, which fliould be fown in a warm border of fandy earth, a quarter of an inch deep, and fliouid be carefully fliaded and the feedlings flickered; thefe plants being tender when young, though afterwards they are fuftlciently hardy. CALYCANTHUS. LiXNEAN Ciafs and Order, Icofandria Polygynia : Each flower contains twenty males and numerous females. There are two Species ; namely, Calycanthus Precox ; not enured, wc believe, to this climate ; and Calycanthus Floridus : The Flowering Calycakthus, or CaroliN'a Allspice Tree; a deciduous aro7nat:c Jhrnh \ native of Carolina. The Flower I NG Calycanthus Is a fhrub which feldom grows, at leafl with us, to more than five feet high. It divides into many branches irregularly near the ground. They are of 1 brown colour, and being bruifed emit a moft agreeable odour. The leaves that garnifli this delighful aromatic are of aii oval figure, pointed : They are near four inches long, and are at Icaft two and a half broad, and are placed oppofite- by pairs on the branches. At the end of thefe fland the flowers, of a kind of chocolate-purple colour, and which are pofTefTed of the oppofite qualities of the bark on the branches. They fland fingle oa their fhort footftalks, come out in May and June, and arc fuc- ceeded by ripe feeds in England. The ^6 CAR The PROPAGATION of this fhiub is not very difficult; tho* more than a common care muft be taken, after fmall plants are obtained, to preferve them till they are of a fize to be ventured abroad. The laft year's {hoots of this tree, if laid in the ground, the bark efpecially being a little bruifed, will ftrike root withia the compafs of twelve months, particularly if the layers arc Ihaded, and now and then watered in the fummer's drought. In the fpring they fhould be taken off", and planted in pots ; and if thefe are afforded a fmall degree of heat in a bed, they will ftrike fo much the Iboner and ftronger. After they have been in this bed a month or fix weeks, they fhould be taken out. In the heat of the fummer they fhould be placed in the fhade ; and if the pots are plunged into the natural ground, it will be fo much the better. At the approach of the iucceeding winter's bad wea- ther, the pots fhould be removed into the greenhoule, or fome flrelter, and in the fpring may refume their old ftations : and this fhould be repeated till they are of a proper fize and ftrength to be planted out to ftand. If the pots in which they were fjrfl planted were fmall, they may be fnifted into larger a fpring or two after ; and, when they have got to be pretty flrong plants, they may be turned out, mould and all, into the places where- they are to remain. By this care of potting them, and houfmg them during the fevere weather in winter, the young crop willbe- preferv'ed ; otherwife, if they were planted immediately abroad, the firft hard froft the enfuing winter would deflroy them all : Tanner's bark about their roots will be the mcft proper fecurity ; as they are at befl, when full grown, but tender plants, and mufl have the warmeft fituation and the driefl foil. C A R P I N U S. LlNNEAN Clafs and Order Monoecia Polyandrla: Male flowers containing many ftamens, and female flowers con- tdning two piftils difpof d in feparate catkins, upon the fame plant : There are only two species : r. Carpinus Betulus: The Common Hornbeam : a dcct' duous tree-) native of Europe and America. 2. Car- C A _R 97 • 2. CARriy;vs O^tya : The Hop Hornbeam; rt low dfci- i/uous tree ; native of Italy and of Virginia. I. The Common Hornbeam. This tree, it is faid, will grow fo high as fixty or feventy feet : we feldom lee it, however, arrive at fo great a height. Its leaves are of a darkifh green, and about the iize of thofe of the Beech, but more pointed and ■deeply lerrated. Its branches are long, flexible, and crooked ; yet in their general appearance very much refemble thofe of the Eeech : indeed there is fo great a likenefs between thofe two trees, efpeclally in the fhrubby underwood ftatc, that it would be difficult to dillingulfli them at the firfr glance, were it not for that glofly varnifti with which the> leaves of the Beech are flrongly marked. In the days of Evelyn, when topiary work was the Gardener's idol, the Hornbeam might be conlidered as deferving of thofe endearing cxpreffions which that enthuiiallic writer has -been pieafed to lavifli upon it : neverthclefs, as an or7iamental in modern gardening it ftands low ; and its prcfent v.fes are few. As an underwood it aftbrds Ifakes and eddcrs, fuel and charcoal. Jts timber ranks with that of Beech and the Sycamore. The only fuperior excellency of the Hornbeam lies in its fitnefs for Skreen-Fences for fheltering gardens, nurferies, and young plantations from the feverities of the winter feafon. It mav be trained to almoft any height, and by keeping it trimmed on the fides it becomes thick of branches, and confequently thick of leaves ; which being by their nature retained upon the plant after they wither, a Hornbeam-hedge occaiions a degree of flielter nearly equal to that given by a brick wall. Indeed, being lefs refle;ceptcd. It will grow to be thirty or forty feet high. The branches of this tree are lefs fpotted with greyifh fpots than any of the other forts. The leaves are very rough, of n dark-green colour, and are longer than the common fort. The property which the Common Hornbeam is pofleffed of, of retaining CAR 99 retaining its leaves all winter, does not belong to this fort, the leaves of which conftantly fall off in the autumn with other de- ciduous trees. ATfierican Uornhcam is a more elegant tree than any of the former forts. The branches are {lender, covered with a brownifh fpeckled bark, and are more fparingly fent forth than from any of the others. The leaves are oblong, pointed, and of a palifli green, and are not nearly lb rough as the Common Horn- beam, though the flowers and truit are produced in the fame manner. 2. Hop HoRXEEAM is of taller growth than the Eaflern kind. It will arrive to the height of twenty feet, or more. The leaves are nearly the fize of the common fort, and fome people admire this tree on account of the lingular appearance it makes with its feeds, before they begin to tall. There is a f-^ariety of this tree, which grows to thirty feet high, flioots freely, has long rough leaves like thofe of the elm, and longifla yellow-coloui-ed flowers, called the Virginian Flowering Hop Hornbeam. Thefe different forts of Hornbeam are to be propagated by layers ; for which purpofe a few plants for ftools muft be pro- cured. The ftools of the Eaftern Hornbeam ftiould be planted a yard, and the other forts a yard and a half or two yards afunder. After thefe plants have made fome young flioots, they fhould be layered in the autumn, and by that time twelvemonth they will have ftruck root ; at which time, or any time in the winter, or early in the fpring, they ftiould be taken off, and planted in the nurfery-way, obferving always to brufli up the flool, that it may afford fine young flioots for frefli layering by the autumn fol- lowing. The diftance the plants ftiould be allowed in the nurfery need be no more than one foot, in rows that are two feet afunder ' and here they may ibmd, with the ufual nurfery care of weeding and digging the rows in winter, until they are to be finally plant- ed out ; though the Virginian Hornbeam will frequently fend forth two flioots, which will feem to ftrive for mallery in the lead. When this is obferved, the weakeft: ftiould always be taken away, othei-wife the tree will grow forked. Hi CEANOTHUS. lOo C E A CEANOTHUS, LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Pentandria Mcnogy?na : Each flower contains five males and one female. There are three Species ; one of which will bear the open air of this climate. Ceanothus Americana : The New-Jersey Tea, or the Red Twig ; a lozv deciduous Jhruh ; native of North America. The New-Jersey Tea. The height to v/hlch it will grow in our country is about a yard. The ilem, which is of a pale-brown colour, lends out branches from the bottom. Thefe are thin, flexible, and of a reddifh colour, which may have occa- iioned this tree to go by the name of Red Tivig. The leaves which ornament thcfe branches Itand on reddifli pedicles, about half an inch in length. They are oval, ferrated, pointed, about two inches and a half long, are proportiouaoly broad, and have three nerves running lengthways. From the footllalk to the point they are of a light-green colour, grow irregularly on the branches and not oppolite by pairs, as has been afTerted. They are late in the fpring before they fhoot. The flowers grow at the ends of the twigs in cluflers : They are of a white colour, and when in blow give the fhrub a mofl beautiful appearance, Indeed it feems to be almoft covered with them, as there is ufually a cluftcr at the end of nearly every twig ; and the leaves which appear among them ferve as ornaments only, like mvrtiein adiflant nofegay : nature however has denied them fmcU. This tree will be in blow in July ; and the flowers are fucceeded by fmall brownifh fruit, in which the feeds will fomc- times ripen in England. The PROPAGATION- of this plant is by layering; or from feeds fown in pots of compoft confifting of two parts virgin earth well tempered, and one part fand, about a quarter of an inch deep; being equally careful to defend the young feedlings from an extremity of cold in winter as from the parching drought of the fummer months. The beft time of layering them is in the fummer, jufl: before they bsgin to flower : At that time lay the tender twigs of the fpring fhoots in the earth, and nio off the end r;hich would produce the flowers. By the autumn C E L 105 autumn twelvemonth fome of them will be rooted. At the itools, however, the plants fliould remain until the fpring, when thev fiiould be taken off, and the beft-rooted and the ftrongeft may be planted in the nurfery-v/ay, or in a dry foil and we!l-(hcltercd place, where they are to remain ; while the bad-rooted ones and the weakeft fliould be planted in pots ; and if thefe are plunged into a moderate warmth of dung, it will promote their growth, and make them good plants before autumn. In the winter they fliould be guarded againil: the frolls; and in the fpring they may be planted out where they are to remain. CELASTRUS. LiN'NEAN Clafs and Order, Pentandria Monogynia : Each flower contains five males and one female. There are eleven Species ; two of which are to cur purpofe. 1. Celastrus BtiUatus : The Staff-Tree ; an ujicertaln* deciduous jhriib ; native of Virginia. 2. Celastrus Scandens : The Climbing Staff-Tree, or Bastard EvonYmus ; 2l. climhr ; native of Canada. I. The Staff-Tree ia a fhrubof about four feet ingrowth riling from the ground with feveral ftalks, which divide into many branches, and are covered with a brownifh bark. Th« leaves are of a fine green colour, and grow alternately on the branches. They are of an oval figure, and have their edges undivided. The licwcrs are produced in July, at the ends of the branches, in loofe fplkcs. They are of a v/hite colour, and in their native countries are fuccecded by very ornamental fiarlet fruit ; but with us this feldom happens. It is ealily propagated from feeds fown, about an inch deep, in beds of good frefli mould made fine. They feldom come up \intil the fecond, and fometimes not before the third fpring. This fpecies is alfo propagated by layers; and, to be concife, the work muft be performed on the young wood, in the autumn, by a flit at the joint. Thefe layers may be expected to ilrik? root H 5 b7 I02 C E L by the autumn following; when they niay betaken up nnd planted in the nurfery-ground. This fiirub muft have a vvcU-fheltered lituation, othenvile the leaves are apt to fall off at the approach of frofty weather. And Millar fays, that, growing naturally in moiil: places, it will not thrive well in a dry foil. 2. The Climbing Staff-Tree. The flalks are woodv, twining, and will rife by the help of neighbouring trees or bufhes to the height of twelve feet. The leaves are oblong, fer- rated, of a pleafant green colour, pale, and veined under- neath, and grow alternately on the branches. The flowers are produced in fmall bunches, from the lides of the branches, near the ends. They are of a greenifli colour, appear in June ; and are fucceeded by roundifn, red, three-cornered capfules, con- taining ripe feeds, in the autumn. The plant is exceeding hardy, and makes a beautiful appear- ance among other trees in the autumn, by their beautiful red berries, which much refeinble thole of the Spindlc-tree, and will be produced in vail profufion on the tops ot other trees, to the height of which thefe plants by their tvvifting property af- pire. They fliould not be planted near weak or tender trees, to climb on ; for they embrace the Ilalks fo clofely as to bring oa death to any but the hardieft trees and fhrubs. It is PROPAGATED, I. By laying down the young flioots in the fpring. By the autumn they will have flruck root, and may then be taken off and fet in the places where they are defigned to remain. 2. They are alfo propagated by feeds. Thefe fliouli be foon Town after they arc ripe, otherwife they will be two, and fometimes three years before they come up. When they make their appearance, nothing more need be done than keeping them clear from weeds all fummer and the winter following j and in the fpring the flrongeft plants may be drawn out, and fet in the nurfery for a year, and then removed to the places where they are defigned to remain ; whilil the weakeil, being left in the feed-bed one year more, may undergo the fame difcipliae. C E L- C E L 103 C E L T I S. LiN'KEA>r Clafs and Order, Polygam-a Monoecia. Herma- phrodite flowers, containing five ftamens and two piftils, and male flowers containing live ftamens. There are three Species. 1. Celtis Auftralls : The Southern Celtis, or the Black-fruited Nettle-Tree, or Lote-Trhe ; a deciduous tree ; native of Africa and the South cf Europe. 2. Celtis Occldcntalis : The Western Celtis, or the Purple-fruited or Occidental Nettle-Tree ; a deci- duous tree ; native of Virginia. 3. Celtis Oriejitalis : or the Eastern Celtis ; or Yellow- fruited or Oriental Nettle-Tree; a deciduous J}:ruh -^ native of Armenia. 1. The Southern Celtis. 2. The Western Celtis. Thefe two fpccies grow with large, fair, Itraight ftems - their branches are numerous and diffufe ; their bark is of a darkifh grey colour ; their leaves are of a pieafant green, three or four inches long, deeply ferrated, end in a narrow point, nearly refemble the leaves of the common lllnging-nettle, and continue on the trees till late in the autumn : So that one may eafiiy conceive what an agreeable variety thefe trees would make. Add to this, their Ihade is admirable. The leaves are late in the ^ring before they flievv themfelves ; but they make amends for this, by retaining their verdure till near the clofe of autumn, and then do not refemble moft deciduous trees, whofe leaves fhew their approaching fall by the change of their colour ; but con- tinue to exhibit theinfelves of a pieafant green, even to the lalh Han BURY fpeaks highly of the Celtis as a timber-tree ; he fays, " The wood of the Lote-Tree is extremely durable. In Italy they make their iiutes, pipes,, and other wind inftru- ments of it. With us the coach-makers ufe it for the frames of their vehicles." Millar mentions alfo the wood of the Occi, dentalis being ufed by the coach-makers. H 4 The lo-i C E h The two fpecies of Trec-Celtis are PRopAGAT'en from feeds, which ripen in England, if they have a favourable autumn ; but the foreign feeds are the moft certain of producing a crop. Thefe feeds fhould be fown, foon after they are ripe, either in boxes, or in a fine wiirm border of rich earth, a quarter of an inch deep ; and in the following fpring many of the young plants will ap- pear, tho' a great part often lie till the fecond fpring before they Ihew their heads. If the feeds in the beds fhoot early in the fpring, they fhould be hooped, and protected by mats from the frofts, which would nip them in the bud. When all danger from frolls is over, the mats fliould be laid afide till the parching beams of the fun get powerful ; when, in the day-rim.e, they may be laid over the hoops again, to Icrecn the plants frcm injury. The mats fhould be conftantly taken off every night, and the young plants fliould never be covered either in rainy or cloudy weather. During the whole fummer, thefe feedlings fhould be frequently watered in dry weather, and the beds kept clean of weeds, &c. In the autumn, they mufl be protefted from the frofts, which often come early in that fcafon, and would not fail to deftroy their tops. The like care fhould be continued all winter, to defend them from the fame enemies. In this femi- nary they may remain, being kept clean of weeds and watered In dry weather, till the end of June, when they Ihould be taken out of their beds, and planted in ethers at lix inches diftance. And here let no one (continues Haxbukv) be ftartlcd at my re- commending the month of June for this work; for I have found by repeated experience, that the plants will be then almoft certain •of growing, and will continue their flioots till the autumn ; .whereas I have ever perceived, that many of thofe planted in March have, frequently periflied, and that thofe which did grow made hardly any fhoot that year, and flrev/ed the early figure of a flunted tree. In June, therefore, let the ground be well dug, and prepared for this work ; and let the mould be rich and good : But the'operation of removing muft be deferred till rain comes ; and if the feafon fliould be dry, this work may be poftponed till the middle of July. After a fhower, therefore, or a night's rain, let the plants be taken out of their beds, and pricked out at fix inches diftance from each other. After this, the beds in which CEP 1^5 which the}' are planted fhould be hooped, and covered with mats when the fun Ihines ; but thefe muft ahvays be taken away at night, iis well as in niiny or cloudy weather. With this ma- nagemenr, they will have Ihot to a good height by the autumn, and hiivc acquired lb much hardinefs and flrength as to need no farther care than to be kept clear of weeds for two or three years ; when they may be planted out in places where they are to re- main, or fct in the nurfery, to be trained up for large ftandards. The bell feafon for planting out thefe flandard trees is the lat- ter end of October, or beginning of November ; and in perform- ing that operation, the • ufual rules mull: be obferved, with care. The foil for the Lote-tree iliould be light, and in good heart ; and the lituation ought to be well defended, the young ihoots being very liable to be deilroyed by the winter's frofts. 3. The Eastern Celtis. The height to which this fpecies will grow is no more than about twelve feet ; and the branches are many, fmooth, and of a greenifh colour. The leaves are fmaller than thofe of the other forts, though they are of a thicker texture, and of a lighter green. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves, on flender footftalks : They are yellowifli, appear early in the fpring, aod are fucceeded by large, yellow fruit. The cuLTtTRE of this fpecies is the fame, and the plants may be raifed ui the fame manner as the other two forts, only let this all along have a peculiarly dry foil, and a welUaieltered lituation, otherwife it will not bear the cold of our winters. CEPHALANTHUS. LiNNEAN- Clafs and Order, Tctrandria Monogynia : Each flower contains four males and one female. There is only one Species. Cephalan'thits Occidentalis : The CEPHALAXTHtTS, or BuTTON--WooD ; a deciduous Jf^rub ; native of North Ame- rica. The io6 C E R The Cephalanthus grows to about five or fix feet high. It is not a very bufhy plant, as the branches are always placed thinly in proportion to the lize of the leaves, which will grow more than three inches long, and one and a half broad, if the trees are planted in a foil they like. The leaves fland oppoflte by pairs an the twigs, and alfo fometimes by threes, and are of a light-green colour : Their upper furtace is fmooth ,• they have a flrong nerve running from the footftalk to the point, and fe- veral others from that on each lide to the borders : Thefe, as well as the footftalks, in the autumn die to a reddilli colour. The flowers, which are aggregate flowers, properly lb called, arc produced at the ends of the branches, in globular heads, in July* The florets which compofe thefe heads are funnel-fhaped, of a yellow colour, and falfened to an axis which is in the middle. The PROPAGATION of the Cephalanthus is from feeds, which we receive from America. Thefe fhould be town as foon as they arrive, and there will be a chance of their coming up the firfl fpring ; though they often lie till the fpring after before they make their appearance. They may be fown in good garden mould of almoft any foil, if ibmewhat moift the better, and Ihould be covered about a quarter of an inch deep. This fhrub is alfo propagated by layers. If the^young fliocts are laid in the autumn, they will have ftruck good root by the autumn following, and may be then taken up, and fet in the places where they are deligned to remain. Cuttings of this tree, alfo, planted in the autumn in a rich, light, moift foil will grow : and by that means alfo plenty cf thefe plants may be foon obtained. C E R C I S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Decan^ria Monogynia : Each flower contains ten males and one female. There are only two Species. !. Cercis C E R 107 1. Cercis SiUquaJirum : The Common Judas-Tree, or the Italian Cercis j a tall deciduaus Jtoivering Jl^mb ; native of Italy and other parts of the South of Europe. 2. Cercis Canadenfis : The Canadian Judas-Tree, orthe Red Bud, or the Canadian Cercis ; a deciduous Jiovjerin^ Jhrub ; native of Canada, Virginia, and other parts of America. 1. The Common Judas-Trees differ in the height of their growth in different places : In feme they will arrive to be fine trees, of near twenty feet high ; whilft in others they will not rile to more than ten or twelve feet, fending forth young branches irregularly from the very bottom. The ilcm of this tree is of a dark-greyifh colour, and the branches, which are few and irregular, have a purpUlh call. The leaves are fmooth, heart- fhaped, and roundifh, of a pleafant green on their upper furface, hoary underneath, and grow alternately on long footflalks. Th& flowers are of a fine purple : They come out early in the fpring, in cluliers, from the fide of the branches, growing upon Ihort footftalks ; and in Ibme fituations they are fucceeded by long flat pods, containing the feeds, which, in very favourable feafons^ ripen in England. Some people are fond of eating thefe flowers in fallads, on which account alone in fome parts this tree is pro. pagated. The 'varieties of this fpecies are, i. The Flefli-co- loured ; 2. The White-ficwered ; and, 3. The Broad-podded Judas-tree. 2. Canada Judas-Tree will grow to the fize of the flrft fort in fome places. The branches are alfo irregular. The leaves are cordated, downy, and placed alternately. The flowers ufually are of a palifli red colour, and fliew themfelves likewife in the fpring, before the leaves are grown to their fize. Thefe too are often eaten in fallads, and afford an excellent pickle. There is a variety of this with deep red, and another with purple flowers. The pleafure which thefe trees v^^ill afford in a plantation may be eafily conceived, not only as they exhibit their flowers in cluflers, in different colours, early in the fpring, before the leaves are grown to fuch a fize as to hide them j but from the difference of the upper and lower furface of the leaves ; the one being of a fine green, the other of a hoary cafl ; fo that on the fame tree, even iu this refped, is fliewn variety ; an improvement where- of loS C E R of is made by the n-aving winds, which will prefent them alfer- nately to view. As thefe fpecies will not take root by layers, they muft be PROPAGATED by feeds, which may be had from abroad. Thev are generally brought us found and good, and may be fown in the months of February or March. Making any particular com- poil: for their reception is unneceffary ; common garden mould, of almoft every fort, will do very well : And this being well dug, and cleared of all roots, weeds, &c. lines may be drawn for the beds. The mould being fine, part of it fliould be taken out, and lifted over the feeds, after they are fown, about half an inch thick. Part of the feeds will come up in the fpring, and the others will remain until the fpring following ; fo that who- ever is delirous of drawing the feedlings of a year old to plant out, mull not dcftroy the bed, but draw them carefully out, and after that there will be a fucceeding crop. However, be this as it will, the feeds being come up, they muft be weeded, and en- couraged by watering in the dry feafon ; and they will require no farther care during the firll fummer. In the winter ahb they may be left to themfclves, for they arc very hardy ; iho* not fo much but that the ends of the branches will be killed by thefroft, nay, fometimes to the very bottom of the young plant, where it will Ihoot out again afrclll in the fpring. Whoever, therefore, is dehrous of fecuring his fecdling-plants from this evil, Ihould have his beds hooped, in order to throw mats over them during the hard frofts. Toward the latter end of March, or beginning of April, the plants having been in the feed-bed one or tvvo years, they fliould be taken out, and plant- ed in the nurfery : The diflance of one foot afunder, and two feet in the rows, fliOuld be given them. Hoeing the weeds down in the fummer muft alfo be allowed, as well as digging between the rows in the winter. Here they may ftand until they are to be removed finally ; but they muft be gone over in the winter with the knife, and fuch irregular branches taken off as are produced near the root ; by which management the tree may be trained up to a regular ftem. Such, continues Han- bury, is the culture of the fpecies of Cercis ; forts that are not to be omitted where there are any pretenfions to a col- lc6tion. Befides, the wood itfelf is of great value; for it polilhes CHI IC9 poHfhes exceeding well, and is admirably veined with black and c:reen. C H I O N A N T H U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Dia?idr'ia Monogynia : Each flower contains two males and one female. There are two Species : Chionaxthus Zeylonica ; and Chionanthus Kiyginica : The Snow-Drop-Tree, or ths Fringe-Tree, or the Virginian Chionanthus ; a tall deci- duous Jhjuh ; native of Virginia and other parts of North America. The Snovv'-Drop-Tree. This Ihrub will grow to the height of about fifteen feet, and, until late years, was very rarely to be met with in our gardens. The Hem of it is rough, and of a dark-brown colour. The leaves are large, ihaped like a laurel, broad and roundifli, of a fine deep green on their upper fur- face, but rather hoary. The flowers come out in bunches, in May, from everv part of the tree : They are of a pure white ; and, in the places where it grows naturally, this muft be a moil delightful plant ; for at that leafon it exhibits its white flowers in bunches all over it, fo as to relemble a tree covered with fnovv. The few trees we have leldom flower ; and even when they do, the flowers are fevv"^, and make no great figure. Who- ever is defirous of raifing this flirub mufl; plant it in a moift part of the garden, which is well defended with other trees ; for there he will have a chance of feeing the flowers (which arc fucceeded by black berries, of a moderate fize) in more plenty, ^nd in greater perfection. The culture of this tree is not very eafy ; for if we attempt to propagate it by layers, thefe are with difficulty made to fl:rike root ; and if we obtain good feeds from abroad, great care and management muA be ufcd, to make them to be fl:rong plants, fit to be fet out to fl:and. By layers and feeds, however, this tree may be cncreafed ; and, i. When layers is the method adopted, let the plants defigned for ftools be fct in a very moift place, 110 CHI place, where the foil is rich and good. After thefe ftools h^vt thrown out young {hoots, they fhould be hiyered in the autumn. If there be many twigs of the fummer's growth to be layered, different methods may be ufed on the different twigs ; for no one particular method can be depended on> and yet they •will grow by almoft all. One time the layering has been per- formed by a fmallflit at the joint ; another twig has had a gentle twill, fo as to juft break the bark ; a third has been wired. The flit-layers, after three or four years, have only fwelled to a knob, without any fibres ; while the twifted parts have (hot out fibres, and became good plants. At other times, the twifted part, after waiting the fame number of years, has ftill remained in the ground as a branch without any root ; whilft the flit-twig, in the mean time, has become a good plant. The like uncertainty has been found to attend the other manner of layering. To propagate the Snow-drop tree this way, every method fliould be ufed ; and then there will be a greater chance of having fome plants ; but, at the beil, you muft not expeft them with good roots, until they have lain in the ground about three years; for it is very rarely that they are to be obtained fooner. The layers fhould be taken from the ftools the latter end of March, and planted in pots, Thefe fliould be plunged into a hotbed ; and, after they have ftruck root, fliould be ufed to the open air. In May they may be taken out, and plunged in the natural foil, in a moifl: fliady place. When the froft comes on, they fhould be removed into the greenhoufe, or fet under a hotbed-frame for proteftion ; and in the fpring they may be turned out of the pots, with the mould, into the places where they are to remain, which ought to be na- turally moirt and well fheltered. 2. From feeds: they muft be fown in large potf, about half an inch deep, in a ftrong fandy loam, plunging the pots into a moift ftiady place in fummer, and in winter removing them into the greenhoufe or under hotbed frames. Millar fays, " This flirub delights in a moift, foft, loamy foil ; and is fubjeft to decay in dry foils and hot fcafons." C I S T U S. CIS III C I S T U S. LlNNEAN Clafs and Order, Polyandria Monogynta : Each flower eontains numerous males and one female. There are no lels than torty-three Species of this genus of plants, •iTioft of which are herbaceous, or hcrbaceous-fhrubby j of the thirteen arborefcent Ipecies, twelve are naturalized to this climate. 1. CisTiTS Populifolius : The Poplar-leaved Cistus, or Rock-Rose ; an evergreen JJiruh; native of Spain and Portugal, 2. Cistus LaurifoUus : The Bay-leaved Cistus, or P>.OCK-RosE ; an evergreen Jhrub ; native of Spain, 3. Cistus Ladaniferus : The Ladanum Cistus, or Rock. Rose ; an evergreen Jhruh ; native of Spain, Italy, Crete, and the South of France. 4. Cistus Inca?ius : The Hoary Cistus, or Hoary-leaved RocK-Ro'e ; a /ozij evergreen Jhruh j native of Spain and the South of France. 5. Cistus Monfpelienjts : The Montpelier Cistus, or Gum Cistus of Montpelier ; an evergreen JJjrub; native of the South of France. 6. Cistus Alhidus : The White Cistus, or Oelong White-leaved Rock-Rose; an c-verg.een Jl:iruh ; native of Spain, Portugal, and France. 7. Cistus SaknfoUus : The Sage-leaved Cistus, or Rock-Rose ; a loiv evergreen Jlirub ; native of France, Italy, and Sicily. 8. Cistus Criftas : The Curled Cistus, or Waved- leaved Rock-Rose ; an evergreen Jhrul ; native of Lufitania. 9. C/sTus Hal'imifolUis \ The Halimus-lea ved Cistus, or Sea-Pur slain-leaved Rock-Rose ; a lovj evergreen Jhrul \ grows common near the fca-fliorc in Spain and Portugal. 10. Cistus Fillojus : The Shaggy-leaved Cistus, or Spanish Round-leaved Rock-Rose ; a lovo evergreen Jl?rul -, native of Italy and Spain. 11. Cistus Cretzcus : The Cretan Cistus, or Rock-Rose; a lozv evergreen Jhrub ; native of Crete and Syria. 12. Cistus MJ C I S 12. Cisrvs Lil^ftGtrs : The Frakkixcexse Citrus, rr Narrow-leaved Spanish Rock-Rose ; a hiv ei'ergrcen Jhruh \ native of Spain. 1. The Poplar-leaved Cistus is a fhrub of about fix feet in height, though it begins its bloom when lower taaa two feet. The branches have no regular way of growth, and arc covered with a brown bark, which will be lighter or darker ac- cording to the different foils. The leaves are cordaied, fmooth, pointed, have footflalks, and a little refemblance to thofe of the Black Poplar. Old Botanills have diftinguifhcd two fpccies of this fort, which they called the Major and the Minor, the one being of larger growth than the other ; but modern improve- ments fhew thefe to be varieties only. The flowers are white, and produced about Midfummer, in plenty, at the ends and fides of the branches. They are of fliort continuance ; but there will be a fucceffion kept up for near fix week-s, during which time the fiirub will have great beauty. 2. Bay-leaved Cistus is an irregular branching flirub, of about the fame height with the former. The leaves are oval, pointed, and in the Midfummer months are very clammy. Their upper furface is of a ftrong green, but their under is white, and they grow on footflalks which join together at their bafe. The flowers are produced from the ends and fides of the branches, about Midfummer. They are white, and Hand on naked foot- flalks ; and being large, and produced in plenty at that time, make a good figure. This fpecics is rather tender, and requires a warm, dry foil, and a well fheltered fituation. 3. The Ladanxjm Cistus is fo calkd, becaufc the Ladanum of the fhops is coUefted from this flirub. There are many varie- ties of it differing in the colour of the flowers, or in fome refpeit or other ; and the tree, with its varieties, will grow to be fix or more feet high ; though it produces its flowers and exhibits great beauty when very low. It. riles with a woody ftem ; and tho' it produces its branches in no regular manner, yet it has the ap- pearance of a well-fafhioned ihrub. The, leaves arc of a lanceo- late figure. Their upper furface is fmooth, and of a fine green colour, but their under is whitifii and veined. They are fcent- ed ; and have footftalks that join together at their bafe. The fiowers are very large and delicate, and are produced all over the fnnib in plenty. They exhibit themfelvts about the ufual time '* C I 3 II J time : Many of them are of a pure white, with a deep purple fpot at the bottom of each petal ; whilft others again from thefe afford a variety, being of a purple colour, or having their edges of a reddifli tinge. The beauty of this tree, when in blow, 13 often over, in very hot weather, by eleven o'clock in the morn- ing ; but that is renewed every day ; and for about fix weeks fucceffively a morning's walk will be rendered delightful by the renewed bounties which they beflow. 4. The Ho.:tremely hardy ; and as it does not grow to the fize of the common fort, nor ia fo luxuriant a manner, the branches will not be fo liable to be fplit oft" by the winds ; and therefore the precaution neceflary for that, in this fort may be the lefs obferved. Focock's Bladder-Sena is anoiher variety, of lower growth than the common fort. The leaves arc pinnated, and the folioles ftand oppofite by pairs in both the kinds. They are indented in the fame manner at the top ; neither can I perceive any other dif- ference between this and the Common Bladder-Sena, only that the one is larger than the other, and the flowers come out earlier in the year. The Red-podded Bladder-Sena is alfo a variety, which will Kappcn in common to all the forts, more or lefs, when raifed from feeds. Thefe trees are all very eafily propagated, i. By feeds.- Any time in the fpring will do for the work, though the month of March is the bell feafon ; and no other compoft will be re- quired than garden-mould of almoll any fort, dug and raked fine. If the feeds are fown about half an inch deep, they will come up like corn in a month or two after. Keep the beds weeded until the fpring following; and then plant them out in the nurfery-way, obfcrving always to fliorten the tap-root v.hich they often have. In a year or two they will be good and proper plants for the {hrubbcry. 2. Thcfe trees may alio be propagated by layers ; and that is the method generally pradifed with Pocock's fort, to continue it in its low growth. C O R N U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Tetrandrla Monegynia : Each flower contains four males and one female. There are eight Species ; three of which are adapted to ornamental gardening. I. CoRNUS Mafcula : The CoRNELIA^ Cherry; a tall de* ciduousfl>ruh ; growing naturally in the hedges of Auftria. 2. CoRM'8 COR 127 i. CoRxrs Sasugx.'fiz'ii : The Common Dogwood, ov Bloody-Tv/ig ; a dcciduoies Jhrnb ; common in our hedges, and is natural to moll parts of Europe, Alia, and America. 3.C0RNUS F/rtr/V/« .• The Virginian DoGvvood, or Flower- ing CoRNUS ; a deciduous J}:>ruh ; native of" Virginia. 1. The Cornelian Cherry will rife to twenty feet high. Its principal merit as an ornamental lies in its flowering early in the fpring, and in exhibiting its beautiful fcarlet berries in autumn. Its ufes are held out as numerous. Its fruit was for- merly in good ellccm ; and its wood is faid to be ufeful for wheel-work, pins, hedges, &;c. It is arranged by Evelyn and Hanbury among Foreft-trees. 2. The Common Dogwood is well-known nil over England, as it grows naturally in moft parts of the kingdom ; a few of thefe trees are neverthelefs admiffible into the (hrubbery, if they are not already too common in its neighbourhood ; for the young twigs are red, cfpeciully in winter, which look well at that feafon, as do alio its flowers in the fummer, and its leaves in the autumn. The rcdncfs of thefe young fhoots hasoccafion- ed this fort to go by the name Bloody- Ti\:ig. The leaves are about two inches long, and an inch and a half broad : Thefe have large nerves, which terminate in a point, and they often die in the autumn to a reddifli colour. The flowers are white, produced in umbels at the ends of the branches, and are fuc- ceeded by black berries, like thole of the Buckthorn, but have in each only one ftone. The wood, it is faid, makes the belt kind of charcoal in the world for gunpowder. It is brittle, ex- ceedingly white, and when growing is covered with a dark- brown bark, the twigs being red. 3. Virginian Dogwood will grow rather higher than our Common Dogwood. The twigs are of a beautiful red. The leaves are obverfely cordated. The flowers are produced in large bunches fomcwhat like thofe of the Elder : Their colour is wJiite ; they come out in May and June, and the berries ripen in autumn. From thefe fpecies, the following beautiful varieties figure in our nurleries ; viz. Female Virginian Dogwood ; American Blue- berried Dogwood ; White-berried Dogwood of Pennfylvania-; aiid. Swamp Dogwood. Fe?7tale 128 COR Female Vlr^nian Dogivood, during the winter months, ex- hibits its branches of fo beautiful a red colour, as to diftinguifh itfelf to all at that feafon. It grows to eight or ten feet high j the leaves are fomevthat fpear-fhaped, acute, nervous, and in the autumn die to a fine red. The flowers come out in umbels, at the ends of the branches : They appear in May and June, and the berries ripen in the autumn. The American Blue-herried Dogwood iL):nve% at the height of about eight or nine feet. The twigs of this tree alfo are of a, delightful red. The leaves are large, oval, and hoary on their iinder-fide. The flowers are white, come out in umbels from the extremity of the branches, and are fucceeded by large, oval, blue berries, which make a fine appearance in the autumn. IVhite-herried Dogiadelphia Decandria r EacH flower contains ten males -^nd one female, the males feeing di- vided at the bafe into two fets. There a»^ eleven Species ;. two of them herbaceous, the reft ot a ligneous nature ; but only one of them has been introduced into our flirubberies. CoRONiLLA Etnerus: The Scorpion Sena, or Joikted- PODDED CoLUTEA ; a de'clduoui Jkruh ; native of the South of Europe. Thi Scorpion Sena fends out numerous irregular branches from the root and on all fides ; the oldeft and moil woody of which are of a greyifli colour, whllfl the youngelt are fmcoth^ and of a dark -brown. Ths leaves are pinnated, and coiiltitutt a great beauty in this flirub, being of a plcafant green, and arc coRipofed of th'iiee pair of foliclcs, which are tetrouiated by aa 'odd COR 131 odd one ; thefe ftand oppolitc on the midrib, and cacli has an indenture at the top. Thefe leaves, by a proper fermentation, will afford a dye nearly like that of indigo. However, beauti- ful as the leaves are, it is the flou'ers which conflltutc the beauty of thefe flirubs ; and, indeed, of aU the fnrubby tribe, there is none more ftriking or pleafing than this when in full blow. This ufually happens in May ; when it will be covered all ovef with bloom, the Ihrub itfelf appearing as one large flower divid. ed into many loofc fpikes ; for the flowers come out all along the fides of the branches by the leaves, on long footftalks, each, fupporting two or three flowers, which are butterfly-fliaped, of a yellowifli colour, and large in proportion to the fize of the flirub. They are fuccceded by longifli pods, in which the feeds are contained. 1 his flnaib often flowers again in the autumn. There is a 'variety of lower growth, called D^varf Scorpion Sena. This beautiful flirub is ver}' readily propagated, either by feeds, layers, or cuttings ; any of which may be eafily made to grow. I. By feeds. Thefe fliould be fown, in the fprin^-, in beds of common garden-mould made fine, and cleared of the roots of all weeds, &c. They fiiould be covered about half an inch deep ; and, if a very dry fpring does not enfue, they will be up in about a month or fix weeks. If this fliould happen, the beds mufl; be now and then watered, and fhadcd from the heat of the fun, which fcmetiraes is very intenfe and parchino-, even at the beginning of ]May. They may fland in the feed-bed two years before they are taken v^ ; all which time they will want no other care than weeding ; and if they have waterino- the firft fummer, fliould it prove a dry one, they will grow the fafter. After this, they may be taken out of the feed-bed planted in the nurfery-way, and in about two or three years will be good plants to join in the fiiriibbery. 2. By layers. This bufinei"s may be performed any time in the v.'inter ; but as the flirub fends forth numerous branche,-, many of them fliould be taken off, and only fuch a number left, as that they may be laid into the ground without crowding one another. The branches fliiould be of the lafl: year's flioot ; and the operation fhould be performed by a gentle twill, fo as jull to break the bark; for, fays Haneury, without this I have found them in the autumn jufl as they were when layered ; and with thie, they have always K z ' Itruck 1^2 COR itruck root, fo as to he fit to t-akc off the winter foUovvinc:;. TIkTc layers fliould be planted out in the nurfcry ; and alter having- ilood about two years, thc^• alio will be grown to be good plants. 3. By cuttings. The cuttings fliould be the Itrongcit ot the lall year's ftioots. They iliould be planted dole, in October, in a fliady border of good fine mould. If the fpring and fum- jner prove dr\", watering mull be allordcd them cverv other dav ; and bv this means many plants muv be railed. It the cuttings are planted clofc, and moll of th.cm grow, thev Ihould be thinned, by taking up lb many as may leave the others at ;i foot or more afundcr ; and thefe plants alio, thus taken up, lliould be let out in the nurfcry -ground a loot afundcr, in rows at a foot r.nd a half dillance ; where they may lland until they arc finally taken up. C, O R Y L U S. Lrx\i:AN Chils and Order, jMo/Mecia Pohanclrla : i^lale .nid female finwers upon the fame plant : The males, containing ten ihunlna each, arc collcc'.tyd in cylindrical catkins ; thr females, containing two pillils ea-ch, ilfuc from the point of the leaf-bud : There are two Si'ECIKs, I. Co!-.YLl'3 Aviilana : The Hazei, ; a well-known faU (hc'uluoKs Jhrnh ; very coni'Uion in this country,, and in molt parts of Kurope. z. CoRYLUS Cnluninx Tlie Byz.wrryr: Nur, or D\v.\ui. NurTRi.K; a lovj ikcuhioics Jhriib ; growing naturally near Conllantinople. The Ha/.hl will gro\r to twenty feet high and upwards. A particular defcription of it here would be fuperfluous. LiNXEt'i confiders the various kinds of Ffliiickts as plrn'ctics ot the common Hazel, improv^cd bv culture. ]Mili.ar was of a different opinion : he fays, " I have feveral times propagated both from the nuts, but never have found them vary hom the other, though they have altered in the fize and colour of their fruit from the forts which were fown ;" he theretore divides them into t>vo dillintit Ipccics ; But HanbURY on the other band fars, th.iit COR S33 fthwt tlicy " are varieties only of the fame fpccies ; for I have ^^laiitcd the nuts of all the forts, and forts of all kinds have l)ccn pioJuccd from them." (i'agciii.) As an Or/zawentaly the Hazel is of an inferior clafs ; nevcrtl>elcfs, in reclvilc y-leaved ^'IR■= Ci.viA Hawthorn ; a deciduous JJjvuh \ natiie of Virginia. 8. CRATiEGUs Virldii- The Green-leaved Virginia Hawthorn ; a deciduous Jhrui,; native of Virginia. 1. The Hawthorn, in the ftate in which we are ufed to ob- •ferve it, is nothing better than a tall, ur.coiith, irregular (hrub ; "but trained up as a ftandard, it I'wells to a large timber fize, with a tall llem and a full fpreading bead.; though we believe k I'eldom riles to a great height.^ perhaps net often fo high as thirty feet. We have meafured the ^em of a youthful thriving Hawthorn eight feet high, and five feet and a half in circuiti- icreuce, with a head proportionable. jNJr. Marflunn * mentions ewt near Ecthel-Chnrch, in the neighbourhood of Norwich, which, at four feet high, girted, in the year 1755, nine feet one inch and a qu;titcr, one of its arms extending more than feven yards. The Standard Hawthorn, whether we view its flowers in the fpring, its foliage in the fummer, or its fruit in the nutumn and winter, is one of the .raoik •-oK!a7?ie?ital \Ai\\x.s, {land- ing lingly, that can be fcattcred over a park or lawn. Its ufa Avill be explained when we come to treat of Hed-ges. In order to propagate a quantity of ^^ick, one method 13 generally praclifed; namely, firft burying the haws, and taking them up to fow the Oftobei' following • though, fays Hanbury, there is another way more preferable ; 4iamely, to prepare the beds, and fow the haws foon after they are gathered. Whoever purfues the former method, having gathered what quantity of hav/s will anfwer his purpolc, Ib.ould in fome bye- corner ct the kitchen-garden or nurfery dig an hole or pit ca- pacious enough to receive them ; fomc of the earth which came eut or the hole., after the haws ?.rc put in it, flroiild be laid r;pon them.; and, being thus carefully covered down, they may remain there till October, Then, having ground well dt:g, and cleared of the roots of all troublefome weeds, ^nd the moul3 t)eing fit for working, the beds fliould be made for the haws, Pour feet is a very good width for thefe beds, as they may be * Of Norfolk; in a Letter puLrlifhed in the Jii ft Volume of -the Pspera «f the Bath Agriculture Society. K 4 -eafilj 136 C R A eafily reachci over to be weeded; and if the alleys between be each one foot and a halt" wide, they will be of a good fi^ic. The beds being marked but with a line, fufliclcnt mould mull be raked out to cover the haws an inch and a half deep. This be- jn"- done, and the bottom of the beds being made level and even, the haws fhould be fown, and afterwards gently tapped dow a with the back of the fpade ; and then the fine mould, which had been raked out of the beds, muft be thrown over them, covcv- jnw them an inch and a half deep. In the fprlng the plants will come up, and in the fummer following fhould be kept clear of weeds ; though it does fometimes happen, that icw of them will appear till the fecond fprlng after fowing. Sometimes the young plants are planted out from the feed-beds at one, two, or three years old ; but the bell plants are obtained by tranfplantlng them into frcfli mould the firll or fecond year, letting them rC' main in the nurfery two or three years longer. The practice of the London Nurferymen is this : The ftrongell; of the feed-bed plants having been drawn at two or three years old for fale, they clear the beds entirely by drawing the remaining weak underling plants, and tranfplanting them into frefli beds in this iiianner (which they call bcJiiing them) : The ground having been trenched, and the tips of the plants as well as the lower fibres of their roots having been taken off with a fliarp knife, they ilrain a line along one fide of the bed ; and, by chopping with a fpade by the fide of the line, leave a cleft or drill, of a depth proportioned to the length of the plants to be laid in j and, drawing the loofe niould Ibraevvhat tou'ards them, leave the fide of the drill next to the line with a fmooth pollflied face. Againft this face the plants are fet up, leaning towards the line, about three inches afunder, leaving their heads about an inch above the jnould, and placing their roots at fuch a depth as ta bury their llems from two to three inches deeper than they ficod in the feed-bed. The loofe mould being returned and prelled gently to the roots with the foot, the line is removed, and another row planted in the fame manner, about a foot from the firll. The Common Hawthorn fports in the following r(iiictics{ The Large Scarlet liawtho.u. The Yellow Hawthorj. The White Hawthovi^. C R A 137 The Maple-kavcd Hawthorn. The Doublc-bloubnicd Hawthorn. The Glallonbury Thorn. The Ln-'rc Scarlet Hn-'vthorn is no more than a beautiful va- riety ot the Common Ha\V. It is exxccdingly hirge, oblon^■, pertcctly Iniooth, and of a bright icarlet ; and, from the addi- tional fplendor it acquires by the berries, it is propagated to caufe variety in plantations for obfervation and pleafure. rello-zv Hcizv is a ni-nt exquifuc plant. The buds, at their fuft coming out in the fpring, are of a fine yellow, and the fruit is of the colour of gold. The tree is a great bearer, and retains its fruit all winter, caufing a delightful eftett in planta- tions of any kind. It was originally brought from Virginia, is greatly admired, and no collection of hardy trees fliould be without it. n7ufe Ha^.v is but a paltry tree, compared with the former. It hardly ever grows to the height ot the Common Hawthorn, is nn indificrent bearer, and the truit is fniall, and a very bad white. Maplc-lca'vcd Ha=ivfhoni will grow to be near twenty feet high, and has very tew thorns. The leaves are larger than the: Common Hawthorn, refemble thole ot the Maple, and are of a whitilh-grccn colour. The tiowcrs are produced in lar'^-c bunches, in June, and arc fuccceded by remarkable fruit, of a lliining red, which looks beautiful in the winter. Douhle-hlojfoined Ila^.KHhoru produces a full flower, and is one of the fwcetell ornaments in the fpring. Nature Items to have peculiarly deligned this fort for the pleafure-garden ; for though it be the Common Hawthorn only, with the flowers doubled, yet it may be kept down to what fize the owner pleafes , fo that it is not only fuitable for wilderncfs-quarters, fhrubberies, and the like, but is alio ufeful for fmall gardens, where a tree or two only are admitted. Thefe beautiful double flowers come out iu large bunches in jMay, and the tiee is lo good a bearer, that it w.ll often appear covered with them. Their colour, at their tiril appearance, is a delicate white : They afterwards die to a faint red colour, and are fretjuently fucceeded by fmall imperfecf fruit. Glafurnhury Thorn differs iu no refped: from the Common Hawthorn, only that it fometimes flowers in the winter. It is fjiid to have originally been the ilaif of Jofeph of Arimathea, that S3S C E. A -that noble counfeilor who buried Chrllt, He, nccording to the tradition of the abbey of Glaltonbury, attended by eleven com- panions, came over into Britaui, and founded, in honour of the Bleffed Virgin, the firft Chriilian Church in this ifle. As ;i proof of his miffion, he is faid to have ftuck his ftafF into the ground, which immediately fhot forth and bloomed. This tree is faid to have bloflbmed on Chriilmns-Day ever lince, and is iiniverfally diftingui^ied by the name of the Glaflonbury Thorn. Haneury fays, I have many plants that were originally pro- pagated from this thorn ; and they often flower in the winter, but there is no exait time of their flowering ; tor in fine feafons they will fometimes be in blow before Chriftmas, famctimes they aftbrd their bioflbms in February, and fometimes it {o happens that they will be out on Chrlllmas-Day. 2. L'AzAROLE. The Azarole Thorn will grow to be fifteen or fixteen feet high. The leaves are large, nearly trifid, ferrated and obtufe. The flowers are large, come out in Mav, iind, in the different varieties, are luccecded by fruit of different fize, fliape, and relifh. The principal varieties of this fpecics are. The Azarole v:ith Jlrong thorns ; the Azarole imth no thorns ; the Jaggcd-lcavcd Azarole ; the Oriental Medlar, 3. The White Leaf. The Aria 7k-eophrafii^ called the White-leaf-tree, will grow to be more than twenty feet high,. This tree is engaging at all times of the year, and catches the attention, even in the winter ; for then we fee it lland, though naked of leaves, with a fine ilrait ftem, with fmooth branches, dpottcd with white, at the end of which arc the buds, fvvelled for the next year's flioot, giving the tree a bold and fine ap- pearance. In the fpriug the leaves come out of courfe, and look delightfully, having their upper furface green, and th-e lower white. Their figure is oval ; they are unequally ferrated, about three inches long, and half as wide. Several ftrong nerves run from the mid-rib to the border, and they are placed alternately on the branches, which appear as if powdered with the fined meal. The flowers are produced at the end of the branches, in May ; they are white, grow in large bunches, having meally footiralks, and are fuccccdcd by red berries, which will be ripe in autumn. ^. The C R A 139 4. The Wild Service. The Maple-leaved Service is a large- growing tree. It will arrive to near fifty feet, and is worth propagating for the fake of the timber, which is very white and hard. This tree grows naturally in feveral woods in En- gland ; and it is the fruit of this fpecies that is tied in bunches, and expofed for fale in the autumn i It is gathered in the wood;, and by fome perfons is much liked.* The leaves in fome degree refemble thole of the Maple-tree in fhape ; their upper furface is a fine green, their under hoary ; and they grow alternately on the branches. The ilowers come out in May, exhibiting themfelves in large cluftcrs at the ends of the branches : They are white, and are fucceeded by the aforefaid eatable fruit, which, when ripe, is of a brown colour, and about the fize of a large haw. 5. Virginian AzAROLE-, This fpecies will grow to be near twenty tcet high. The ftem is robuft, and covered with a lights coloured bark. The branches are produced without order, arc of a dark brown colour, and poflelTed of a few long fliarp thorns. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, oval, fmooth, and ferrated ; of a thickifli confidence, and often remain on the tree the greateft part of the winter. Each feparate flower is large ; but as i^ew of them grow together, the umbels they form are rather fmall. They come out in May, and are fucceeded by large dark-red-coloured fruit^^ which ripens late in the autumn. The varieties of this fpecies are, The Pear-haved Thorn ; the Plum-Icavcd Thorn ii'iih very long Jlro77g fpincs and large fruit ; the Plum-lea^jcd Thorn imth Jhort fpines and fmall fruit, 6. CocKSPUR Hawthorn, The Virginian Cockfpur Thorn will grow to about twenty feet high. It rifes with an upright ftem, irregularly fending forth branches, which are fmooth, and of a brownifh colour, fpotted thinly with fmall white fpots. It is armed with thorns, that refemble the fpurs of cocks, which gained it the appellation of Cockfpur Thorn. In winter, the leaf-buds appear large, turgid, and have a bold and pleafant look among others of different appearances. In fummer, this tree is very delightful. The leaves are oval, angular, ferrated, fmooth, and bend backwards. They are about four inches long, and three and a Kalf broad ; have five or fix pair of ftrong nerves 140 C R A ntivcs running tioni the nmirib to the border ; and die to a hvownilli-rcd colour in the nutunin. The flowers are produced . iu Tcry hirge imibeb, making a noble fliow, in jMay ; and -are fucceeded by large trnit, ot a bright red colour, which have a good cftect in the v\inter. 'I"he principal varit'ttcs or this fpecies arc. The Cockfpur Ha-,.t:- thor>i ivit/.? 7uany thorns ; the Cochfpur Haivthorn ivith run thovn ; fhe Cockfpur =tvhh eatable fruit. The latter was lent me, lays Hanbury, from America with that nanie, and I have railed fonie trees of the Iced ; but they have not yet produced any truij, fo that I cannot pretend to lay how far it may be delirable ; though I have been informed it is relillted iu America by fon«; of the inhabitants there. 7. GoOSHBERRY-LEAVED ViRGIXIA HaWTHO'R>T. This fpecies grows to about feven or eight feet high. The branches ;ne llcndcr, and clofelv let with fliarp thorns. The leaves are cu- neiform, oval, ferratrd, and hairy underneath. The flowers are fmall, and of a white colour : They are produced from the tides of the branches, about the end ot .May ; and are fucceeded by yellow fruit, which ripens late in autumn. There is a -variety of this, called the Carolina Ha'\:thorii, i\hich has longer and whiter leaves, lai-gcr flowers and fruit, and no thorns. 8. GKEiiN"-i-KAVED ViRGi NiA Hawthorn. The llem and branches of thia fpecies are altogether deilltutc of thorns. The leaves are lanceolate, oval, nearly trilobate, ferrated, fmooih, and green oa both fides. The flowers arc white, moderately lar/e, come out the end of May, and are fucceeded hy a youndifli fruit, which will be ripe late iu the autumn. The refpeiftivc fpecies arc all i'roi'Agated by lowing of the feeds ; and the varieties arc continued by budding them upon flocks of the A\'hlte Thorn. This latter method is generally praotifed for all the forts; though, when good feeds c;ui be prcKured, the largeii; and moil beautiful plants are railed that vvav. I. In ord(.'» to raife them from feeds, let thcle be fown loon after they are ripe, in beds of frefli, light, rich earth. Let alleys be left between the beds, for the conveniency of weeding, and let the feeds be covered over with fine mould, about an inch deep. The C R A i^r The fumnier following-, the beds mufi: be kept clciin of' weeds, and probably I'ome few plants will appear : But this is not com- inon in any of the forts ; for they generally lie till the feconJ fpring after lowing before they come up. At the time they make their- appearance they inuft be watered, if the weather proves drv ,• and this fliould be occafionally repeated ail fummer. They fliould alfo be conftantly kept clean from weeds ; and in the autumn the llrongell: may be drawn out, and i'ct in the nur- fexy-ground, a foot afunder, in I'ows that are two feet diftant from each other ; while the we;ikeft mav remain until another vc?.r. During" the tim.c they are in the nurfciy, the ground between the rows lliould be dug every winter, and the weeds conll:antly hoed down in the fummer ; and this is all the trouble they will require until they are planted ovit for good, which mav bsj in two, three, or more 3 ears, at the plcafure of the owner, or according to the purpofes for which they are wanted. 2. Thefe trees are eaiih' propagated by budding alfo ; ihey will all rea- dily take on one another ; but the ufual ftocks are thofe of the Common Fluwthorn. In order to have thefe the heft for t\\c purpole, the haws fliould be got from the largefc trees, fuch as have the feweft thorns and largcft leaves. After they are come up, and have llood one year in the feed-bed, the ftrongcft fliould be planted out in the nurfery,a foot afunder, and tsvo icot diiiant in the rows ; and the fecond fummer after, many cA them v.'ili i)C lit lor u-orking. I'he end of July- is the befc time lor this bufmefs ; and cloudy weather, night and morning, are always pretei-able to the heat of the day. Having worked all the difterent lorts into thefe ftocks, they mav be let alone until the lat-ter end or September, when the bafs matting fliould be taken oft". In the winter the ground between the rows fliould be dug, and in the fpring the ftock fliould be headed about half a loot above the bud. The young flioots the ftocks will alwavs attempt to put out, fliould be as conitantly rubbed off; for thefe would in proportion flarve the bud, and itop its progrefs. With this care, feveral of the forts have been known to flioot fix fetr by the autumn ; and as they will bo liable to be blown out ot their lockets by the high winds which often happen in the fuinmcr, they fliould be flightly tied to tlie top of the flock that i^ kit on lor the puroofe, and this will help toprefervc them. C U- 14* e u p CUPRESSUS. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Monoecia Monadclphhla : Male flowers containing four ftamens connected at the bafe, and fe- male flowers containing many piftils ; the males being difpofed in oval catkins ; and the females, colleftcd in roundifli cones upon the fame plant. There are five Species (one of them lately difcovered in Japan) : 1. CuPRESSus Scmpervircris : The CoMMO>f Cypress ; a dc' clduous tree \ native of Italy, Spain, Portugal and Crete. 2. Cupressus Thyo'idcs : The American: Cypress ; or the ARBOR-ViryE-LiKE Cypress, or the Small Blue-berried Cypress; an evergreen tree or Jhruh ; native of Maryland and Canada. %. Cupressus "Jtnvperoides : The African Cypress, or the Jumper-like Cypress, or the Cape Cypress ; a dec'uhious tree or Jhriih ; native of the Cape of Good Hope. 4. Cupressus B'Jllchn : The Deciduous Cypress; a deciduous tree ; native of North America. I. The Com MO \ Cypress. There are two flriking -varieties of this plant (Millar makes them two diftindt Species) ; namely, The Upright or Female Cyprefs, and The Spreadir.g or INlale Cyprcfs, There is alfo a third 'variety (which the fame profeflional writer confiders likewife as a dilllnft fpcv-les) ; namely, The Sraall-frtiited Cyprefs. The Upright Cyprep is a mod elegant plant, and, notwith- flanding it has of late years been fomewhat unfafliionable, it certainly merits a place amongft omamenfal evergreens. Its conical, or rather fomewl^at obelifcal, form makes an agreeable variety with fuller-headed plants. It afpircs to a confid rable height, though we believe it feldom fwells to a large girt. How- ever, Evelyn and Haneury fpcak of this kind of Cyprefg as C U F H3 as a timber-tree ; but both of them feem to give preference to The Sprcaif'ui^ Cyprefi. This grows with a fuller and Icfs regular head than the upright fort. Millar tells us, that ia the Levant this is the common timber ; and i-ecommends the planting of it in England very flrongly ; efpecially upon hot, landy, or gravelly foils. The Small-fruhgd Cyprefs is ftill more fpreading than the other, and produces its boughs in an irregular manner. If it is not crowded by other trees, and is left to nature, it will be feathered from the top to the bottom. It will grow to about the height of the Common Cyprefs, and is a fort that looks well if planted fingly on grafs-plats, &;c. as well as when afiifting to torm clumps, or larger quarters of evergre.ens. 2. American' Cvpress. This is the lovvcft grower of al! the forts with us j though in America, uhere it grows naturally^ it arrives to timber, which ferves for many excellent purpofes. The talleft of thefe trees feldom rife much higher than iiitecn feet ; and as this tree is encreafed by cuttings, thofe plants laifed this wwy feldom rife higher than about nine or ten feet. The branches ftand two ways, and are pretty numerous ; and the tree naturally forms itfeif into a regular head. The leaver of this fort are imbricated, like the Arbor Vit^^ though fmall, and are of a browner kind of green than the Commoit Cyprefs. The fruit is very fmall, and ot a blue colour, and will be produced in great plenty all over the plant. They are of the fize of the juniper-berry, and much refemble it ; though they are cones, 'and like the other fpecies of this genus, but much fmaller. When thefe plants are raifcd from feeds, they will afpire to a greater height,, efpecially if planted in a moitt foil ; but thofe raifed by cuttings generally have the appear- ance of flirubs. They are all, however, very beautiful, and greatly embellifti thofe parts of the evergreen plantations where they are flationed. 3. African Cypress. The branches of this fpecies are numerous, flender, and fpread themfelves all around. The leaves sire narrow, awl-fliaped, about an iach long, of a light- green colour, and grovv oppofite to each other on the branches^ The flowers come out from the lides of the branches, like the Commou 144 CUP Common Cypi'efs, and they are fucccedeJ by black fruit ; but the feeds never ripen in England. The method of propagai ixo the Common C}'prefb is from feeds fovvn in a warm border, or well-flieltered beds, of light fandy loam, near half an inch deep, in the month of March ; and by the beginning of May the plants will be up. Alter thev have come up, if the fummer fl^ould not prove very diy, they will require little watering; and even in the gicutLft brought twice a week will be fufficient for them, provided it be tlone in the evenings. This is the only care they will require the firll fummer, e.\cept being kept clean from weed-;. In the winter, if the place where they are fown be tolerably well flieltered, thev will iland it very well, though it fliould prove fevcre ; but u here the lituation is not well Iheltered by planta- tions to break the violence of the trolty black winds, they muft be fcreened, otherwlfe many will be lolh It is the black frofts, attended by high winds, which will deftroy thefe plants ; fo that where there is not Ihelter enough to break their edge, the beds fliould be hooped over, and covered with mats during that feverc weather. The cnfuing fummer the plants niav remain \indill:urbed, when they will require no watering, and no farther care except weeding. The fpring following, being then two years old, thev fliould be fet out in the nurierv, exactly at two feet fquare. In taking th.em out of the feed-bed, feme earth fliould be taken with the roots. The latter end of jNIarch is the moll proper time for this work ; and it the weather fliould prove dry and cold, as it often happens, the jNIarch winds bloui ng, the work mull: be deterred till rainy or cloudy weather ; for without thefe precautions, you will fuid this a difficult plant to remove. After they are planted out in the nurfery, they mav be now and then watered in drv weather, kept clean from weeds, and thus may ftand till thev are of a fuihcicnt llzc to be planted out. They will grow in almolf any/o/7; but above all afteft fandy gravelly ground. With regard to the African and the American Cyprefs, thcJa-Js fliould be fown in pots or boTies. We receive them 1 lom abroad : They are very fmall, and feldom come up before the fecond Ipring ; fo that there will be Icfs danger of their being loft if they are fown in pots or boxes, which may be fet in the flia.de in fummer, ar.d removed into well-fi\elr--'red places during the winter. CUP 145 winter. lit the fpring the plants will come up ; and after that the Blue-berried Cyprefs may have the fame treatment as the voung feedlings of the Common fort. With refpedl to the Cape Cyprefs, the plants miift be fet in pots, to be houfed in winter, until they are grown to be a yard high. When they are turned out into the open air, they fliould have a dry, warm foil, and a well-flieltered place, and even thefe will not enfure their fafety ; fo that whoever is delirous of having thefe trees in his plantations, fliould have fome wooden fconces made, to cover them in frofty weather ; and if this is obfen-ed until they are grown of a tolerable lize, there is no doubt but they will live, in a warm well-flieltered place, through our commoa winters. 4. The Deciduous Cypress will grow to be near fixty feet high, if Rationed in a place fuitable to its nature. It is veiy hardy in refpeft to cold ; and a fliare of the moifteft part of the plantation muft be allotted it. In Virginia and feveral parts of America, where this tree is a native, it is a real aquatic ; being found growing to a very large fize in places wholly cover- ed with water ,• and with us, if planted in watery places, by the edges of rivers, ponds, fprings, &c. it will be more luxuriant, and will proportionally rife, to a greater height and bulk than if planted in a dry foil. This tree in the fummer has a little the refemblance of an evergreen, and the leaves have a pleafing efFeft, appearing in fome refpect like fome forts of the Acacias ; and thefe are the chief inducements for its admilTion into the pleafure-ground. This fpecies may be propagated from feetJs in the fume manner as the Common Cyprefs ; ulfo from cuttings planted in October in a moill fandy foil. Many of them will grow ; though a general crop can feldom be obtained ; and they fliould be kept clean of weeds the fummer following, as well as the fum- mer after that. In the autumn, or any part of the winter, they fliould be planted out in the nurfery ; and, if they are to fland there a conliderable time, they fliould be allowed a good diftance ; for they will grow, Vv'ith proper care, \fhen removed at a large fize. If any part of the nurfery-grourui is moilter than the other, they mull have a fliare of it* The ground fliould be conllantly dug between the rows eyery winter, the weeds hoed down in fummer, and, when planted out, thefe . L trees 1^5 C Y N trees fhould have moift places^ in confcqucnec of what has been before obfeived. CYNANCHUM. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Pcntandria Dtgyniu : Each fioA'er contains iive males and two females : There are fourteen Species; moft of thera climbing : Three are fufScier.tly hardy for this climate. I. Cynancbum Acuturn : The Acute-leaved Cyn'anchum, or the Acute-leaved MoNxrELiER, Scammoxy ; an herbu' ceous climber ; native of the South of Europe. a, Cy7:anchum Monfpdiacum : The RoUKD-LEAVED Cynan- CHUM, or RoUND-LKAVED MONTPELIER ScAMMOJvY; an hcr- iaceotis climber ; native of Spain and the South of France. 3. Cynanchnm Suberofum ; The Carolina CYNAKCHtTM, or the Carolina Periploca ; a ignfous climber; native of Carolina and other parts of America, 1. The Acute-leaved Cynanchum. The root is ftrong, ■creeping, and fpreads itlelf to a confiderable diftance. The ftulks are herbaceous, twift about every thing that is near them, will grow to be fix feet long, but always die to the ground in the autumn , and freih one» are put forth from the roots in the fpring. The leaves are oblong, heart-fliaped, acute-pointed, fmooth, and grow oppofite by pairs on long footftalks. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves in fraall bunches ; they are of a dirty white colour, appear in June and July, but are not fucceeded by good feeds in our gardens. This plant, oa being wounded, emits a milky juice. 2. Round-leaved Cynanchum, The root of this fpecies is large, thin, juicy, and fpreads itfelf to a confiderable diftancc. Trie ftalks are herbaceous, and twine to fix or feven feet high about whatever is near them. The leaves are broad, reniform, roundifti, and grow oppofite, on long footftalks. The flowers, come out from t'^e wings of the leaves, in fmall bunches ; they are of a bad white coiour, appear in June and July, and aie '! rarely C Y T 147 rarely fuccceded by good feeds in our gardens. The ftalks die to the ground in the autumn, and trefli ones arife ?.t';ain in the Ipring. Ou wounding any part of this plant, a milky juica immediately flows. 3. Carolina Cynaxchum. The ftalks of this fpecles arc flender, ligneous, fliiubby, and will twill about any thing to the height of about feven feet. They are hairy, and their lower part is covered with a thick, fungous, cloven, cork-like bark. The leaves are ov;ii, heart-fhaped, pointed, and grow oppofite at the joints on long hairy footftalks. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves in Imall bunches.They are grccnifll on their firft appearance, but die away to a bad purple. They exhibit thcmfclves in July and Auguft ; but are not fuc- cecded by good feeds in our gardens. This fort is propagated by laying down the young fhoots as they advance in the fummer, and covering them over with fomc fine mould. Thefe will foon put out roots, by the autumn will be good plants, and may then be removed to the places where they are defigned to remain. This fpecies is rather tender ; and the foil in which it is planted fliould be naturally dry, warm, light, iind fandy, and the lituation well defended. Being thus ilationed, it will live abroad, and continue for many years ; but if the foil is moill, rich, and ill-defended, the chance will be very great but it will be dellroyed the firfl winter. The two firll farts are exceedingly hardy, will grow in any foil or fituation, and will over-run any fmail plants that are near them. Their fituation, therefore, fliould be among fuch trees as have ftrength enough to admit their embraces,- and their propagation is by cutting the roots in the autumn. Every cut will grow ; and, when planted, will call for 110 trouble except keeping them clear from weeds, when they firil: flioQt up La the fp ring. C Y T I S U S, LiXNEAN CUfs and Order, Diadelphla DecanJrla : Each dower contains ten males ami one female ; the m.ales rifing in t « tvsro ^^ C Y T two divifions : There are fourteen Species; five of which. afford Gonllderable ornament to the EngUili garden. I. Cyfifus SeJJrlifoUtis : -The Sessile-leaVed Cytisus (o-r Trefoil Tree, or Base Tree Trefoil)^ or'CYTistJS "Sb- cuNDus Ci,usii, or the Smooth Roukd-i.eaved Cytisvs ; (pain, Auitria and Siberia. • 1. The Sessile-leaved Cytisus will grow to the height of 'stbout five or fix feet. The branches arc nmncrovi,-, crcft, very brittle, and covered over with a'Tmooth brown bark. The leaves are fmall, and of a fine green : 'Thev are ncarlv ct an oval figure, and grow by threes on the twigs ; on fome branches they fit quite clofe, on others they grow on very fliort footftalks. The flowers grow at the ends of the branches, in lliort fpikes : They are of a fine yellow, come out the begiii- fting of June, and when in full blow the fluub will appear al- moll covered with them. The feeds ufually ripen in Augufi:. '■^'2i 'Black Cytisus will arrive to about the height of the ^■ffiier, and naturally divides into mahy branches. The bark i« ferown, and the young flioots are of a greeniili-rcd. The lea\ es refemble Trefoil : They are fniooth,and grow three together du brownilh footfialks ; the folioles are of an oblong oval figure, and their upper ftirface' is of a dark-green, but they are paler underneath. The flowers are produced in long, ereft, elofe fpikes, at the ends of the branches : They arc of a beautiful yellow colour, come out in July, and v/hen in full blow make a flue appearance. The feeds ripen In the autumn. 3. Tar- C Y T i4,c) 3. Tartarian Cytisus. The ftallis are 'fln-ubby, branch- {ng, green, and grow to three or four feet high. The leaves are oval, oblong, fmooth, and of a vvhitifli-green colour. The Sowers come out in clofe heads from the ends of the branches, ia May : They are of a light-yellow colour, and have a clutter of leaves under them • they are fometimes lucceeded by ftiort woolly pod«, containing the feeds. There Is a variety of this fpecies, with naked flalks, fmaller leaves and flowers, rather earlier in the fpring, ufually called the Siberian Cytifus. 4. The Laburnum is a large-growing tree : It will afpire to the height of near f^rty feet, and is one of the moll noble trees our gardens atlord. It vv-ill form itfelf into a fine head ; its bxanches are fmooth, of a pale-^reen colour, and poflefled of a few greyilli fpots. The leaves ftand by threes on long llcnder footlialks .: Each of thele is oblong and entire ; their upper fur- face is fmooth, and of a fliining green, but their under furface is more inclined to be downy. The time of this tree's flowcrr ing is May ; and the efied can hardly be conceived which it will have, when it appears covered with its long pendulent, bunches of flowers, of a-jdelightful yellow. Each flower that helps to compofe one K-t is tolerably large of itfelf, and the common ilalk to which they adhere by their own feparatc foot- ftalks is often a foot or more in length ; lb that the appearance muil be moil noble, when it exhibits thele long ferie$. of flowers^ hanging dov.'n from almolt every part of the whole head : . Hanbury continues, " But this is not all 5 the timber wheij^ felled is exceeding valuable. It will arrive in bulk in propor- tion to its height j and the timber is both heavy and h^rd, and ^ of a fine colour, inclined to yellow. The very branches of this tree are fo ponderous as to fmk in water. It poliflies extrcmer ly well, and is fo much like to green ebony, that it is called b)' the French, Ehoriy of the /llps^ where the tree grows naturally. And as the timber is fo valuable for many forts of rich furni- ture, this fliould aroufe the timber-planter's jjttentiori ; for ir will grow to be a timber-tree ol more than a yard in girt, iu almoil any poor and forry foil, where other trees will hardly grow, let the fituation be vyhat it will : And how enchantingly ©rnamental muft large" cj^ugrters or clumps of thefe trees appear, L 3 either 150 C Y T either by the borders of other woods, or in parks, and at the fame time the expeftation of the timber-crop retained !" There are fome other forts of Laburnums, of equal or more beauty than the preceding : One is called the Scotch Laburnum^ another the Italian. . The leaves of thcfe are larger, and the bunches of flowers longer; ana the individual flowers of which the bunches are compol'ed proportionally larger. There is alio another fort, with fmaller leaves, and bunches longer than the common, which difference it always preferves from feeds ; and thefe being planted among the common fort, will atford th« greater variety. One method of rROPAGATioN is common to nil thefe forts : It is to be performed both by feeds and cuttings, i. When by feeds, common garden-mould, when dug, and cleared of the roots of all weeds, will do for their reception. They flnould be fown in the fpring, in beds neatcd up, about half an inch deep, and in about fix weeks the young plants will appear. Nothing more will be nccefl'ary than keeping them clean from weeds during the fummer, unlefs the weather proves very dry ; if it does, a little watering fometimes will be proper. The fpring following, the Lahtrnums fliould be planted out in the nurfery ; but the other forts fliould {land in the feed-bed two years, to gain ilrength, before they are taken up. Thefe fliould be planted a foot afunder, and two feet dift;;r.: in the rows ; but the LahurnHms ought to have a rather greater diftance, efpecially if they are defigned to be trained up for rtandards. 2. Another method of encreafing thefe forts is by cuttings, O^iober is the hetl month for the work ; and the cuttings may be planted either a i<>ot afunder, and two feet diftant in the rows, fo that they need not be removed till they are taken up for good ; or they may be let very thick, and thofe which live taken up rhe winter follovvij^g, and planted out in the nurfery- way, at dif'^nces wide in proportion to the time they are to ftand. t. The Evergreen Cytisus, This flirub is naturally of an upright growth, and its common height is about fix or fevcn fter. It may be trained up to a fingle llem, for two, three, or four feet hi;;h, and will r..irurally fend out many branches, v;hlch will form themfclves into a fine head. The bark on the fleia DAP »S« ftem is of a grey colour ; the blanches alfo are grey with a green cafl at a dillance ; and many of them will have tne ap- pearance of being channelled, tne bottom of the grooves being of a dulky green, but their upper edges, white. The younger ilioots are green and flrcaked, and ther I'uriace is hairy. The leaves alfo have this property, aud flaud three upon a fhort foot» ilalk. They are nearly of an oval figure, and have a ilr^ng mid-rib running the whole length. They are of a fine green colour, and clothe the fhrub with great beaut5% The tiowers are of a clear yellow colour, and are fliaped like thofe of the ether forts : They appear in June, and are produced from the fides of the branches, all over the Ihrub, in fhort bunches ; fo that its golden head at that time is both beautiful and ftrikingo Neither is June the only time of its flawering ; for n will often flower again in October ; and, if the winter continues opea and mild, it will fometimes fliew its bloilbtns in November and December. The flowers that appeared in June, which is its regular time of blow, will be fucceeded by fmall hairy pods, in which the feeds are contained, and which ripen with us very well in the autumn. This fort fliould be propagated by feeds, which fhould be fown in the fprlng, and managed as dire<5ted for the deciduous forts ; only it may not be amifs to obferve, that it will be nccef- lary to plant the fecdlings in the nurfcry when they have flood one year in the feed-bed. They fliould be fet about a foo^ afundcr, in rows at two fedt dlftance ; and here they may ftand for about two years, when they fhould be planted out. DAPHNE. LlNiJEAN Clafs and Order, OBandrla AloHogynla : Each •Sower contains eight males and one female : There are fifteen Species ; eight of which are proper for our colle(5tion. K Daphne Mezereum : The Mezereon, or Spurge-Ouve ; a low deciduous Jbruh ; native of Germany ; and has been dif- <:overed iu this country in foiue woods near Andovcr, in Hamp>- fiikc, %i 4' #♦ Ba^hne fS« DAP 2. Daphne Gnidlum : The Flax-leaved Daphne, or FnAX- l,EAVED Thymel^a ; a lo-iv deciduous JJnuh ; native of Italy, Spain, and about Montpelier. 3. Daphne Cneoruni : The Spear-leaved Daphne,, or the Cneorum ; or the Clustertflowering Spear-leaved Daphne ; a very lov: deciduous Jhrub ; native of Switzerland, Hungary, the Alps and the Pyrenean Mountains. 4. Daphne T'arionrair a: The Oval-leaved Daphne, or the Tarton-raire ; or Cluster-flowering Oval-leaved Daphne j a njery low deciduous Jhrub ; native of France and Italy. 5. Daphne Alpina: The Alpine Daphne j or the Alpine Chamel^a ; a lonx) deciduous Jhrub ; native of the Alps, Gene- va, Italy and Auftria. 6. Daphne Thy melee a : The INIilkwort-leaved Daphne, or the ThymeLjEA ; a lovj deciduous Jhrub ; native of Spain and the South of France. 7. Daphne Fillofa : The HAiRYrLEAVED Daphne, or the Small Hairy Portugal Daphne ; a very lo^v deciduous Jhrub ; native of Spain and Portugal. 8. Daphne Laurcola : The Spurge Laurel, or the Evep.- green Daphne ; a lo^v evergreen JJorub ; common in fomc parts of this kingdom, alfo in Switzerland and France. 1. The Mezereon. Of this elegant plant there are four Varieties: i. The PP7jiic. 2. The Pale-red. 3. The Crimfon. and, 4. The Purplc-JIovcering. — Haneury is very lavifli of his praife of thefe fhrubs ; he fays, *• they have each every per- fection to recommend them as flovvering-flirubs. In the fivft place, they are of low growth, feldom arifing to more than three or four feet in height, and therefore are proper even for the fmalleft gardens. In the next place, they will be in blooirj when few trees, efpecially of the fhrubby tribe, prefent their honours. It will be in -February, nay, fomctimes in January ; then will the twigs be garnifhed with flowers, all around, from one end to the other. Each twig has the appearance of a fpike of flowers of the mofl: confummate luflre ; and as the leaves are not yet out, whether you behold this tree near or at a diftance, It has a mofl enchanting appearance. But this is not all ; the • fenfe of fmelling is peculiarly regaled by the flowers ; their •fpicy fweetnefs is difTufed around, and the air is perfumed with their odours to a confiderable diftance. Many flowers, deemed, (v.-gct, ar* not liked by all ; \>\\\ the agreeable inoffcufive fweet-? DAP 153 tiefs of tlie MezereoH has ever delighted the fenfe of fmelling, whilft the Iiiftrc of its blow has fealled the eye. Neither is this the only plcalure the tree beftovvs ; for befides the beauty of the leaves, which come out after the flowers are fallen, and which are of a pleafant green colour and an oblong figure, it will be full of red berries in June, which will continue growing till the autumn. Of thefe berries the birds are very fond ; fo that whoever is delighted with thole fongfters, fliould have a quan- tity of them planted all over the outlides of his wilderncfs quai~ tcrs." Propagation. This fort ripens its feeds with us, and raajr at any time be eafily obtained, if they are fecured from birds. Previous therefore to fowing, the healthieft and moft thriving trees of the White, the Pale, and the Deep-red forts fliould be marked out ; and as loon as the berries begin to alter from green, they mull be covered with nets, to fecure ihcm from the birds, which would otherwile devour them all. The berries will be ripe in July ; and due oblervauce mult be had to pick theii^ up as they fall from the trees, and to keep the forts feparate. As foon as they are all fallen, or you have efibugh for your purpofe, they may then be fown. The befl: foil for thefe plants is a good fat black earth, fuch as is found in kitchen-gardens that have been well manured and managed for many years. In fuch foil as this they will not only come up better, but will grow to a greater height than in any other. No particular regard need be paid to the fituation ; for us this tree is a native of the northern parts of Europe, it will grow in a north border, and flourifli there as well as in a fouth ; nay, if there be any dificrence, the north border is more eligible than the fouth. The ground be- ing made line, and cleared of roots of all forts, the feeds fliould be fown, hardly half an inch deep. The mould being riddled over them that depth, let the beds be neated up, and they will want no other attention until the fpring. Thefe feeds will fome- times remain in the ground two years ; but for the mofl: part they come up the fpring after fowing ; and the feedlings will re- quire no other care during the fummer than weeding, and gen- tle watering in dry Vv'eather, After they have been in the feed- bed one year, the lirongefl: may be drawn out, and planted in the nurfery, to make room for the others ; though if they do «>ot come up very clofej it would be as well to let them remain 154 DAP - in the feed-bed until the fecond autumn: when they fliould be taken up with care, and planted in beds at a foot afunder each way. 'I'his will be dilUnce enough for thele low-growing fhrubs. Odober is the bell month for planting them out finally ; iof although they will grow if removed any time between then and fp'.ng, yet th.it will certainly lie a more proper fcafon than when they are in full blow. Such is the culture of this flirub. The ctuer fpecies of this genus require a difierent management. 2. Flax-leaved Daphne feldom grows higher than three feet. The branches are very flender, and ornamented with nar- row, fpear-fhaped, pointed leaves, much like thofe of the Com- mon Flax. The hovvers are produced in panicles at the ends of the branches : Tney are Imall, come out in June, but are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England. 3. SpErtR-LEAVED Daphne, or Cneorum. THIs fifcs with ft Ihrubby, branching ftalk, to about a foot or a foot and a half high. The leaves are narrow, fpear-fhaped, and grow irregu- larly on the branches. The flowers are produced in clufters at the ends -of the little twigs : They make their appearance in March, are of a purple colour, and poflefTed of a fragrance little inferior to that of the Mezereon ; but they are feldora fucceeded by feeds in England. 4. Oval-leaved Daphne, or Tauton-raiee. This rifes with a woody flalk to the height of about two feet. The branches are numerous, irregular, tough, and covered with a light-brown- coloured bark. The leaves are ovaL, very fmall, foft to the touch, and fliining. The flowers are produced in cluflers from the fides of the flalks: They are white, come out in Jane, and are fucceeded by roundifli berries, which feldom ripen in England. This fort fliould have a dry foil and a warm fitua- tion. 5. The Alpine Daph>je, or Chamel^^a, will grow to the height of about a yard« The leaves are fpear-fliaped, obtufe, and hoary underneath. The flowers come out in clufters from the fides of the branches, and are very fragrant : They appear in March, and are fucceeded by red berries, that ripen in September, 6. Milkwort-leaved Daphne, or Thymel^.a, will grow to the height of a yard. The lialks of this fpecies are upright, branched, and c vered with a light-brown bark. The leaves are .fpcar-fa:ipcd, fmooth, and in fome refped refemble thofe of Milk- wortc DAP 155 wort. The flowers are produced in clufters from the fides of the ftalks : They are of a greenifli colour, have no footftalks, appear in March, and are fucceeded by fmall yellovvifli berries, which will be ripe in Auguil. This fort requires a dry foil and a warm iituation. 7. Hairy-leaved Daphne. The ftalks are ligneous, about two feet high, and fend forth bnuiches alternately from the fides. The leaves are fpear-lhapcd, plane, hairy on both fides, and grow on very fliort footftalks. The flowers have very narrow tubes, are fmall, and make no great fhow : They come out in June, and arc not fucceeded by ripe feeds in England. This flirub, in fome fituations, retains its leaves all winter in fuch beauty as to caufe it to be ranked among the low-growing evergreens ; but as in others it is fometimes fhattered with the firft black winds, it is left to the Gardener whether to place this flirub among the Deci- duous Trees or Evergreens. All thefe forts are with fome difficulty propagated and re- tained. They will by no means bear removing, even when feed- lings ; and if ever this is attempted, not one in an hundred mull be expefted to grow. They are raifed by feeds, which we receive from the places where they grow naturally ; and he who is de- firous of having thefe plants, mull manage them in the following manner : Let a corapoft be prepared of thefe equal divifions ; one- fourth part of lime-rubbifli ; one-fourth part of dnft or fea fand ; another of fpHnters of rocks, fome broad and others fmaller ; and the other part of maiden earth, from a rich pafture. Let thefe be mixed all together, and filled into largifti pots. In each of thefe pots put a feed or two, about half an inch deep, in the fineft of the mould. We receive the feeds in the fpring ; fo that there is little hopes of their coming up until the fpring fol- lowing : Let, therefore, the pots be let in the fhade all the fum- mer, and in the autumn removed into a warm fituation, where they may enjoy every influence of the fun's rays all winter. In March let them be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, and the plants will foon after appear. This bed will caufe them to be ftrong plants by the autumn ; and when all danger of froft is over, they may- be uncovered wholly, and permitted to enjoy the open air. In the autumn, they ihould be removed into the greenhoufe, or fet under ao hot-bed frame all winter J and in fpring they fliouldbe placed where 156 DAP where they are to continue, moulding them up the height ot the pot ; the pots being I'ufficiently broken to make way for their roots, as they flioot, and then left to Nature. — The fituation of the four tenderer forts mull: be well fheltered, and if it be na- turally rocky, fandy, and dry, it will be the better ; for in the places where they grow naturally, they ftrike into the crevices of rocks, and flourifti where there is hardly any appearance of foil. This is one method of obtaining thefe flirubs. Another way is, by fowing the feeds in the places where they arc to remain. The (ituation and nature of the foil fliould be as near that above defcribed as poffible ; and the mould fhould be made fine in forae places, and a feed or two fown in each. After this, pegs fliould be ftuck down on each fide of them, to direcft to the places where they are fown. The exactefl care muft be obferved, all fummer, to pull up the weeds as often as they appear j for if they are permitted to get ftrong, and have great roots, they will pull up th? feeds with them. In the fpring following, if the feeds are good, the plants will appear. During the furamer, they fliould be watered in dry weather ; and, for the firfi: winter or two, fhould have fome furze-buflies pricked all round them, at a pro- per diitance, which will break the keen edge of the frofty winds, and preferve the young plants until they are Urong enough to de- jfend themfelves. The CxEOHUM and the Alpixe Chamel/T-A are very hardy, and will grow in the coldeil fituation ; but the other forts fliould have a warm foil and a well-fiieltered fite, or they will be iubjec^; to be deftroyed in bad weather, 8. The Spurge-Laurel, or Evergreen Daphxe, is a lo\7 . fiirub, feldom growing more than a yard or four feet high ; it fends out many branches from the bottom, and thefe are covered with a fmooth light-brown bark, that is very thick. The bark on the younger branches is fmooth and green ; and thefe arc very clofely garniflied with leaves of a delightful iirong lucid green colour. Thefe leaves fit clofe to the branches, and 3re produced in fuch plenty, that they have the appearance, at a fmall diftance, of clufters at the ends of the branches. They are fpear-lhaped, fliining, fmooth, and thick ; their edges are entire, Han- BURY extols this plant with a degree of enthufiafm ; con-, tihuing, " and this is another excellent property of this tree, that U is thus pofl^eflTed of fuch deliglitful leaves for its ornament. Thefe leaves. DAP »S7 leaves, when growing under the drip of trees, fpread open, and ex- hibit their grccii pure and untarniftied, in its natural colour : when planted iingly in expofed places, they naturally turn back with a kind of twill, and the natural green of the leaf is often alloyed with a brownifti tinge. This flirub is alfo valuable on account of its flowers ; not becaufe they make any great fliow, but from their fragrance, and the time they appear ; for it will be in blow the beginning of January, and will continue fo until the middle or latter end of April before the flowers fall off ; during which time they never fail to difFufe abroad their agreeable odours, which are refrefhing and inoftcniive. In the evenings efpcciallv^ they are more than commonly liberal ; infomuch that a few planiB will often perfume the whole end of a garden j. and when this happens early, before many flowers appear, the unfliilful ia tlovYprs, perceiving an uncommon fragrancy, are at once llrtick \vith furprize, and immediately begin enquiring from whence It can proceed. Neither are its odours confined to a garden only ; Ixit, when planted near windows, they will enter parlours, and aicend even into bed-chambers, to the great comfort of the pof- Icflbr, and ksrprize of every frelh vilitor." Thefe flowers make but little Ihow ; for they are fmall, and of a greenifli-yellow. 'JHicy are produced amougft the leaves from the fides of the ttalks, in fraall clufters, and will often be fo hid by them, as to be unnoticed by any but the curious. They are fucceeded bv ovalberries,which are firft green, and afterwards black \t'hen ripe. 'I'hefe berries will be in fuch plenty as to be very ornainental ; but will loon- be eaten up by the birds ; which is another JE L iE. 'EL^A(5NUS. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order Tetrandria Monogynia : Earfi flower contains four males and one female : There are four Species ; two of which have been introduced into this country ; cne of them requiring a ftove heat ; the other fafficiently hardy to bear the open air ; namely, E.laagnus Angufijfolia : The Narrow-leavei)"El^,agnus, or the Oleaster, or the Wild Olive ; a /«// dcc'ulucus JJ?rub ; native of Bohemia, Spain, Syria, and Cappadocia. The Narrow-leaved El^agnus, or the Oleaster, will grow to be near twenty feet high. Whilft the leaves of moll trees arc poflclfcd of a verdure, and occafion variety by the dif_ ference of greens they exhibit, the leaves of the plant under con- fidei'ation are white, efpecially the under-fidc, and lland upon white twigs. The branches are of a brown colour ; but the pre- ceding year's fiioots are white and downy, the iilvery leaves being placed irregularly upon them : Thefe arc of a fpear-fliapcd figure, about two, and fometimes three inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, and are as foft as fatrin to the touch. Neither is fummcr the only time the leaves aftbrd us pleafure r They continue on the tree great part of the winter ; fo that the efFeft they caufe, when other trees are dcfpoiled of their honours, may be eafily conceived. The flowers appear in July, but make no figure : They are fmall, and come out at the footltalks of the leaves ; their colour is white, and they are pollelled of a ftrong fcent. The truit that fucceeds them much relembles a fmall olive. This flirub has a variety^ with yellow flowers. The culture of both the forts is very eafy. They are PROPAGATED by cuttings, which muft be of the laft ftimmer's flioot. But in order to have them proper for the purpofe, a fuffi- cient number of trees muft be fixed on, from which the family is to be encreaCcd. They muft be headed near the ground in the winter ; which will caufe them to make ftrong flioots the fucceed- ing fummer, and thefe flioots afford the cuttings. They fhould be taken off in the autumn, and cut inio lengths of about a foot each, three parts of which fliould be fet in the gvouad. They may E P H ruE TOayTsc planted very clofe, and in the autumn follow 'ing removed into the nurlery, where they fliould be fet a foot afunder, and two feet diftant in the rows ; or, if there be ground enough, they may be planted thiunej-, and fo will want no removing until they be iinally fet out. The bell foil for thefe cuttings is a rich garden mould, inclined to be moiif, and lying in a fliady place ; in fuch a foil and fituation almoft every catting will grow. The tree itfelf is exceedingly hardy, and will afterwards fhoot vigo roully, in almoft any foil or llation. EPHEDRA. LiXNEAN- Clafs and Order, Dloccia McnaMphla: Male flower, containing fcven ftamens connected at the bafe, and fe- male flowers containing two pillils, fituated upon diftintt plants. There are two Species ; one of them of a hardy nature ; — Ephedra Distachya : The Ephedra, or Shrubby Horse Taix ; a fuh-cvergreenjhruh \ native of rocky mountains, near the fea-coaft of Italy, France, and Spain. The Ephedra will grow to three, four, five, of fix feet high, according to the nature of the foil in which it is placed ; for if it be a fat raoifi: foil, it will arrive to double the height it will attain in that of a contrary nature, and will be more tree-like ; it will alio have much larger leaves, and be more beautiful. The bark on the old ilem is rough, and of a dark, dirty colour. Thefe flems or branches are few ; but they have joints at fhort intervals. Many of them ai'e protuberant, and fend foith younger flioots and leaves in prodigious plenty, fo as to caufe th« ftirub to have a clofe bufliy look. The older branches will have bark that is fmooth, and of a brown, reddifli, or yellowifh colour; whilft that on the younger llaoots will be of a fine green. The larger branches are jointed and hollow, though they have fometimes ia them a kind of reddifli pith ; thofe fend forth fmaller, which are called the leaves. Thefe leaves are jointed, grow oppofite by pairs, are alternately produced at every joint in oppofite directions, and will thus branch out in a fingular and horfe-tail manner, in a fuitable foil, to a great length. The leaves and (hoots of this flirub being bruifed in the winter, emit a very fcetid difagreeable M fcent ; i62 E P H fccnt ; but in the fpring when the juigcs begin to flow, they are poflefled of a different quality, emitting a fine odour, by many fuppofed or fancied to be like that of the pine-apple ; and on ac- count of this fccnt alone, in the fpring, this tree is by many much coveted and admired. The flower-buds will appear in May op- •pofite at the fides of the joints ; they grow by pairs, and by the middle of June will be in full blow, each ftanding on very fhort green foot-ftalks. Male and female flowers will be found on dif- ferent plants ; they are fmall, and of a yellow colour, and affbrd- pleafure only to the nice obfcrver of the wonderful ftruclure of the minute paits of the vegetable world. This fhrub fliould always have a moift, fat foil ; and in thofe places it will appear more luxuriant and beautiful. It is very hardy, and, although it has been ufed to be preferved in pots in grecnhoufes, will bear the cold of our fevereft winters. In the winter the leaves, or ra- ther the young flioots or joints, are of a dark, dufky green ; but as The fpring approaches, that goes ofl, and a fine, lively, chearful green pofl'efles the whole plant. The old leaves fall off the latter end of April, or beginning of May ; at which time the tree will fend forth young ones, and will continue to do fo until late in the autumn. This flirub is very eafily propagated ; it will, indeed, propagate itfelf in great plenty, elpecially if planted in a light, moilt foil : So that where a quantity is wanted, Ibme plants arc to be pro- cured for breeders ; and thefe being planted in good light earth, ■will foon fpread their roots, and produce plenty oi fuciers, which may be taken off, and planted in the nurfery-ground, to gain lirength, for a year or two ; or they may be immediately, elpe- cially the flvongefl: plants, finally let out. As thefe flirubs na- turally fpawn, and produce fuckers in great plenty, after they are planted out in the fliubbery-quarters, the fpawn Ihould be every year taken off, and the ground dug about the roots ; other- wife they will not only appear rambling and irregular, but they will diminlfli the beauty of the mother-plants, which will by no means appear to be luxuriant and healthy. This plant merifs a place amongft evergreens, rather for the fake of vaiiety, or as a foil to more elegant fpccics, than for any intrinfic Lcauty or elegiance of its own. JMillar fays, it rarely flowers in gardens, EUO- E U O 163 E U O N Y M U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, PentanJria Monogynla : Each flower contains five males and one female : There are four Species ; three of which are cultivated in this country ; one or them, however, requires a ftove-heat : The other two are, 1. Euonytnus Enropaus : The Common or European Euony- MUs, or the Spindle Tree ; a decidtious Jlnuh or tree ; native of fome parts of England, and of Europe in general. 2. Euonymm jimericanus : — The Evergreen or American EuoNYMUs ; or the Evergreen Spindle; — an e-verg^eenjhrv.bi native of Virginia, Carolina, and other parts of North-America. I. The Common EuoNYMUs. There are of this Ipccies five varieties : The Deep Red-berried Narrow-leaved Spindle Tree. ■ — r- Pale Red-berried Spindle Tree. White-berried Narrow-leaved Spindle Tree, '—— Broad-leaved Spindle Tree. — — Variegated Spindle Tree *. The Karroiv 'leaved SpituUe Tree will grow to be fixteen or eighteen feet high, will afpire with an upright ftem to a confidera- ble height, naturally forming itfelf into a regular head. The bark of the llem is of a dark-brown ; but that of the firll and Iccond years fhoots is fmooth, and of a fine green, the White-berried fort efpecially, which difters from the Red-berried in this refped, as the flioots of that are browner. The leaves are fpear-fliapcd, of a fine deep green colour, about three Inches long, and an inch and a half broad, very flightly ferrated, and placed nearly oppofite on the branches. The flowers have little beauty to recommend them : They are fmall, and of a greenifli colour, produced in fmall bunches from the fides of the branches, the latter end of May, the bunches hanging on long footftalks ; and are fucceeded by trult, which conltitutcs the greatell beauty of thefe plants, * Millar makes the two laft dillinfl; Species; but Hanbury fays, « I have raifed thoufands of them for falc (there being hardly any flirub more called for), and ever found the feeds of the Broad-leaved Spindle Tree to come up the Common Narrow-leaved fort." M z Th« i64 E U O The feeds are of a delightful fcarlet ; ftJur are contained in each velTel ; and thefe openiiig, expoie them to view all over the head of the plani, fome jufl peeping out of their oells, others quite out, ana ilicking to the edge ; and thefe veiTels being in bunches on long pcnduient footftalks, have a look v. hich is fingu-- larly beautiful. The feed-vefiels of the firll-mentioned fort are of the fame deep fcarlet with the feeds ; thofe of the fecond, of a paler red j thole of the third are white, which, together with tlie twigs of the latter being of a lighter green, conftitute the only dif- ference between thefe forts ; for the feeds themfelves of all the forts are of a deep fcarlet. The Broad'leavcd Spindle Tree is a variety of the Common Spindle Tree, though it will grow to a greater height than either of the other forts. It will arrive at near five-and-twenty feet high ; and the branches are fewer, and the leaves broader. The young ihoots are fmooth, and of a purplifli colour; and the buds at the ends of them, by the end of Oftober, will begin to be fwelkd, and be near an inch long, preparing for the next year's Ihoot, The leaves are much larger than thofe of the other forts, being, on a thriving plant, near five inches long and two broad. Their figure is like the other, though rather inclined to an oblong oval : Some are rnofl lightly ferratcd, ot a light-green, fland oppofite by pairs, and fall off much fooner in the autumn, before which their colour will be red. The flowers mnkc an inconfiderable figure, though they arc rather larger than the other forts : The feeds that fucceed them with iheir vellels alfo jire proportionably larger; and many of the common footflalks to, each bunch will be four inches, which caufes a more noble look in the autumn ; thougli the others are equally pleafing, as the flowers are produced on the Narrow-leaved forts in greater plenty : Add to this, the berries of the Broud will fall off long before the others. The wood of the Common Spindle Tree is fpoken of by Mil- lar and HANEtTRY as being very valuable. The m.ufical-in- firrument-makers, fay they, ufe it for keys of organs, and other purpoles. Tooth-picks, fkewers, and fpinMcs of the beflikind are alfo made from this wood ; hence Spindle Tree. There is but one good method of propagating the Commoij Spindle Tree, and that is by feeds ; though it may tafily be done by layers or cuttings ; for if the young fnoots be laid in the ground in I E U O 165 Jn the autvimn, they will have fti-uck root by the autumn follow- ing ; and if cuttings are planted in the autumn in a molrt rich earth, that is fuaded, many of them, will grow ; but neither of thefe methods will produce fuch fine upright plants, or that will grow to fuch a height as thofe raifed from feeds, though they will be every whit as prolific of flowers and fruit. Whoever has not the convenience of procuring the feeds, let him improve thefe hints, if he has got a plant or two, which will be fuliicient for his purpofe : Whoever can get the feeds, had better never attempt thofe arts. The feeds flioukl be fown in the autumn, foon after they are ripe. They will thrive in almofl any foil or fituntion, if it be made fine, and clear of the roots of all weeds, Sec. though if it be a fine garJen-mould, it will be the better. They fliould be fown three-fourths of an inch deep. It feldom happens that more than a few odd plants come up the firil: fpring ; the beds muft, therefore, remain untouched until the fpring twelvemonth after fowing ; only confiant weeding mufc be obfcrved. At that time the plants will come up very thick, and all the fummer they muft be weeded. In this feed-bed they may ftand two years, and be then planted out in the nurfery, where; they may remain, with no other care than weeding and digging between the |rows in winter, until they are finally planted out. The Broad-leaved fort will take very well by budding it on the Common. The llocks for this purpofe fiiould be planted out when they are one year's feedlings, and by the fummer twelve- month after they will be fit for working; fo that Vv'hoever has young plants of the Common fort, and only one of the other, may encreafe his number this way. 2. The Evergreen Euonymus. Befides the genuine fpecic?, thei'c is a 'variety of the Americanus^ having its leaves beau- tifully faiped with yellov/. . Thefe forts grov/ to the height of about feven feet. The branches are flender, covered with a' fmooth green bark, and grow oppofiteby pairs at the joints. The leaves alfo grow oppofite, are fpear-fliaped, and have a ftrong mid-rib running their whole length. The upper furface is of a fine ftrong green colour, but their under is paler. Thev are fmooth,are lightly indented, acutely pointed, and juftly entitle this flirub to be called a fine evergreen. The flowers are produced in July, from the fides and ends of the branches, in fmail bunches* M 3 They i66 FAG They make no great fhow ; but they will be fuccceded by rough, warted, red, fivx-cornered capfules, containing the feeds. This Ipecies is to be propagated in the fame manner as the other forts, i. The beil way is from feeds, which we receive from Virginia. Thefe will be two, and fometimcs three years before they appear ; fo that a pcrfon fhould not be too hafty in difturbing the beds ; and after this precaution, whi^ has been already faid relating to the management of raifing the common forts of Spindle Trees from feeds, muft conftuntly be cbferved in this fpecies. 2. By layers alfo, and cuttings, it may be en- creafed ; but when the latter way is to be prattifcd, it will be pro- per to plant each cutting fcparately in a fmall pot, and plunge them into a bark-bed, othcrwife it is very feldom that they will grow. After they have taken root, the pots may be fet in the natural mould up to the rims for about two years ; then the plants fhould be turned out into the places where they are to re- •main, and they will be fure of growing. F A G U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Monoeda PolyanJria : Male flowers and female flowers upon the fame plant j the males containing about twelve ftamina, and the females three pillils each : There are three Species : 1. Fagm Syl-vatlca : The Beech; a well-known tall ^ecidw 4US tree ; common in England and moft parts of Europe, alfo in Canada. 2. Fagtis Cafianea: The Chesnut, or the Spanish or Sweet Chesnut; a tall deciduous tree\ natural to the j*aoun- tainous parts of the South of Europe. 5. Fagus P u?nila : The Dwarf Chesnut, or the Chin- QUEPlN ; a decldiiBtis J}}ruh ; native of North-America. I. The Beech. In ftatelinefs, and grandeur of outline, the Beech vies with the Oak. Its foliage is peculiarly loft and ple»f. ing to the eye ; its branches are numerous and fpreading ; and its ftem waxes to a great fize. The bark of the Beech is remark- ably FAG 167 ably fmooth, nnd of a filveiy caft ; this, added to the fpIendoranJ finoothncis of its foliage, gives a finking neatnefs and delleacy to its general appearance. The Beech, therefore, landing fingly, and fiifFci'ed to form its own natural head, is highly ornameiital ; and its leaves varying their hue as the autumn approaches, renders it in this point of view ftill more defirable. In point of adual Ufe the Beech follows next to the Oak and the Afli : it is almoft asi neceffary to the cabinet-makers and turners (efpecially about the Metropolis), as the Oak is to the fliip-builder, or the Afli to the plough and cart-wright. Evelyn neverthelefs condemns it iit pointed and general terms ; becaufe " where it lies dry, or wet and dry, it is exceedingly obnoxious to the worm ;" He adds, however, " but being put ten days in water, it will exceedingly rcliil the worm." The natural foil and fituation of the Beech is upon dry, chalky, or limeftone heights : It grows to a great fize upon the hills of Surry and Kent ; as alfo upon the declivi- ties of the Cotfwold and Stroudvvater hills of Glouceflerfliire, and flourifties exceedingly upon the bleak banks of the Wye, in Here- ford and Monmouth fliires ; where it is much ufed in making charcoal. In fituations like thofe, and where it is not already prevalent, the Beech, whether as a timber-tree or as an under- wood, is an object worthy the planter's attention. The method of propagating the Beech is from feeds : Evelyn is brief upon this head. For woods, he fays, the Beech mull be governed as the Oak : — In nurferies, as the Afli ; fowin? the marts " in autumn, or later, even after January, or rather nearer the fpring, to preferve them from vermin, which are very great devourers of them. But they are likewife to be planted of young feedlings to be drawn out of the places where the fruitful trees abound." Millar fays, the feafon for fowing the marts *' is any time from October to February, only obferving tofecure the feeds from vermin when early fowed, which, if carefully done, the fooncr they are fown the better, after they are fully ripe.'* Hanbury orders a lutBcicnt quantity of marts to be gathered about the middle of September, when they begin to fall : Thefe are to be " fpread upon a mat in an airy place fix days to diy • and after that you may either proceed to fow them immediately, or y«tr may put them up in bags in order to fow them nearer the fpring ; which method I would rather advife, as they will keep very well, and there will be lefs danger of having them dertroyed M 4 by s68 FAG by mice or othcr'vermin, by which kinds of animals they are greatly reliflied." They mull be fown in beds properly prepar- ed (as direfted under the article Pkopacation from Seed, iiT the Introduftoiy Part of this Work) about an inch deep. Li- the firll fpring many of the young plants will appear, whilft others will not come up till the fpring following. Having flood two years in the feminary, they fliould be removed to the jiurfery, where they may remain till wanted. More will be faid of the Beech under Woodlands. 2. The Chesxut. This is a tree of the firil magnitude j growing to a great height, and fvvcUing to an immcnfc iizc» Mr. Brydone, in a tour through Sicily and Malta, meafured the ruins of a celebrated Chefnut, called Cajiagno de cento Ca'Oalliy ftandlng at the foot of Mount Etna, and made it " two hundred and four fees round i" The largefl we know of in this country ftands at Tortworth, near Berkley, in Gloucefterfhirc. Sir Robert Atkins, in his Hiftory of Glouceilerfliire, fays, "By tra- dition, this tree 'vas growing in King John's reign j" and Mr. Marfliam calculates it to be " not lefs than eleven iiundred years ©Id." Sir Robert mr^Jies it nineteen yards, and Mr. Marflian> fortv-fix feet fi:c inches in circumference. With great defer- ence however to. the authority and veracity of thefe gentlemen^ we have every reafon to believe that what is called the Tort- worth Chefnut is not one, but two trees ; fuppoling them to be only one, its dimenfious arc by no means equal to what arc o-iven above. We have the highell opinion of Mr. Marfham's inp-enuoufnefs and accuracy ; and fortunately, in this cafe, he has furmfhed us with a proof of his candour^ in faying, " As I took the meafure in a heavy rain, and did not meafure the firing till after I' returned to the inn, I cannot fo well anfwer for this as the other meafures." We will venture to add, that hAd the day been fine, and Mr. MarHiara had viewed the^^cld- fide as 'well as the gardea fide of this venerable ruin ; had he climbed upon ttie wail, and feen the gable of the old building, adjoining, clafped in between the two items ; and had further afcended to the top of the old ftump, which is not more than twelve feet high, and, looking down Its hollownefs, fecn its cavity tending not to the centre of the congeries^ but to the centre of the old Trccy we are convinced he would not have fuf- fe'red fo inaccurate an account to have been publiflicd with his fignature. FAG 169 iignature, as that which appears in pr.gs 81 of the Firft Vohime of Papers of the Bath Agriculture Soc:;ty. The leaves of the Chefnut are long, fomewhat large, ftrongly marked by the nerves, and of a dark and fomewhat gloli'y appearance, in fum- mer ; but, in autumn, change to a yellow hue. In open un- crouded fituatlons, the Chefnut throws out large fpreading arms, forming a magnificent llrongly-fcatured outline ; whilfl in a clofe-planted grove the Item will flioot up clean, and Uraight as an arrow, to a great height. As an Ornamental^ the Chefnut, though unequal to the Oak, the Beech, and the Efculus, has a degree of greatnefs belonging to it which recommends it ftrongly to the gardener's attention. Its Ufes have been highly extolled ; and it rnay deferve a conii- derable fliare of the praife which has been given it. As a fub- ftitute for the Oak, it is preferable to the £hn : For door-jambs, window-frames, and fome other purpofes of the houfe carpenter, it is nearly equal to Oak itfclf ; but it is very* apt to be f:akcy, and there is a deceitful brittlenefs in it which renders it unfafe to be ufed as beams, or in any other iitqation where an uncertain load is required to be borne. It is univerfally al- lowed to be excellent for liquor cafks ; as not being liable to flu-ink, nor to change the colour of the liquor it contains : it is alfo ftrongly recommended as an underwood for hop-poles, ftakes, 5ic. Its fruit too is valuable-, not only for fwine and deer, but as a human food : Bread is faid to have been made of it. Upon the whole, the Chefnut, whether in the light of ornament or ufe, is undoubtedly an object of the planter'^s notice. The PROPAGATION of the Chefnut is chiefly from feeds : Evelyn fays, " Let the nuts be firft fprcad to fweat, then cover them in fand ; a month being paft, plunge them in water, and reject the fwimmers ; being dried for thiity days more, land them again, and to the water-ordeal as before. Being thus treated until the beginning of fpring, or in November, fet them as you would do Beans ; and, as fome practife it, drenched for a night or more in new milk j but uich half this preparation they need only to be put into the holes with the point upmoft, as you plant tulips."—" If you defign to fet them in winter or autumn, I counfel you to inter them in their hufks, whicli being every way armed, are a good protedion againft the moufe, and a providential integument,"--" Being com.e up, they thrive bcft unremoved. 179 FAG unremoved, making a great fland for at leaft two years upon every tranfplanting ; yet if needs you mull alter their ftation, let it be done about November ; — tiius far Evelyn. — Millar cautions us againfl purcbaling foreign nuts that have been kiln- dried, which, he fays, is generally done to prevent their fprout- ing in their paflage ; therefore, he adds, " if they cannot be pro- cured frefli from the tree, it will be much better to ufe thofe of the growth of England, which are full as good to fow for timber or beauty as any of the foreign nuts, though their fruit it much fmaller.'* He alfo recommends preferving them in fand, and proving them in water. In fetting thefe feeds or nuts, he fays, " The belt way is to make a drill with a hoe (as is com- monly praftifed for kidney-beans) about four inches deep, in which you fliould place the nuts, at about four inches diilancc, with their eye uppermoft ; then draw the earth over them with a rake, and make a fecond drill at about a foot diftance from the former, proceeding as before, allowing three or lour rows in each bed." — " In April" (he does not mention the time of fowing) ^' thefe nuts will appear above-ground ; you mufl therefore obferve to keep them clear from weeds, efpecially while young : in thefe beds they may remain for two years, when you Ihou.ld remove them into a nurfery at a wider diftance. The bell time for tranfplanting thefe trees is either in Odober, or the latter end of February, but Odober is the beft feafon : the diftance thefe fliould have in the nurfery is three feet row from row, and one foot in the rows. If thefe trees have a downright tap- root, it fliould be cut off, efpecially if they are intended to be re- moved again ; this will occalion their putting out lateral flioots, and render them lefs fubjeft to mifcarry when they are removed for good. The time generally allowed them in the nurfery is three or four years, according to their growth, but the younger they are tranfplanted the better they will fucceed. Young trees of this fort are very apt to have crooked Hems ; but when they are tranfplanted out and have room to grow, as they increafc in bulk they will grow more upright, and their ftcms will be- come flraight, as 1 have frequently obferved where there have been great plantations." — Hanbury follows Millar almoft literally j except that he mentions February as the time of fowing ; and recommends that the young plants, a year after they have been planted in the nurfery, be cut down to within an FAG 171 an inch of the ground ; which, he fays, " will caufe thtm to Ihoot vigoroufly with one ftrong and ftraigbt flcm." There is one material objcftion againft fowing Chefnuts in drill?, which are well known to ferve as guides or condu6tor'3 to the licid- moufe, who will run from one end to the other of a drill without letting a fingle nut efcape her : we rather recommend fettuig them with a dibble, either promifcuoufly or a quincunx, at about fix inches diftance. Evelyn fays, that coppices of Chefnuts may be thickened by layering the tender young flioots ; but adds, that " fuch as fpring from the nuts and marrons are beft of all." There io a firiped-leaved variegation which is continued by budding ; and the French are faid to graft Chefnuts for their fruit ; but Mil- lar fays, fuch grafted trees are unfit for timber. The Chefnut will thrive upon almoft any foil which lies out of the water's way ; but difaftecSts wet moory land. See more of this tree under Woodlands. 3. The Dwarf Chesntut grows to about eight or ten feet high. The ftem is of a brown colour, and divides into feveral branches near the top. The leaves are of an oval, fpear-(haped figure, acutely ferrated, with a hoary cafl: on their under lide. The flowers come out in the fpring, in flender knotted catkins : They are of a greenifli-yellow colour, and are very feldom fucceeded by ripe feeds in England. This tree is hardy, and thrives bcft in a moill: foil and (hady fituation. The method of propagatixg the Dwarf Chefnut is from feeds, which \vc receive from America. Thefe fliould bf* planted in drills, as feon as they arrive, in a moiftiih bed of rich garden- mould. It the feeds are good, they will come up pretty foon in the fpring. After they appear, they will require no trouble, except jiceping them clean from weeds, and watering them in dry wea- ther. They may lland in the feed-bed two years, and be after- wards planted in the nurfery -ground, at a foot afunder and two feet diftance in the rows ; and here whea they are got ftrong plants, they will be fit for any purpofe. F R A X 72 f R A F R A X I N U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Tolygnmta Dloecla : Hermaphro-^ dite flowers and female flowers upon diftinft plants : the former containing two males and one female each ; the latter one piftil- jumonly; There are three Si'ecies< 1. Fraxinus Excrljior : The CoMMO>f Ash; a well-known tail deciduous tree j common thiour^hout England and moll parts of Europe. 2. Fraxinus Ornui : The Flov\'^ering Ash ; a low dcclduom tree ; native of Italy and other fouthern parts of Europe. 3. Fraxinus Americana ".• The American Ash , a loiv deci- duous tree ; native of Carolina and Virginia. I. The Common Ash is one of the loftiell: of our forcft-trccs. In a clofe grove and in a foil it affefts it lengthens out into a beautifully clean ftcm, and rifes to an aftonifliing height : But fianding lingly, it throws out large arms, forms a full fprcading head, and fwells out into a Hem proportionable : Mr. Maifiiam mentions a very flourifliing one, growing in Benel church-yard, three miles north of Dunbarton, in Scotland, which, in 1768, mea, fured, at five feet high, fixteen feet nine inches in circumference. The 1 aves of the Alli, too well known to require defcription, arc amongftthe laft which foliate in the fpring, and amongli: the finl which fall in autumn. This alone depreciates its value very much as an Ornamental^ efpccially near gardens and gravel-walks : and planted fingly or in hedges, it becomes an utter nuilance in the neighbourhood it Ibnds in : every hufbandman knows the injury it does to corn ; and there are few dairy-women who are not well acquainted with the evil efiedls of its leaves, in autumn, upon the produce of her dairy ; bclides, being large and nu- merous, they foul and mjiu-e the after-grafs by rottuig amongfl: it. Clofe groves are the only proper fituation for the Afn ; its ufes require a length and clcannefs of grain ; and it would be v.elL for the occupiers of land, and, indeed, for the community at large, if a feverc penalty was laid upon planting it in any other fituation. To enumerate the Ufes of the Afti would requi re a feparate volu me : in-this point of view it undoubtedly ftands nest to the Oak : The Farmer would find it difficult to carry on his bufiucfs without it : and, F R A 173 and, indeed, the cooper and the coach-maker would be equally at a lols with the vvheel-wright, fliould a Icarcity of Aih take place ; and we know of no fpecies of timber fo likely to be worn out in this country as the Afli. The juft complaints of the Hufbandman arc expelling it very properly from our hedges ; and we are concerned to fee, amongil the numerous plantations which have of late years been made, lb few uf this neceffat) tree : it is therefore more than probable that no tree will pay better for planting ; not, 1)C^^ t ver, in fmgle trees and hedge-rows, but in clofe plantations, in the manner which will be pointed out when we come to fpcak ge- neiailv of Woodlaxds. The method of propagating the Afli is from feeds; which are peculiarly prone to vegetation, and frequently catch under' or near the tree they are produced upon, from whence tolerable plants may Ibmctimcs be collected ; but in general they arc cither cropt by cattle, or are drawn up {lender and ill-rooted, and feldom make fo good plants as thofe railed by the gardtntr's affiflance in a prepared feed-b.-i. Evelyn directs us to gather the keys from a young thriving tree in O^lober or No- vember, and having laid them to dry, fow them " any time betwixt then and Chriftmas ; but not altogether fo deep as your former mafts." (meaning thofe of Beech, Hornbeam, &c.) *' Thus they do in Spain, from whence it were good to procure fome of the keys from their beft trees." He recommends the young plants' ilandlng two years in the femlnary, and cautions us, in removing them into the nurfery, " not to cut their head at all, which being young is pithy, nor by any means the fibrous part of the roots ; only that down-right or tap-root, which gives our hufbandmen fo much trouble in drawing, is to be totally abated ; but this work ought to be in the increafe of Odtobe.r or No- vember, and not in the fpring. We are, as I told you, willing to fpare his head rather than the lide branches (which v/hilll: young may be cut clofe) becauie being yet young, it is but of a fpungy fubflance ; but being once lixed, you may cut him as clofe to the earth as you pleafe ; it will caufe him to Ihoot prodigioully fo as in a few years to be fit for pike-ftaves." - " Young Afhes are fometimes in winter froll-burnt, black as coals ; and then to uie the knife is fealonable, though they do commonly recover o» themfelves fiovvly." He adds, " You may acceit rate their fprlng- ing by laying the keys in fand, and fome moift earth, Jlratum fuper 174 F R A Jufcrjlrahim ;" but does not fay that this preparation will caufe them to vegetate the firft fpring. Millar fays, " the feeds fcoaldbe fown as fooii as they are ripe, and then the plants win come up the following fpring ; but if the feeds be kept out of the ground till fpring, the plants will not come up 'till the year after." — " If they make good progrefs in the feed-bed, (he fays) they will be fit to tranfplant by the following autumn," — " as foon as their le aves begin to i^U." Great care (he fays) is neccifary in taking them up : they fhould not be drawn, but taken up with a fpade ; cleuring the whole bed at once, placing the larger together in rows, and the fmaller by themfelves. " The rows (hould be three feet afunder, and the plants a foot and a half diftance in the rows : in this nurfery they may remain two years, by which time they will be flrong enough to plant where they are to remain j for the younger they are planted the larger they will grow." Haneury is TCiy deficient upon the fubjcft of ralfing Aflics in the nurfery Turay : he does not even tell us the depth at which the keys are to be fown ; nor, except in general terms, when they are to be fown ; namely, " foon after they arc gathered." -—We beg leave, however, to differ from thefe three great authorities. In- Head of fowing the keys in autumn, prefently after they are gathered, we venture to recommend their being fown in the fpring, in the firft favourable opportunity in February or March ; for being fown in autumn fome few may, and in ge- aeral w^ill, vegetate the firft fpring, whilft much the greateft part will lis in the ground until the fpring following : the few that come up will be an incumbrance upon the beds, and will render the expence of clearing them the firft fummer unneceflTa- rily great ; whereas, on the contrary, if the fowing be deferred *till fpring, the hoc and rake will have free range over the beds, and the expence of cleaning them the firft fummer will be compa- ratively trilling. If the keys be well cured by fpreading them thin in an airy place, and keeping them turned for a few days after gathering, they may be kept in a heap (moving them now and then) until fpring, withfafcty. The depth proper for fowin"- Allien keys is from one inch to an inch and a bailor two inches, according to the ftiffnefs or the lightnefs of the foil of the feed- bed. It they be fown too deep in a clofc-tcxtured foil, thcv will he aot to be fmothered \ and if too ilullow in a porous one, the F R A 175 the drought has too much power over them, and they are liable tobediilurbed by the hoe and rake in clearing them the firft funi- mer after fowing. Upon the approach of the fecond fpring, the furface of the beds fliould be made as light and pulverous as poffible, in order to give to the embryo plants a free admiffion of air, and to facilitate their rifing : if part of the ftale mould be raked off, and a little frefli earth be lifted over in its Head, it will add conlidcrable vigour to the young plants ; which may be removed into the nurfery whenever the croudednefs of the beds, the ilrength of the plants, or the conveniency of the planter, may render it rcquifite. For raifing groves of Afli fee Woodlands. There are three Varieties of the Common Afa : The Sil- 'ver-Jiriped; the Gold-Jiripcd ; and the Tdloiv-coloured AJ}?, Thefc 'Varieties may be continued by ludding. Evelyn tells us, that " Afii may be propagated from a bough Jlipt off with fome of the old wood, a little before the bud fwells, but with difficulty by layers. The Afli will thrive in almoil any foil ; but delights moll in a moift fituation, fo that it ftand above the level of ftagnant water ; in marilies, half-drained bogs, and by the fides of rivers it flourifties extraordinarily, outgrowing even many of the aquatics themfelves. 2. The Flowering Ash. Of this fpecles there are two kinds or 'varieties: The Virginia Flo-xveritig AJJ? ^ — and the Divarf AJlo of Theophrajlus. The Virginia Flowering AJh when in blow is inferior in beauty to few of our flowering trees. It will grow to near thirty feet in height. The branches of this fort, in the winter, have nearly the fame appearance with the Common ; only they are, efpecially the youngefl:, more inclined to a black call : The buds alfo, which will begin to fwell in the autumn, are of that hue. The branches will not burn, when green, fo well as thefe of the Common Afli. The leaves are of a fine green, fmooth, ferrated, and con- fift of about three or four pair of folioles, placed a good way afunder along the mid-rib ; and they are ufually terminated by an odd one. The mid-rib is long, but not flraight ; fvvelling where the leaves, which fall off early in the autumn, come out. The flowers are white, produced in May, in large bunches, at the ends of the branches. Hanbury lays, " I have hadthis tree, the 176 F R A the fecond year from the bud, produce, on the leading fhoot, a tuft of flowers ; and although this is not common, yet, when it gets to be about ten feet high, alraoft every i>vig will be termi- nated with them. The flowers exhibit themfelves not in a gaudy drcfs, but in a loofe ealy manner, all over the tree, which, to- gether with the green leaves peeping from amongil this waite bloom, makes the appearance extremely plcaflng. I have never yet koovvn the flowers to be fucceeded by feeds." I>i\:arfAJhofTheophraJlm is, as the name import?, a low tree for the Afli tribe ; about fourteen or fifteen feet is the height it generally afpires to. The branches are fmooth, and of a darkifli green. The leaves arc pinnated, of a dark green, and fer- rated en the edg.'v, but proportionably fmnller than thofe of the Common Afli. The flowers of this fort make no flrow, though they are pofleflTed of the petals neccfi'aiy to complete a flower, which are denied the Common Afh. 3. American Ash. The varieties of this fpecies are, INIanna Afli, White Afli, Red Afli, Black Afli, and New-difcovered Afli. Manna AJh will grow to about twenty feet high. It will fometimes flioot eight feet the firfl: year from the bud, though it feldom Ihoots more than two feet in a fummer afterwards. The bark of the young (boots is fmooth, of a brownifli-grcen, and has a few greyifli fpots. The leaves are compofed ot four or five pair of folioles, placed on a fl^raight mid-rib ; they are of a fine plea- fant green, and more acutely and deeply fernitcd than any of the other forts. The flowers make no fliow : They are partly the colour of thofe of the Common Afli, and are produced, like them, early in the fpring, before the leaves appear. White AJh is fo called from the whitifli colour of the young branches in winter. They are fpotted all over with many white fpots, which makes their colour that of a lightiflr-grey. This fort will arrive to about thirty feet high ; and the branches are flrong, and produced in an irregular manner. The folioles which com- •ppfe the leaves are of a light green, and obtufely fawsd on the edges : They feldom conflil of more than three pair, with the ufual odd one, which has a long point ; and thefe are placed far afunder, on the inid-rib. Thefe leaves fall offearl y in the autumn, when they are of a light colour : This, together with the grey branches, make the tree have a whitifli look. The flowers are produced F R A 177 produced in the fprlng, and make no fliow. This fort is com- monly called the New-England Afli. Red AJh. The Red Afli is a ftronger fliooting tree than any of the former, the Common Afli excepted. The branches, which are fewer, are fmooth, and the young flioots are of a red- difli colour in the autumn. The leaves of this fort make the inoft noble figure of any of the others ; for although they ar6 feldom compofed of more than three pair of folloles, belides the odd one, yet thefe are exceedingly large, efpccially the odd one, which will be fometimes fix inches long, and three and an halt broad. The pair next it, alfo, will be fine and large ; though they diminifli in fize as they get nearer the bafe of the footftalk. Thefe folioles are diftinftly fawcd on their edges, are of a fine light-green during the fummer, and in the autumn die to a red colour ; from which circumllance, together with that of their red twigs, this fort takes the denomination of the Red Afli. It has its feeds very broad, and is commonly called the Carolina Afli. Black JJJ}} we receive from abroad by that name ; though it is difficult to fee the propriety of its being fo called. The colour of the flioots is nearly like that of the White Afli ; but they flioot ftronger, and promife to form a hirger tree* The leaves are large, and ribbed underneath ; of a very dark green, and die to a ftill darker in the autumn. The folioles are not fo large as thofe of the Red fort, but they (|U!t the tree about the fame time< The keys are very broad, and, when we receive them, of a blackilh colour. " New-difcovcrcd Jlji: 1 received from Penn^lvania, where it was difcovered grov/ing in the woods near Philadelphia. The keys are very fmall and flat, and come up in a fortnight after being fown. The young flioots of this fort are covered with the fame kind of bark as the White Afli, and the leaves nearly rcfemble thofe of the Black Afli, tho' they are not quite fo large." Haxbury. All the forts of foreign Aflies are eafily propagate b. i. By feeds, if they can be procured from abroad; We often have them in February ; and if they are fown dire-Waxex; a J01V deciduous Jhiub ; native of Englaii^l and Germany. 3. Genista Pihfa: The Branching Broom; a deciduous (hruh ; native of Hungary, Germany, and France. 4. Genista Angllca : The Dwarf English Broom, or Petty Whin; a deciduous Jhruh ; natural to moifl, heathy grounds in fevcral parts of England, 5, Genista GEN 179 t. Gexista GermiViica : The Prickly German Broom ; a lo-M deciduous Jhrub : n n about half aji inch deep ; aijd they will for the moll part come G L Y 183 .cotne up the RrCi fprin2^. If the fvimmer fliould prove drv, they mull be conitantly watered; and if Iliad e could be afforded them in the heat of the day, they would make ftvonger plants by the autumn. A careful attention to this article is peculiarly requilite ; for as the ends of the branches are often killed, if the young plant has not made fome progreis, it will be liable to be wholly dellroycd by the wiioter's froft, without protection : And this renders the fowing the feeds in a vvarm border, under an hedge, in a well-fhcltered place, neceflary ; for there thefe flirubs will endure our winters, even when feedlings, and fo will require no farther trouble j nay, though the tops fhould be nipped, they will flioot out again lower, and will foon overcome it. It will be proper to let them remain two years in the feed- bed, before they are planted out in the nurfery. The fpring is the bell time for the work. Their diftances (liould be one foot by two; the rows fhould be dug between every winter; and, being weeded in fummer, here they may remain, with no other particular care, until they are fet out to remain. Thefe trees ai-c late in the fpring before they es;hibit their leaves, but keep Ibootins: long in the autumn. GLYCINE. LixxEAN Clafs and Order, DlaJelphia Decandrla: Eacn flower contains ten males riling in two divilions, and one female- There are fourteen Species ; five of which have been enured to the open air of this country. 1. Glycine Frutefcens : The Carolina Kidx£y Beax 5 a climher ; native of Carolina and Virginia. 2. Glycixe Aplos : The Ash-leaved Milk-Vetch ; a climber ; native of Virginia. 3. Glycixe Tomeatnfa : The Climbixg Rest-Harrow; a duller ; native of Virginia. 4. Glycixe Comofa : The Maryland Kidxey Bean ; « climher ; natural to moift Ihady places in Virginia. 5. Glycine Monoica: The Virginia Glycine; a climber j native of moid Ihady places in Virginia. N 4 I. Caro- j84 G L Y I. Carolina Kidney Bean does not rife by tlie affirtance of clafpcrs, but by the twining branches, which na- turally twift round any adjacent tree ; nay, if trees are ten feet or more diftance from the root of the plant, its branches, being too weak to fupport themfelves, will trail along the ground until they reach thefe trees, and then they will twine their branches with theirs, and arrive to a great height : Indeed, whpre treps are near at hand, and they begin by the firft fpring-? fhoot tp twift about them, they will twine up to them to the height of near twenty feet. This climber is poflefled of noble large pinnated leaves, very much like thofe of liquorice. The follples are about three pair in number, arranged on their com- mon mid-rib, and they always end with an odd one. Their colour is for the moft part of a lightifli hoary caft, with a blueifh tinge. The flowers are very large and ornamental ; Their colour is that of a blueilh purple, and their general cha- rafters indicate their itructure. They are produced from the wines of the leaves, in July and Auguft ; and are fucceedcd by long pods, like Kidney Beans, This line climber is calily propagated, i. By feeds, if ^here is n convcnipncy of procuring them from abroad ; for they never ripen with vis. In the Ipring, as foon as we receive them, they fliould be fown, in fine beds of light fandy earth, half an inch deep. They will readily come up, and all fumm.er muft have frequent waterings ; and if the beds be fhadcd in hot weather, it will be the better. In winter the beds fhpuld be hooped, and covered with mats in frofty weather : And in fpiing the ftrongeft may be drawn out, which will thin the bed, and make way for the others, which fliould ftand until the next fpring. Plants thus drawn fliould be fet in the nurfery, at fmall diftances, and in a year or twQ after, they will be good plants for any place where they are wanted. 2. This plant is alio eafily encreafed by layers j for if the young fhoots oi the preceding fummer be laid in the ground in the autumn, by the autumn following they will have ftruck root ; Tvhen the beft-rooted and ftrongeft layers may be planted out to ftand where they are wanted, whilft the weaker, or thofe with hardly any root, may be fet in the nurfery, like the feedlings, to cain ftrength, " "^ 2, The i G L Y 185 2. The Ash-leaved Milk-Vetch will twine from fix to twelve feet high, according to the nature of the foil ; for in a rich fat mould it will grow near double the length it will in a foil of an oppofitc nature. The ftalks die to the ground eveiy autunin : and in the fpring new ones are illued forth from the roots, which are compofed of many knobs, that encreafe in number, the longer the plant is fuffered to remain. The leaves fomewhat refemble thofe of the Afli-tree, being pinnated almofl: in the fame manner. The foUoles, which conlifl: of three pair befides the odd one, are of an oval lanceolate fliape ; and being arranged oppofite along the mid-rib, and terminated with a finglc one, form a fine leaf. The flowers are produced from the fides of its twining ftalks, in Auguft. They grow in fmall fpikes, are of a reddilh colour, and being of the butterfly or pea-blof. fomed kind, make a pretty good fliow. Thefe flowers are fometimes fucceeded by pods, which never perfect their feeds with us. 3. Climbing Rest-Harrow is but a low plant for a climber, feldom arifing higher than five feet. The ftalk dies to the ground every autumn ; and the lofs is repaired bv a natural fuccelfion prefented from the root every fpring. The leaves arc tritoliate and very downy. Every one knows the beauty that arifes from leaves of an hoary nature, amongll: the vai'ety of greens of different tinges. The flowers are of the pea-bloom kind, and are produced in Ihort bunches, in June and July, from the fides of the ftalks. They are of a yellow colour, and, though they are rather fmall in proportion, are very beauti- ful. They are fucceeded by pods, in which two feeds only are contained, and which will be ripe with us in September. 4. The KiDNEV Bean Plant of Maryland has a flender, annual, twining ftalk, which will arife to be three or four feet high. The leaves are trifoliate, and fit clofe to the fialks. They are hair}', and 'he fo Holes are of an oval lanceolate ftiape ; and being of a good green, make the whole ornamental enough. But the greateft ornament this plant receives is from the flowers, which are alfo of the pea-bloom kind, and are of a clear blue. They are produced in June, from the fides of the ftalks, in fine recurved iS6 G L Y recurved bunches ; and thcfe are fucceedcd by pods, which wiH have ripe feeds in Augull or September. 5. The ViRGiiViAM Glycine will arife with its Header branches to a degree hit^her than the other. The italks are hairy, and the leaves with which they are ornamented are trifoliate and naked. The flowers are produced from the fides of the llalks, in June and July. They grow in pendulcnt bunches, and are alfo of the butterfly kind. They are very beautiful, and each exhibits a variety of colours ; for the wings and the keel are white, vvhilft the flandard is of a pale violet colour. Thefe flowers are fucceeded by comprelTed half-rounded pods, hang- ing by lengthened peduncles ; and the feeds will often be ripe in September. All thefe forts are propagated by the feeds ; and this may be in the places where they are to remain, or in warm well-flKlter- edbeds, or in pots, to be houfedfor the firfl winter, if it fliould prove fcvere. They will very readily come up ; and if they are fown in the open ground, th€ beds fliould be hooped at the approach of winter, to be covered with mats, in cafe it fliould prove bad. It will be proper to plunge thofe fown in pots, im- mediately after, up to the rims in the natural mould ; this will keep them cool and moill : At the approach of hard trolls, they may be removed in:o the greenhoufe ; and in fpring may be turn- ed out into the places where they are defigned to remain. Thofe in the beds, alfo, fliould be tranfplanted to fuch places : Their after-ir.anagement will be only to part the roots about every three or four years ; and by this method alfo they may be all cncrcafed. The fpring is the beft time for parting the roots ; and by this way they may be multiplied fail: enough. As to the firfl fort, this method is chiefly pra£lifed for its propagation, as it G U I L A N D I N A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, DecanJria Monogynla : Each flower contains ten males and one female : There are live Species : one of which will ftand our winter. GuiLAKDixA Dioica : The Canada Nickar-Tree ,■ a deci- duous tree or Jhruh ; native of Canada, The Canada Nickar. Tree. The ftem is ere(£l, firm, often twenty feet high, and fends forth feveral branches, which are covered with a fmooth, bluifh, afft-coloured bark. The leaves are bipinnated ; and the folioles are large, fmooth, en- tire, and ranged alternately on the mid-rib. The flowers appear in July or Auguil ; but are very rarely fucceeded by feeds ia England. This fpecies is propagated, 1. By feeds, which mufl be procured from the places where the tree naturally grows. The feeds are very hard, and often lie two years before they make their appearance ; fo that if they are fown in common ground, the beds muft all the time be kept clean from weeds. In the autumn it will be proper to ftir the furface of the mould, but not fo deep as to diflurb the feeds. In the fpring the plants ivill come up : All fummer they muft be kept clean from weeds, watered in dry weather, and in the autumn the flrongeft may be planted out in the nurfery, at the ufual diftance, while the weakeft may remain another year in the feed-bed to gain flreiigth. The feeds alfo may be fown in pots, and plunged into a hot-bed : This will bring the plants up the firft fpring. After i8S HAM After they make their appearance, they mufl: be hardened by degrees to the open air. z. This tree may likewilc be pro- pagated by layers. Thefe muft be the fmaller fhoots of the lafl year's wood. The operation muil be performed by making a flit, as is pracliftd for carnations ; and the beft time for the bufinefs is the autumn. 3. By cutting the root, alfo, this t\ee may be encreafed. In order to this, bare away the earth from the top of the root ; then with the knife cut off fome parts of it, leaving them Hill in the ground, and only direding their ends upwards : Then cover the whole down lightly with mould. The parts that have been feparated will flioot out from the ends, and come up as fuckers all round the tree. If dry iveather fliould happen, you will do well to water them all the fuinmer ; and in the autumn they may be removed to the place where they are dcfigned to remain ; which ought always to be in a light dry foil, in a well-flicltercd place. HAMAMELIS. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, T'etra?nlria Digynia : Each flower contains four males and two female : There is only one Species : Hamamelis Virginica : The Dwarf Hazel; a lonu dc ciduous Jhruh \ native of Virginia. The t)wARF Hazel is a fluub of about four feet in growth, and will conftitute a variety among other trees, though there is no great beauty in it, except what is afforded by the leaves. Thefe ;ire placed on the branches, which are numerous and flender, in an alternate manner, and much referable thofe of our Common Hazel, that are known to all. The flowers make no Ihow ; but perhaps the time of their appearing, which happens in winter, in November or December, when they will be pro- duced in clufters from the joints of the young flioots, may make the plant defirable to fome perfons. Nothing far her need be iaid to tlie gardener concerning this flirub, which ature feems to J H E D i^ to have defigned for the ftrifter eye of the botanift ; fo that we Ihall proceed to its cuhure. It is PROPAGATED, I. By feeds, which mull be procured from America, for they do not ripen here. An eafterly border, well defended from the north and weflerly winds, is beft for their re- ception ; for thcfe plants, when feedlings, are rather tender ; when older, they are hardy enough. They will grow in almoft any kind of good garden-mould, made fine; and they fhould be covered about half an inch deep. They will not come up before the fecond, and fometimes the third fpring. 2. This tree may alfo be PROPAGATED by layers ; fo that whoever has not the conveniency of procuring the feeds from abroad, having obtained a plant or two, may encreafe them this way. The operation ftiould be performed on the twigs of the preceding fummer's flioot : Thefe fliould be flit at the joint, and a bit of chip, or fomething, put in to keep the flit open. If thefe ftools ftand in a moillifli place, which thefe flirubs naturally love, and are layered in the autumn, they will have fliot root by the autumn following ; and may be then either planted out in the nurfery, or where they are to remain. H E D E R A. LiXNEAN Clafs and Order, Pcntandria Monogynia : Eacb flower contains five males and one female : There are only two Species : I. Hedera Felix : The Common Ivy ; a well-known ever' green climber ; native of England and moft parts of Europe. Hedera ^i?iquefoUa : The Deciduous Ivy, or the Vir- ginian Creeper; a deciduous climber ; native of Virginia and Car^ada. I. The Common Evergreen Ivy. Befides the genuine fpecies there are three varieties : namely, the yellow-berried Ivy ; the Gold-flrlped Ivy ; and the Silver-ftriped Ivy. The 190 BED The Common Ivy is well known all over England, and how naturally it either trails on the ground, or rifes with walls or trees, ftrikin? its roots all iilong the fides of the branches for its fupport. It chiefly delights in old houfes or walls , and when it has taken pofielfion of any outfide of the outer buildings, will foon cover the whole. It will make furprifing progrefs when it reaches old thatch ; and will foon, if unmolefted, climb above the chimney itfclf. Neither are old houfes or walls what it chiefly likes to g 'ow on ; for it will ftrike its roots even into the bark of trees. But above all, it chiefly affeels old rotten trees or dodderels ; for thcfe it will almoll cover, and rear its head with a woody ftem above the trunk, and will produce flowers and fruit in "-re .t plenty. There, as well as on the fides of old walls and buihv .:.3, it becomes a habitation for owls and other birds. The ufefulaefs ^ f Ivy, then, in Gardening, is to over-run caves, grottos, old ruit.s, &c. to which purpofe this plant is excellently adapted ; and were it not for its comraonnefs, it would be reckoned inferior t3 few evergreens ; for the older grey llalks look well, w hilft the younger branches, which are covered with a fmooth bark of a fine green, are very beautiful. The leaves, aifo, arc of a fine ilrong green, are large and bold, and make a variety among themfelves ; for fomc are compofed of lobes, vvhilft others are large, and of an oval figure. The flowers are nothing extraordinary, unlefs it be for the figure in which thev grow. This is ftricTtly the Cory?nbus\ and all flowers growing in fuch bunciies are called by Botanilts Corymbofe Flowers. The fruit that fucceeds them, however, Is verv beautiful : for bern^ black, and growing in this round regular order, and alfo conti- nuing on all winter, it makes the tree Angular, and, were it not for its commonnefs, defirable. It is obfcrvable, if Ivy has no fupport, but is left to creep along the ground only, it feldom fl.;vvrs ; but having taken pofleffion of rails, hedges, trees, or buildings, iTom thefe it fends out woody branches, which pro- duce the i^nvers and fruit. The Tellozv-la-ried Ivy differs from the Common Ivy in that its berries are yellow. It grows common in the iftands of the Arrh'.pelago ; andis at prefcnt rare with us. TKn\% th^HeJera Poetica of old authors. The I H E D 191 The GoIeJ-Jiripcd Ivy is the Common Ivy with yellow- blotched leaves ; though it is obfervablc, that this fort has very little inclination to trail along ths g^round, or up trees or buildings, as it naturally riles with woody branches, and lorms itfcll' into a bufhy head : So that this fort may be planted amongft variegated trees, or evergreens, as a fhrub. Let it be fet where it will, it is very beautiful ; for the leaves will be a mixture of yellow and green ; and fomctimes they will have the appearance of being all yellow, thereby cabling a very fingular and flriking look at a diftancc. The Sih'er-friped Ivy is a variety of our Common fort, though the branches are naturally more flender. The leaves alfo are fmaller j and of all the forts this creeps the clofell: to walls or buildings, or is of ftrength fufficient to form its ligneous branches, when got to the top, to any head. " This plant (continues Hax- EUR Y, with whom it feems to be a very great favourite) is of all others to be planted againft walls for ornament ; for its leaves are very finely ftriped with llreaks of fiiver, and the fets bein^- firfl planted at fmall diitances, will foon cover them all over, fo as to have a delightrul look. A more beautiful ornament to a wall cannot be conceived, than what belongs to a wall of Charles Morris, Efq. of Loddington. It confifts of thefe plants, which kaving firlf taken properly to the ground, and afterwards to the mortar-joints, have to over-fpread the furface as to be a fight, of the kind, fuperior to any I ever beheld ; and I am perfuaded thei-e are few people of tafte, who had feen any rhin"- of this nuurc, but would be induced to have the like, even an-ainft their choicefl walls. And here let it always be remembered, that whereas our Common Green Ivy is to hide and keep from view all old and unfighrly walla, fo the Silver-flriped Ivy is to orna- ment all walls, even thofe of the fmeil furface." • 2. The Deciduol'3 Amfrican' Ivy is a real fp:cics of the Hedera. It flieds its leaves in the autumn ; and will fprcad itfclf over pales, walls, buildings, &c. in a very little time. It puts forth roots at the joints, which faftcn into mortar of all forts; fo that no plant is more proper than this to hide the unfiahtly furface of an old barn end, or any other building which cannot bs concealed from the view by trees bein^ planted at fome diftance ; Ig2 H i B diftance ; as in one year it will fhoot often near twenty feet, and, let the building be ever fo high, will foon be at the top of it. The bark on the flioots is fmooth, and of a brown colour ; and the buds in the fpring, as they arc beginning to open, will be of a fine red. The leaves are large and well-looking. Each is com- pofed of five fmaller, which are ferrated at their edges. Their common foot-italk is proportionably Itrong, and they die to a fine red in the autumn. All the forts are to be propagated by cuttings ; for thefe being fet any time in the winter, in almoft any foil, will flrike root by the autumn following ; and if they are permitted to re- main another year, they will then be ftrong plants, fit to be fet out for good. The Common Ivy is alfo to be raifcd from feeds. HIBISCUS. LiNKEAN Clafs and Order MoTieddphia Polyaiidrla : Each flower contains numerous males and one female ; the males being joined together at the bafe. There are thirty-feven Species ; one of which adds great beauty to our grounds and flirubberies, in autumn. Hibiscus Syriaacs : The Althea Frutex, o the Syria^k Mallow, or the Syrian Hibiscus ; a decldimis Jhruh ; native of Syria. The Althea Frutex, or the Syrian Hibiscus. Of this fpccies there are feveral varieties : The Wlpite Althea Frutex, Red-Jl(nverijtg Althea Frutex> Tello'M-fio'Mering Althea Frutex, Pule P u-rple-Jlovjering Althea Frutex » Veep Purple Althea Frutex* Ail H E D 193 All thefe, though fuppofed to be only forts of one fpecics of Hiby'cus, aftbrd wonderful varieties to the gardener. They will •^rovv to the height of about fix feet. Their branches are not very numerous ; they are fmooth, and of a whltifti colour. The leaves are of a plcafant green, and grow on fhort footftalks, irre- gularly on the branches. They are of an oval, fpear-fhaped figure, ferrated at the edges, and many of them are divided at the top into three diftinft lobes. The flowers have longer fcot- ftalksthan the leaves, and come out from the fiues of the young llioofs with them ; infomuch that the young flioots are often garniftied with them their whole length. The Common Mallow produces not a bad flower, did not its comraonnefs render it unnoticed. The flowers of thcie fpecies fomewhat referable it in fhape, but by far exceed it both in fize and Iplendor of co- lour ; and each has a greater variety ; infomuch that though they arc termed Red, White, Purple, &c. from the colour of the upper part of the petals, yet the lower part of all of them is very dark, and feems to {hoot out in rays in directions towards the extremity of each petal. Augurt is the month we may expcft to Lc entertained with this bloom; though in ftarvedcold foils, the flowers rarely ever appear before Septcmberi This beautiiul fluub may be propagAted by two method;;. I. By feeds, which" we receive from abroad. Thefe fliould be Ibwn in a bed ot light fandy earth ; and if it is not naturally fo, drift fund mult be added ; and if fomc old lime-rubbilh, beat to powder, be alfo mixed with it, it wil! be the better. Having worked them all together, and made the bed fmooth and fine, the feeds fliould be covered about a quarter of an inch deep. The iituation of this bed mufl be in a warm well-flieltered place, that the young plnnts may hot fuffer by frofts the firft winter. Any time in March will do for the work ; and in about fix weeks the young plants will come up. In the heat of fummer, it will be proper to fliade them ; and if conflant waterings are afforded them in dry weather, they will acquire greater ftrcngth and vi- gour by the autumn. At the beginning of November, befides the natural flielterof thefe beds, it will be proper to prick furze- buflies atalittlediftance all around, to break the keen edge of the black frofl;s, which othcr.vife would deftroy rnany- of them the flrfr winter: After that, they will be hardy enough for our fc- -c-rcll weather. They fliould \x-..v\\ in thefe fied-bids tuovr.;'-, r Chifs and Order, Polyaiklphla Polyandrla : Each flower contains many males and about three females ; the males being joined at the bale in many lets : There are forty SrtciEb; two of which are proper for ornamental ilirubbcries, 1. Hypericum HircUiujei : The Shkubby St.John'j Wort, or theSriNKlNGor Goat-scented St. John's Wort ; a decL duous Jhruh -y grows naturally by the fides of rivers in Sicily, Calabria, and Crete. 2. Hypericum Canarienfe : The Canary St. John's Wort; a deciduous jhruh \ native of the Canaries. 1. The Shrubby St. John's Wort. Of this there arr feveral varieties. The Common is a beautiful flirub, near tour feet in height. The branches are fmooth, of a light brown, and come out oppofite by pairs from the fide of the urongcft italks - and thefe alfo fend torth others, which alternately point out diljt ferent directions . The leaves arc of an oblong, ovai fi^a^re grov^- oppofite by pairs, and fit very clofe to the ftaiks. Thefc bcint- biuifed, emit a very ftrong difagreeable fccnr. The tlouers ai e yellovy, and make a good fliow in June and Julvj for they will be produced in fuch clufters, at the ends of the young flioot-- that the flirub will appear covered wiih them. They are fuc- ceeded by oval black-coloured capfulcs, containing ripe feeds in the autumn. There, is a ntarlety of this fpecies, which will grow to be eirht feet high ; The fialks are ilrong, the leaves broad, and the flowers Urge ; and being produced in great plenty, caufcs it to be a valuable flirub for the plantation. There is another varictr with variegated leaver which is admired by thofe who are fond • of fuch kinds of plants. There is allb a variety difpoflefled of the difagreeable fmell, v/hich caufcs it to be preferred by many on that account. 2. The Canary St. John's Wort is a flirub of about fix or feven feet high : The branches divide by p.jlr., and the Ipaves, which are of an oblong figure, grow oppolite by palr>, without any footifalks. The flowers come out in clulters from the ends of the branches : They are of a bright yellow, have *-' 3 rumpyous 198 J A S numerous ftamina, which are fhortcr than the petals, and three ftyles. They appear in July and Auguft, and are iucceeded by oval roundifti capfules, containing the feeds. No art need be ufed in propagating thcfe fhrubs ; for, i. Having obtained a plant or two of each, they will afford encreafc enough by fuckers. Having ftood about three years, the whole p{ each plant fnould be taken up, and the fuckers and ffips \vith roots that this may be divided into, may reafonnbly be fuppofed to be twenty in number. The ib-ongclt of thefe nray be planted where they are to remain, while the weaker may be fet out in the nurfery to gain ftrciigtti. 2. Thcfe flirubs may alfo be propagated by feeds, which ripen well with ur, and will Gomc up with common care ; nay, they will often Ihed their feeds, which will come up without fowing, efpecially the laft fort. J A S M I N U M. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Diamlria Monogynia : Each flower contains two males and one female : There are fix Species ; three of which are hardy enough for our purpofe. 1. Jasminu?.! OJjlcinale : The Common White Jasmine ; a dcdduoui jhruh or climber ; native of India. 2. Jasmixum Frutica7is : The Common Yellow Jas- mine ; a deciduous fcruh or climher ; native of the South of Europe, and of the Eaft. 3. JAi>t.\iNV>: Humilc : The Italian JacMi.ve ; a deciduous Jhruh or climher] native of Italy, I. The Common White Jasmines have ufually been planted againft v.'iUfs, .&c. for the branches being llender, weak, and piihy, by fuch alliftance they have arrived to a good height ; though this fhrub is not the nioft eligible for that purpofe, as its branches, which are numerous, are covered with a brown dirty-looking bark, and;r.iibrd flicker for fnails, fpiders, and other iafefts, \yh;:h ii> witucr,. when the leaves are fallen, will J A S 199 give them an unfigluly look ; and if they are clipped and kept up to the wall, as the tiowers are produced from the ends and wino-s of the Ihoots, thefe muft of courfe be flieared off ; fo that little bloom will be found, except what is at the top of the tree. It is not meant, however, to dilFuade thofe people who are fond of it from planting it againll walls : It naturally i-eq jin 3 fup- port, though attended with thofe defefts. It may neveithelefs be planted among fhrubs in the flirubbery, to appear to great advantage. It fhould keep company with the lower kinds of ftirubs ; and whenever the branches grow too high to fuftain themfelves without nodding, and difcover their rufty ftems, thefe Ihould be taken off from the bottom. There will always be a facceliion of young wood ; and thefe young flioots, which are covered with a fmooth bark, of a delightful green colour, alfo exhibit the leaves and bloom. The leaves are pinnated, and very beautilul : They grow oppofite by pairs ; and the folioles are ufually three pair in number, befides the odd one with which each leaf is terminated. They are all of a dark ftrong green colour, are pointed, and the end one is generally the largeft, and has its point drav/n out to a greater length. The flowers are produced from the ends and joints of the branches, during moil of the fummer months : They are white, and very fragrant ; but are fucceeded by no fruit in England. There is a ^jariety of this fort with yellow, and another with white ftriped leaves. 2. The Yellow Jasmine is often planted againft walls, pales, &c. as the branches arc weak and flender ; and it will grow to be ten or tv/elve feet high, if thus fupported. It may, however, be planted in flirubbery-quarters, in the fame manner as the other. The young fhoots are of a fine flrong green co- lour, angular, and a little hairy. The leaves are trifoliate, though fometimes they grow lingly : They are placed alternate- ly on the branches, are of a thick confidence, Imooth, and of a fine deep green colour. Thefe leaves, in wcU-flieltered places, remain until the fpring before they fall off* fo that this plant may not improperly be'ranked among evergreens, eipeciaily as the young fhoots are always of a ftrong green. The flowers are yellow, and do not poflefs the fragrance of the preceding fpecies : They are produced in June, and the blow is foon over ; but tfeey are fucceeded by berries, which, when ripe, are black. O 4 ^ Thefe aoo J A S Thefe have occafioiicd this fort to be called by fome perfons tht Berry -bearing Jafmine. 3. The Italian Jasmine is, of all the forts, bell adapted to a flirubbery, becaufe it lofes part of its beauty if nailed to a wall. It is naturally of lower growth, and the branches arc flronger, fewer in number, able to fupport themfelves in an up- right pofition, and are angular. The bark is fmooth, and of a fine deep green colour. The leaves grow alternately : They are chiefly trifoliate, though fonne pinnated ones are found upon this flirub. The folioles are fmooth, and of a fine ftrong green : Tliey are much broader than the preceding forts, and often continue till fpring before they drop ofi'; fo that this Ihrub, on account of the beautiful green colour of the young flioots, might have a place among evergreens. The flowers are yellow,, and much larger than thofe of the other forts : They are pro- duceii in July, and are fometimes fucceeded by berries ; but thefe feldom if ever come to perfeftion. This fpccics is very hardy, and has grown in the mofl expolcd places, rclilling the fevereft frofls for many years. Lit\le need be faid concerning the propagation of thefe plants ; for they will all grow by layers or cuttings ; fo that if cither way be purfucd in the winter, you will have plenty of plants by the autumn follovv'ing. The cuttings, however, muft have a moift good foil, and fliould be fliaded and watered as the hot weather comes on, the beginning of fummer. The Common Yellow Jafmine may be propagated by the feeds ; but it naturally fends forth fuch plenty of fuckers as to render it needlefs to take any other rnethod for its encreafe j for thefe being taken oft', will be good plants ; nay, if it is planted in borders, they muft be annually taken for ufe, or thrown away, or they will oyerfpvead every thing that grows near them. The Yellow and White ihiped-leaved Jafmines are propagated by grafting, budding, or inarching, into flocks of the Common White : They are rather tender, efpecially the White, therefore mufl have a warm fituation. The Ycllow-ftriped is the moll common and letiit beautiful, and may be ejacreafed by layers nnd cuttings, like the plain forr. ILEX. I L E aoi ILEX. LrN'yEAV Clafs and Order, Tetrandrla Teiragyjila : Each flower contains four males and four females : There are three Species ; one of Europe, one of Alia, and one of America : the laft has been introduced Into our gardens and flirub- beries, making with our own Holly two fpecles. 1. Ilex AiiuifoUu7n : The Common Holly, or the Euro- pean Holly; a well known e'vergreen tree or Jhrui i native of moil parts of Europe, particularly of England. 2. Ilex Cajfmc : The American Holly, or the Dohoo» Holly ; an evergreen tree or Jhruh ; native of Carolina. I. The European or Common Holly will grow to thirty or forty feet high, with a proportionable ftcm. In its natural foil and iituation, namely, a high, chalky, marly, or limeftonc loam, the Hem frequently Ihoots up naked and filvery, fix or eight feet high, fupporting a clofe, fnug, elliptical head : This may be called its tree Hate. But the Holly, almoft as frequently, puts on a very different appearance ; feathering from the ground and rifing with an irregular, loofe, elegant outline ; forming one of the moft Ortiamental evergreens which nature has furniflied us with. What renders it in this point of view peculiarly valuable,— it is not only highly ornamental in finglets or groups ftanding in the open air, but will fiouriHi with great beauty under the fliade and drip of the more lofty deciduous tribes. Belides, the blufliing fruit of the Holly renders it moll ornamental at a time when the face of nature is in a manner diverted of every other ornament : In this light it is fuperior to the Box ; and, indeed, taken all in all, the Holly is un. doubtedly entitled to take rank amongft the firft clafs of Orna- mentals. In refpecl of Utility^ the Holly gives place to the 3ox ; except for the purpofe of hedges, and for this purpofe it Hands unrivalled 3 — but of this under the Article Hedges. Its wood, however, is in good cfteem among the inlayers and turners ; it is the ■-Mbifefi of all woods ; its colour approaching towards that of Ivory, The 202 I L E The PROPAGATION of the Holly is principally from feeds. Evelyn tells us that young feedlings, colleded from the woods, and planted in a nurfery, in a few years will m^ke tolera- ble plants. Millar. Hiys, the feeds" never come up the firft year J but lie in the ground as the Haws do: therefore the berries fhould be buried in the ground one year, and then taken up and fowu at Michaelmas, upon a bed expofed only to the morning fun ; the following fpring the plants will i^ppear."— *' In this feed-bed, he fays^ the plants may remain two years ; and then fliould be tranfplanted in the autumn, into beds at about fix inches afunder, where they may fland two years longer, during which time they muiV be conflantly kept clean from weeds ; and if the plants have thriven well, they will be flrong enough to tranfplant where they are defigned to remain ; for when they are tranfplanted at that age, there will be left danger of their failing, and they will grow to a larger fize than thofe which are removed when they are much larger." — He alfo tells us, " the beft time for removing Hollies is in autumn, efpecially in dry land ; but where the foil is cold and molll:, they may be tranfplanted with great fafety in the fpring; if the plants are not too old, or have not flood long unremoved ; for if they have, it is great odds of their growmg when re- moved." Hanbury differs with Millar in regard to fow- ing : he thinks the bell way is to fow them as foon as they are ripe, and then, he fays, " they will undoubtedly come up the fpring twelvenipnth following." — " However, he adds, if the feeds have been buried, let them be taken up in Oftober ; and having fomc fine light foil for the feminary, let them be fown half an inch deep, and carefully covered from the mice." He recommends, when the feedlings arc two years old, that •' in the fpring they fhould be taken out of the beds and planted in the nurfery in rows, a foot afunder, and two feet diftance be- tween the rows. Here they may fland until they are of a fufii- cient fizc to be finally planted out." He follows jNIillar as to the time of tranfplantlng ; recommending autumn if the land be naturally dry : but if of a moift nature, he fays, " the planter need not be very anxious about the time of the winter in which he makes his plcint;itions of Hollies." It is fomcwhat ex tr Inordinary that men, praftical as Millar ai;id Haneury ur.doubtedTy I L E 203 undoubteJIy were, fliauld not have been acquainted with the proper time of removing fo prevalent and fo ufeful a plant as the Holly : ana it is ilill more remarkable, that the profeffional nunerymen ot the prefent day lliould, in general, be involved in the fame darkncfs. Spring is the very worft time for per- forming this buiinefs ; winter and autumn may be fomewhat more eligible ; bat Summer is of all others the moft proper feafon for tranfplanting the Holly. At this tim.e of the year, if the plants be young and well rooted, ij: matters not niuch how dry the foil is ; for they will, notwithftanding, flicceed with great certainty. Millar neverthelefs is right in faying that large Hollies which have not lately been moved are diffi- cult to tranfplant ; more efpecially fuch as have flood in a thicket, or un'ier the fliade of other trees. If, however, even thefe be taken up with with good roots, together with a large quan- tity of native mould adhering to them ; their heads lefTened by pruning them in the conoidic manner, and be planted during the lummer months in a well-tempered paile, agreeably to the di- redions givA under the Article Transplanting, fuccefs, though it cannot be infured, may with great probability be ex- pecled. Thus far the Common Holly j — which will be refumed 3gain under the Article Hedges. But belides the genuine fpecies, there are of the European Holly almoft endlefs 'varieties : Millar mentions fome eight or ten ; and Hanbury enumerates upwards of forty ! Five of them are fufficiently diftincl to merit feparate defcriptions ; the reft, diftinguifhed chiefly by the variegation or mottled appearance of their refpedive leaves, would only form a long lift of uncouth names, wholly uninterefting upon paper, how elegant foeve; they themfelves may appear in a group of Evergreens, The Smooth-leaved Holly. The Green-leaved Yellow-bcrricd Holly. The Box-leaved Holly. The Hedge-Hog Holly. The Saw-leaved Holly. The Smooth-lca'ved Holly rcfembles in general appearance the Common fort. Of the two it feems to be the ftrongell fliooter, and bids fair for the largefl: growing tree. The leaves are nearly oval, and mofi: of them arc entirely free from prickles, only they end 204 I L E end in acute points. Tliis fort is commonly called the Carolina Smooth-leaved Holly : But it is a native of England, and ii found growing amongft the others in many parts. The Grecn-ka'ved Tello-M-berried Holly differs in no refpeft from the Common Holly, only the berries :;re yellow ; and as this tree produces berries in plenty, which are thought by moil people to be uncommon and curious, this fort, on their account, is deferv- ingofa place, either in fmall or large gardens, in flirubbery- quarters, or plantations of any kind. The Box-leaved Holly has but little claim to be fo called ; for though fome of the leaves be fmall, pretty free from prickles, and nearly oval, yet there will be fo many nearly as prickly as the Common Holly as to merit no claim to that appellation. The leaves, however, are fmall ; and by them, on that account, the chief va- riety is occafioned. The Hedge-Hog Holly has the herders of the leaves armed with ftrong thorns, and the furface befet with acute prickles, a little xefembling thofe of an hedge-hog, which gave occafion to this fort being fo called by the Gardeners. This, together with the Striped forts of it, is juuly ranked among our Hollies of the firft rate. The Saiv-leavcd Holly is a kind very different from any of the ether forts. The leaves are of the ordinary length, but very narrow-, and of a thick fubllance. Theii- edges arc formed into the likenefs of a faw; though they are not very fliarp and prickly. This is a very fcarcc and valuable Holly, and is by alt admired. Tliefe fix forts of thcmfelvcs form a Colk(f>ion truly valuably to our evergreen ornamental plantations ; if the variegated ibrts are alfo to have a place, which they may properly enough, we introduce then a frefli Collection, which for varietv and beauty far exceeds not cnly the variegated forts belonging to any one genus, but perhaps all the vu negated forts of trees and flirubs put together. But let us proceed to the culture of thefe forts. We have already ihewn how the Common EngliUi Holly mav be raifed from the berry. That method is to be praftifed, and plenty of that fort may be raifed. Thcfc arc to be flocks, on which I L E 20j which the others are to be buaded or grafted : for though they will take by layers, yet plants railed that way are of little or no value.; and if the berries of the variegated forts be fown, the plants will come up plain, and be our Common Engllfli Holly (tho' from Hedge-Hog berries plants of the Hedge -Hog Holly are frequently railed). By grafting or budding, then, thefe forts muit be propagated ; and for this purpofe young flocks mull be raifcd of the Common Holly, as has been already di reded. After thefb have flood two years in the feed-bed, they fliould be taken up, have their roots fliortcned, and be planted out in the nurlery, a foot afunder, in rows at two feet diflance. The fummcr 1 - lowing they will probably make few Ihoots ; but the fummer after that, they will fhoot flrongly ; and when the operation is to ht performed by grafting, thefe will be proper flocks for the purpofe by the fpring following. The firfl week in March is a good time for the work. Whip-grafting is the method to be pra£lifed ; and it mull be performed on the young wood, namel}-, on that of the preceding fummer's flioot. The cions being cut true and even, and well jointed to the flock, many of them will grow ; and this is a very good method of encreafmg thefe trees. They may alfo be multiplied at pleafure by inoculation. This operation is bell performed about ten days after Midfuramer, in cloudy weather ; and for want of this, evening fliouId be the time : and if much work is to be done, morning too may be added ; nay, it may be practifed all day in the hotteft feafons, with tolerable fuccefs ; but this is never fo eligible, unlefs when the multiplicity of work obliges us to lofe no time. The young wood of the preceding fummer's flioot is proper for the purpofe ; and the operation is to be performed in the ufual way. In the autumn the bands fhould be loofed, and in the fpring the flocks drefled up, and headed two or three inches above the bud ; the buds will be as early in fliooting out as any of the fhoots of the growing trees, and will foon become good plants for any place. 2. The DoHOoN Holly is an American plant, particularly of Carolina, where it grows to be nearly as large a tree as our Holly d the method of propEgation are as follow : " If the fruit of thefe trees arc greatly coveted, the utmoft care fliould be taken to gather the nuts from tlvofe trees which produce the beft forts j and although tl>e varieties of Walnuts are only femin;:l ■variations, yet there is the greater chance of having a fuc- eefiion of good nuts^ if they are gathered from trees that produce good fruit. This maxim holds good in animals : The Sncft breed would degenerate, if attention was not paid to the forts for breeding ; and the like care mull: be extended through- out the whole fyftera of planting, whether for fruit or timber. If for timber, '-ve fliould be folicitous to gather the feeds from the hcalthieft, the mofi: luxuriant and thriving young trees : If for fr-ait, from thofe which produce the richefl: and beft kinds. Having marked the trees that produce the fineft nuts, either for thinnefsof fl:"ll or goodnefs of tafte, when they have begun to fi-ii they will be ripe enough for gathering. But as coUefting them JUG 211 them by the hand would be tedious, they may be beat down by long poles prepared for that purpofc. Having procured the quantity wanted, let them be preferved, with their hulks on, in land till the beginning of February, which is the time for planting them. This is to be done in the following manner : Let drills be made acrofs the femlnar}', at one foot afunder, and about two inches and a half deep, and let the nuts be put in thefe at the diftance of about one foot. In the fpring the young plants will come up ; and here they fliould continue for two years, being conftantly kept clear of weeds ; when they will be of a proper fize to plant oat in the nurfery. The ground lliould be prepared, as has been always directed, by double digging; and the trees being taken out of the feminary, and having their tap-roots Ihortened, fhould be planted therein, in rows two feet and a half afunder, and the plants at :i foot znl a half difiance. Here they may remain, with the fame culture as has been all along dircftcd for the management of timber trees, till they are of a proper lize for planting out for good. If they are def.gned for ftandards to be planted in fields, &c. before they are taken out of the nurfery they fliculd be above the reach of cattle, whica may otkerwife wantonly break their leading flioots, though ♦^hey do not care to eat thein on account of their extraordinui;,. bitternefs. They ought like- wife to be removed with the greateft caution, and the knife fliould be very fparingly applied to the roots. They muft alfo be planted as foon as polhble after taking up ; and this work {hould be always done foon after the fall of the leaf." Evelyn tells us, that the Walnut-Tree mav be propagated *' by a branch flipped off with fome of the old wood, and fet ia February ;" and in another place, " it is certain they will re- ceive their own cyons being- grafted, and that it does improve their fruit." It is agreed on all hands, that the Walnut requires a dry, found, good foil, and will make but little progreff, as a liuiber tree, in a cold barren lituation. 2. The Black Virgixi a Walnut. This is the fort re- commended for timber, and will grow to a large tree. The young fiioots are fmooth, and of a greenifli-brovv^n. The leaves are produced irregularly : They are large and finely pinnated, being compofed of about eight, ten, twelve, and fometimes P z fouvtcen 212 JUG fourteen pair of fpear-fliaped, lliarp-pointed folioles, which ard terminated by an odd one, fawed at the edges, and the bottom pair are ahvays the leaft. The flowers give pleafure only to the curious botanill. They blow early in the fpring ; and the fe- males are fucceeded by nuts of different fizes and fhapes. The nuts of the Common fort have a very thick Ihell, inclofing a fweet kernel. They are furrowed, and of a rounder figure than thofe of the Common Walnut. There are many 'varieties of this fpecies, and nuts of different lizes, like thofe of the Common Walnut, will always be the effeifi: of feed : Some will be fmall and round ; others oblong, large, and deeply furrowed. You mull: expect alio to find a variety in the leaves ; fome will have no fccnt, others will be finely perfumed. Hence the names, Conwion Virginian Walnut^ Aromatic Walnut., Deeply-ftirrcTiVed-fruited Walnut., Sec. have been ufed to exprefs the different varieties of this fpecies. 5. The White Virginian Walnut, called the Hickery- Nut, is a tree of lower flature, felJom rifing more than thirty or thirty-five feet high ; though the fort called the Shag-Bark is the iliougeft fliooter. The young flioots of all are fmooth. The leaves are alfo pinnated, though fome of them are fmall, the number of folioles being from two or three pair to fix or feven, befidcs the odd one with which they are terminated. The fo- lioles are of a pleafant green colour, narroweft at their bafe, and ferrated at their edges. The flowers are no ornament ; and the nuts are fmall, hard, and of a white colour. The 'varieties of this fpecies go by the various names of Common HickeryNutf Small-fruited Hickery-Nuty Shag-Bark HickeryNuty 8ic. 4. Pennsylvania Walnut. This fpecies grows to about the height of the former. The leaves are very long, being compofcd of about eleven pair of folioles, befides the odd one with which they are terminated. The flowers are yellowiih, come out at the ufual time with the others, and are fucceeded for the moll: part by fmall, roundifli, hard-fheiled fruit ; though the nuts will be of diii'erent fizcs in the difterent varieties. The method of propagating thofe trees is from the nuts, which we receive from America, where they grow naturally. Thefe muU be fown as foon as they arrive, in the manner di- re61ed, J U N 211 •rested for raifing the Common Walnut. Their afcer-managc- ment muH alfo be the famc« J U N I P E R U S, LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Dioecia Motiadelphla : Male flowers containing three {lamina, and female flowers containing three pillils, fituated on diftindt plants. There are ten Species ; nine of them as follow: 1. JuNiPERUs Communh : The Common Juniper ; tin. evergreett JJjruh ; native of England, and of many of the northern parts of Europe. 2. JuNiPERUs Oxycedrus : The Spanish Juniper; aa c-vci-grccn Jhrub or tree ; native of Spain and South of France. 3. JUNiPERUS V'irginia7ia : The Virginia Cedar, or the Red Cedar j an evergreen tree ; native of Virginia and Carolina. 4. ]v!e increafcd by layers. Thj Bermudian Cedar, and The Jamaica Cedar, require K A L 219 require that the feeds be fown in pots ; that the ycung feedluiga be planted out into leparate pots ; and that thele be ai.vays hoLifed in the winter. The Common Savin is to be increafed by flips, which it planted almoft at any time, or any how, will grow. The Upright Savin alfo is to be encreafed by flips planted in moift weather, m AuguU, and kept fliaded and watered in dry weather atterw-irds. This is the beft way of treating cuttings of the Upright Savin, though they will often grow if planted at any time, eithir in winter or fummer. The Striped Savin alio is to be encreuled this way ; though care muil be always ufed to take off thofe branches that are moft beautifully variegated, and fuch allc as are entirely of a cream-coiuur ; for this v. ill be the mofl probable method of continuing it in its variegated beauties. This plant is alio to be raifed by berries ; and if thcfe have the fame treat- ment as the other forts, it will be very proper; and by thefe the molt upright and beil plants are raifed. K A L M I A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Dccandrla Monogynia : Each flower contains ten males and one female : There are two Species : 1. Kalmia Lati/olia : The Broad-leaved Kalmia ; an evergreen jhruh ; native of Maryland, Virginia, and Penn- fylvania. 2. Kalmia Angujlifolla t The Narrow-leaved Kalmia; (tn evergreen jl} rub ; native of Pennfylvania and Carolina. I. The Broad-leaved Kalmia feldom rifes to more than four 01 five feet hieh ; and the branches, which by no means are regularly produced, are hard, and of a greyifli colour. The leaves are of an oval, fpear-fliaped figure, and of a fine fiiining green colour. Their confiftence is rather thick in pro- portion to their footltalks, which are but flender, and grow irre- gularly on the branches. The flowers are produced at the ends of the 220 K A L the branches, in roundifh bunches. They are firft of a fine deep red, but die away to a paler colour. Each is compofed of a fmgle petal, which is tubular at the bottom, fpreading open at the top, and has ten permanent cornlculse furrounding them on their outfide. They generally Hewer with us in July ; and are fuc- ceeded by roundifli capfules, full of feeds, which fcldom inpen in England. In fome places this is a fine evergreen ; and in others, again, it often lofes its leaves, and that fometimcs before the winter is far advanced. 2. The Narrow-leaved Kalmia is rather of lower growth thfin the other, and the branches are more weak and tough. The leaves are very beautiful, being of a fine fliining green ; they are of a lanceolate figure, and in all reipcds are fmaller than thofe of the former fort, and fiand upon very fliort foot- iialks. They are produced in no certain regular manner, being fometimes by pairs, at other times in bunches, growing oppofite at the joints. The fiowei's are produced from the fides of the branches in roundifli bunches ; they are of a fine red colour, and each is compofed of one petal, that has the property of fpreading open like the former. They flower in July, and arc very beau- tiful J but arc notfucceeded by ripe feeds with us. Both thcfe forts are to be propagatep three ways ; by feeds, layers, and fuckers, i. By feeds. Thefe we receive from abroad ; and for their reception we fliould prepare a compoft, confining of half frcfti foil from a rich pafture, taken from thence a year before, and half drift or fca fand : thefe being well mixed, will be proper for the reception of the feeds, which fliould be fown in pots or boxes, half an inch deep. AsYoon as they are fown, they fliould be removed into a fliady place, to remain until the fpring following, and all this time nothing but weeding will be wanted ; for they feldom if ever come up the firil: fummer. About the beginning of March it will be proper to plunge thefe pots into an hotbed, and this will fetch the plants up, and make them grow ftrong. They muft be hardened by degrees to the air, and then fet in a fliady place. Watering muft be now and then given them, if the feafon proves dry ; and at the approach of winter they may be removed into the greenhoufc, or fet un,- der an hotbed-frame, but fliould aUvays have the fi'ce air in •open weather. In thcfe pots or boxes they fliould remain imtil they LAV £21 they are twcyears-old feedliugs ; when they fliould be fliakea our, and planted in a feparate pot. They fhould then be forced, by plunging the pots into an hotbed. Afterwards, they may be removed into the ihade ; and if they are kept growing in the pots, and removed under Ihelter in hard weather for a year or two, they may be afterwards planted out finally. 2. Thefe ilirubs are propagated by layering. It fhould be done in the autumn ; and the young wood of the preceding fummer's fhoot is proper for the purpofe. If the foil is free and light, they will ilrike root pretty readily ; though we muft fometimes wait two years before we find any : But by this way the ftrongeft plants are obtained in the leaft time. 3. They are alfo encreafed by fuckers ; for if the foil be light and fine, and is what agrees with them, after ftanding a few years, they naturally fend out fuckers in plenty. Thcfe fhould be taken off in the fpring : andthofc with bad roots fhould be fet in pots, and plunged into an hotbed, to ra;'ikc them ti'row. LAVATERA. LiNXEAN Clafs and Order, Monadelphla Polyandrla : Each flower contains many males and many females ; the males being joined together at the bale : There are nine Species ; four of which are cultivated in our open grounds : r. Lavatera Arhorea : The Common Lavatera, or Mallov/-Tree ; a dcclduomjhruh ; native of Italy. 2. Lavatera Triloba : The Three-losed Lavatera, or Mallow-Tree ; a deciduous Jhruh ; native of Spain. 3. Lavatera Olhia : The Five-lobed Lavatera, or Mallow-Tree J a deciduous Jhruh -y native of the South of France. 4. Lavatera iW/r^/zj ; or the Glittering Lavatera; or the Shinikg-leaved Mallow-Tree ; a deciduous f.rruh ; native of Spain and Portugal. I. The Common Lavatera is a well-known plant: It ufually grows to eight or ten feet high, and in a rich foil will grow 222 LAV grow to twelve, or more. The ftem is thick and ftrong, and dl* vides near the top into feverul branches, which are clofely orna-' mented with large downy leaves; they are foft to the touch, plait- ed, and their edges are cut into many angles. The flowers are pro- duced in clufters, from the wings of the leaves, in June, and there will be a fucceflion of them until late in the autumn. Each flower has its feparate footftalk : Their colour is purple ; their fiiape like that of the Common Mallow ; and they would make a great fhow, were they not much obfcured by the largenefs of the leaves. The whole tree has a noble look ; and its continuing for aTjout three months in flower makes it very valuable. But tho* its fliort-lived continuance is much to be regretted, yet Nature feems to have made fome amends for this, by furnifhing it with <^ood feeds in very great plenty ; for by thefe thoufands of plants maybe foon raifed ; nay, they will fometimes flied themfelves, and come up without any art. But when they are to be regularly fown, let it be done in April, in the places where they are de- figned to remain, and they will flower the fummcr after. Tho' this plant is called a biennial, in fome warm dry fituations the ftalks become hard and woody, and the plants will continue to produce flowers and feeds for many years. There are feveral varieties of this fpecics ; the leaves of fome being round and indented, others acutely cut, others waved : Thefe among old gardeners go by the names of the Round-leaved^ Wavcd-lea-vcd MalloiV'Trer^ &cc. 2. The Three-loeed Lavatera. This fpecies is very or- namental in the front, or among the low llirubs in the wilder- nefs-quarters, or when ftationed in large borders in pleafure- grounds, as it is naturally of low growth, feldom rifuig to above four or five feet high. It has rather a large fpreading root, in proportion to the fize of the fhrub. The branches are numerous, and of a paliili green colour ,• and the leaves are of different figures, thoug'ii chiefly trilobate, or compofed of three lobes, that are indented on their edges. They vary much in their fize, fome being larger, fome fmallcr, and fome more divided than others. Their colour, when the plant is in perfect health, is a very plea- fant green ; but they will often fliew themfelves a little varie- gated ; at which tFme you may be afiured the fiirub is in a fickly ftate. This often does not continue long, and the plant will aflume LAV ^27 affiimc Its former verdure, nnd as frequently an.l very fpeedlly relapfe into its weak Hate ; which Ihevvs that, though hardy with vefpect to cold, it is rather of a fickly nature in this country. The flowers are produced lingly,,on fliort fo':tftaIks : They grow from the joints, at the bofoms of the leaves ; three or lour of them will appear at each joint ; and being large, they make a fine fhow in Auguft, the time of flowering. There arc varieties of this fpecies, differing in the fhape of the leaves and fize of the flowers, which ilill have names among old botanifts. 3. TheFivE-LOBED Lavatera is a diftinft fpecies from the preceding, though it differs little from it, except in the nature of the leaves, each of which is compofed of five lobes, that are hailated, or pointed like a fpear, and in the flowers of this flirub being fmaller. They will be in full blow in AuguH, and there will often be a fucceffion of them till the early frofts ad- vance. The leaves of this fpecies vary : Some are fliaped like Briony ; others are nearly round ; and the lobes of others are very acute. Hence the names Briony-leavcd, Round-leaved, Acute -leaved Mallow-Trecy &:c. have been ufed to exprefs them. 4. Glitterins Lavatera grows to about the height of the former. The leaves are large, feptangular, plaited, downv, white, and gliften towards the fun. The flowers are produced in bunches, from the ends of the branches : They are fliaped like thofe of the Common Mallow, come out in July, and con- tinue in fuccefiion until the end of autumn. The varieties of this fpecies go by the names of Waved-leave^j the Common SpaniJJy^ the Sulphur-leaved Mallovj-Trev^ &rc. Thefe three forts arc eafily propagated by cuttings, which ftiould be planted, early in the fpring, in a fliady border of ligh rich earth. Many of them will grow ; and the plants may (land two or three years before they are removed to the places where they are defigned to remain. The beft method of propagating all the forts is by feeds ; and by this way frefli varieties may be obtained. The feeds fliould be procured from Spain, where the plants naturally grow ; for none, except the firft fort, ripen well here. Having got a fufiicient quantity, fow them in a border of light, fine, rich earth, about the middle of March. They will eafily come up, and 224 L A U and nothing but weeding and watering in dry weathei* will bs required until the fpring ufier : when they fliould be planted In nurfer)'-lines, there to remain until they are let out to liand. The leaves of all the forts continue until the frofts come on ; lb that if an open winter happens, they will continue in verdure the greatell part of the I'eafon, The Lavatcra tribe afteft a warm fandy lltuation and foil, in which they will fometimes continue to exhibit their beauties for many years ; but in general they are fliort-lived, continuing only two or three years : this renders them peculiarly eligible to be fcattered plentifully in a newly made Ihrubbery ; they will add warmth to young plants, and will die away themfelves be- fore the fpaccs they occupy will be required by the furrounding Ihrubs. L A U R U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Eniieatiilria Monogynia : Each flower contains nine males and one female : There are eleven Species ; four of which arc adapted to our purpofe : 1. Laurus NoblUs : The Evergreen Bay, or the Com- mon Bay ; an evergreen Jhruh or tree ; native of Italy, Greece, and Alia. 2. Laurus ^Jlivalis : The Deciduous Bay; a tall de- ciduous Jbrub ; native of fwampy places, and the fid'cs of brooks and rivers in Virginia. 3. Laurus Benzoin: The Benzoin Tree, or Benjamin Tree ; a deciduous tree or Jhruh ; native of Virginia and Penn- fylvania. 4. Laurus Saffafras : The Sassafras Tree; a deciduous tree or Jljriih ; native of Virginia, Carolina and Florida. I. The Evergreen Bay. Evelyn fiiys, he has fcen Bay Trees near thirty feet high and almoft two feet in diameter ; and enumerates the Bay amongft ufcful trees. Han bury catches at this idea, and tells us in general terms, that " it will grow to thirty L A U 225 thirty feet in height, with a trunk of f.vo feet in diameter," arid, accordingly, he arranges it amongft his Foreil: Trees : he ac-^ knowledges however at the fame time that the wood is of little value. The B^iy.is ncvcrthclcfs a fine aromutij and a beautiful evergreen ; It is faid to be the true Laurui or Laurel of the anticnt:, with which they adorned the brows of their fuccefsful generals. The leaves iland clofe, are about three inches long and two broad ; arc hard, rigid, and of a deep green calour. The Bay, too, like the Holly, Box, and Laurel, will bear the ihudc and drip of taller trees, and it is upon the Vv'hole a very dclira- ble, as being a very omamental^ evergreen. There are feveral 'Varieties : as the Broad-leaved Bay, the Narrow-leaved Bay, and the W'ave-leaved Bay. This tree is puopagatud by layers, or by the berries. In or- der to raife a quantity of thefe trees by layers, fome ftools fliould be planted for the parpofc ; and after thefe are ftiot about a yard high, the branches mail be brought down to the ground in the winter, all the preceding uimmer's (lioots laid on it, and pegged down (being firflilit in the joint), and the leaves taken off, which would orherwife be under ground. In, one year's time thefe layers will have taken root' and in the fpring they fliould be taken up, and planted in the nurfery a foot afunder, in rov/s two feet diftance. After they are planted out, if the weather flioulJ prove dry, they mutt be conlfantly watered ; for without fuch care, it is difficult to make this tree grow. After they have taken well to the ground, thoy will require no farther trouble than keeping them clean from weeds, and digging between the rows each winter, till they arc finally planted ou:.- 2. In order to raife this tree from the berries, they ought to hang on the trees till about January before they are gathered. A v/ell-lhcltered fpot of ^;round for the feminary mutt be made choice of; and having the mould fmooth and fine, they fliould be Town foon after they are gathered in beds, or drills, rather more than half an inch deep. Towards the clofe of the fprj^ng the plants will come up, and during fummer muft be duly attended, by water- ing and weeding. In the winter following, their flieltered fituation mult not be trufted to, to defend them from the frolt : Furze-buflies, or fome fuch things, ought to be ftuck in rows, between the beds or drill?, to guard them from the black froils. Indeed, without this precaution, if the winter fliould prove very CL fi-o^l', 526 L A Cf froft/, fsw of the young feedlings will be alive in fpring. DUr-- ing the followuig fummer, weeding and watering mull be ob- feived, and the winter after that they fliould be defended with covering as before ; lor they wil> be ftlll in danger of being de- flroyed by fsvere frofts. In the enfuing fpring, the ftrongelT: may be taken- out of the feed-beds,, and planted in the nurfcry way ; though if they have not by thit time m-ade good flioots, it will be advifcable to let them remain in their beds till the third fpring ;. for a fmall plant of this kind is with more diffi- culty made to grow than one which is larger. When they are planted in the nurfery, the dlflance which Ihould be allowed them is the fairre as the layers, a foot afunder and two feeJ diftance in the rows ; and this will not be found too clofe ; for notwithftanding the grcateft care is exerted in planting them in the nurfery, even making choice of rainy and cloudy weather, which mufi: always be obferved in fetting them out,, many of them will be loft by being tranfplantcd. After they are thus planted out in the nurfery, whether layers or feedlings, they R>uft be fti 11 watered in dry weather, kept free from weeds, and the rows duc'j between every winter. You will even find, that thofe plants which fuftcr leaft by being tranfplantcd will have met v/ith a check, which they will not recover in two or three years j and till they have acquired nevA ftrength they fhould not be taken fronv the nurfery ; but when, they appear to be good ftifF plants, having the year befcwe made a vigorous fhoot, they will be then proper plants for planting out where they are to remain. Holes fliould be got ready for their reception ; and as foon as the firll autumnal rains fall, the work {hould bo fet about, efpe- cially if the land be gravelly or d:y ; but if it be moifl, the fpring- will do as well. 2<;uig now planted at one yard diibnce, they will make a poor progrefs for two or three years more ; but after this, vvhcu- they have overcome all thefc difficulties, they will grow very fafl, and arrive to be good trees in a few years, Altncugh this tree flouriflics befl: in old gardens, where the foil has bceu made lich and deep, and loves the fnade, Haneury tells us, " it thrives neverthelefs exceedingly well in our hotteft gravels and fands ; and, after it has furmounted the hardiliips of tranfplanting, will grow in fuch fituations extreme- ly faft, and arrive to a larger bulk. ** 2. The L A U 227 i. The Deciduous Bay, in a moifl: lich foil, in which it principally delights, will grow to be about lixteen feet high ; bat in fome foils, that are polfelfed of the oppoiite qualities, it will hardly arrive at half that height. The branches are not very numerous, but they are fmooth, and of a purplifli colour, look well in winter, and in fummer exhibit their leaves of an oval fpc:ir-fnaped figure ; They are about two or three inches in length, are proportionally broad, and placed oppoiite to each other on the biiinches. Their upper furface is faiooth, and of a pleaiant green coLur, whilft tlieir under is rough and veined. The flowers arc fmall and white, make no figure, come out from the fides of the branches in Ma}-, a.id are fucceeded by large red berries, whicli never ripen in England : So that, notwith- Itanding the leaves in fummc; u:e very pretty, and the colour of the bark makes a variety in Vv'inter, it is principally the fcarcity of this plant which makes ir valuable. 3. The Benzoin Tree will grow to a much larger fize than the othrr, ano. its branches are rather numerous : They ars Iniooth, and oi a fine light.green colour. The leaves are ova!, acute, near four inches long, and two broad j their upper furface is fmooth, and of a fine light green colour, but their under fur- face is venofe, and of a whitilh caft : When bruifed, they emit a fine h-agrancc. The fiovvcis make no figure : They are fmall and yellowifli, come out from the fides of the branches in little cluilers, and are fucceeded by large biackifl^ berries, which never ripen in England. 4. The Sassafras Tree. The wood of the Safi!afras 19 well known in the fliops, where it is fold to be made into tea, being (.iteemed an eicellent antifcorbutic andpurger of the blood. A decodion of the leaves and bark is alio faid to poU'efs the fame virtues, and is drank by many perfons for thofe purpofes. This tree will grow to nearly the height of the others, though the branches are not fo numerous. Its bark is fmooth, azid of a red colour, which beautifully diftinguiflies it in winter ; whilll the fine fliining green of its leaves conftitutes its greateft beauty in fummer. In thefe, indeed, there is a variety, and a very extraordinary one. Some are large, and of an oval figure ; others are fmallcr, and of the fame Ihape; whilft others, again, are 10 divided into three lobes, as to referable the leaves of fomc forts of the Fig-tree. Their edges are entire ; their Q^s- under 228 L A U under Turface is of a vvhit'ifh caft ; their footftalks are pretty long, placed alternately on the branches, and die to a red co- lour in the autumn. The flowers are fmall and yellowifh : They are produced in clufters on longifli pedicles, and are fuc- ceeded by blackifli berries, which never ripen in England. The PROPAGATION of thefe three forts of trees maybe per- formed two or three ways, i. By the feeds. Thefe we re- ceive, from the places where the trees grow naturally, in the fpring. They llieuld be preferved in fand ; and, as foon as they arrive, fliould be fown in largifli pots, an inch deep. The foil for their reception Ihould be taken from a rich paflure at leafl a year before, with the fward. It lliould alfo be laid on an heap, and frequently turned, until the fward is grown rotten, and the whole appears well mixed and fine. If the paflure from whence it was taken near the furface is a fandy loam, this is the befl compofl for thefe feeds ; if not, a fmall addition of drift or fea fand fliould be added, and well mixed with the other mould. After filling the pots with this foil, the feeds fliould be fown an inch deep ; and then they fliould be plunged into common mould up to the rim. If the foil be naturally moifl, it will keep them cooler, and be better ; and if the place be well- fiieltered and fliaded, it will be better llill. Nothing more than weeding, which muft be conftantly obfcrved during the fummer, will be neceffaiy ; and in this llation they may remain until the March following ; about the middle of which month, having prepared a good hot -bed, the pots fliould be taken up and plun- ged therein. Soon after the feeds will come up ; and when the young plants have fufficiently received the benefit of this bed, *hey flieuld be enured by degrees to the open air. Weeding and watering mull be obfervcd during the fummer ; and, at the ap- proach of the cold weather in the autumn, they fliould be re- moved under an hot-bed frame, or fome cover, to be protected from the frolls during the winter. In the fpring, when this danger is over, they fliould refume their firft ftation ; namely, the pots fliould be plunged up to the rim, as when the feeds u^re firfl: fown ; and if this place be well Ihekcred, they may remain there all winter ; if not, and fevere frofls threaten, they fliould be taken up and placed under cover as before. After they have been thus managed three years from the feeds, they fliould L A XJ 229 fliould be taken out of the pots with care, and planted in the nurfery-ground, at fmall diflances ; where they may remain until they are ftron^" enough to be finally fet out. By fowing the feeds in pots, and affifting them by an hotbed, a year at leafl: is faved ; for they hardly ever come up, when fown in a natural border, under two years from the feeds ; nay, they have been known to remain three, and even fome plants to come up the fourth year after fowing ; which at once lliews the pre- ference of the former praftice, and thould cavition all who have not fuch convenience, not to be too hafly in difturbing the beds when the feeds are fown in the natural ground ; as, efpe- cially if they are not well preferved in mould or fand, thefe may be fome years before they appear. Indeed, it is the long time we are in obtaining thefe plants, either by feeds, layers, Sec. that makes them at prefent fo very fcarce amongftus. 2. Thefe plants may alfo be encreafed by layers ; but very flovv^ly ; for they will be two, and fomctimes three, or even four years, before they have itruck out good I'oots j though the Benjamin Tree is propa- gated the falteft by this method. The young twigs fhould be laid in the ground in the autumn ; and it will be found that twilling the wire round the bud, fo as in fome degree to ftop the progrefs of the fap, and taking away with a knife a little of the bark, is a more effeftual method of obtaining good roots fooii than by the flit or twilling, efpecially when praftlfed on the Saf- fafras Tree. 3. Plants of thefe forts are likewife fometlmes obtained by fuckers, which they* will at all times throw out, and v,'hich may be often taken oft" with pretty good roots ; but when, they are weak, and with bad roots, they fliould be planted in pots, and affiftcd by a moderate heat in a bed : With fuch ma- nagement they will be good plants by the autumn, and in the fpring may be planted out any where. 4. Cuttings of thefe trees, when planted in a good bark-bed, and duly watered, will alfo oftentimes grow. When this method is pradlifed, and plants obtained, they muft be enured by degrees to the open air, till they are hardy enough to be finally planted out. CL3 LIGUS. ^%o L I G L I G U S T R U M, LlNNEAN Clafs and Order, Diandria Moticgynia : Eacl% flower contains two males and one female : There is only ou'^ Species: LiGUSTRUM J^ulgare : The Privet; a well-known deci- duous or evergreen Jhrub ; common in the woods and hedges of many parts of England, and almofl all Europe. The Privet is divifible into two varieties : The Deciduous or Common Privet, and The Evergreen -Privet, The Deciduous Privet will grow to the height of about ten or twelve feet. The branches are \ery niimrvous, llender, and tough ; covered with a fmooth grey bark ; and, when broken, emit a ftrong fcent. The young twigs are generally produced oppolite, and alternately of contrary direftions on the older branches. The leaves alfo are placed oppofite by pairs in the fame manner. They are of an oblong figure, fmail, fmooth, of a dark green toloiir, have a naufeous difagreeable tafte, and continue on the trees very late. The flowers are produced in clofe fpikes, at the ends of the branches, in P/Iay, June, and often in July : They are white, very beautiful, nnd futceed- ed by black berries, which in the autumn will conflitute the grcr.telt beauty of this plant ; for they will be all over the tree, at the endi of the branches, in thick cluflers. They are of a :et black ; and will thus continue to ornament it in this fingular maimer during the grcatell: part of the winter. Tii: i'ROPAGATiox of the Privet is eafy ; for it may be en- creafed, i. By the feeds ; and by this way the fl-rnngefl plants may be obtained. The feeds, foon after they are ripe, fliould be iown in any bed of common garden-mould made fine. They ought to be covered about an inch deep ; and ail the fucceed- ing furamer fncuid be kept dean of weeds ; for the plant« never, at leaft not many of them, come up until the fpring after. After they are come up, they will require no other care than weeding ; and in the fpring following may be planted in the nurfery -ground, where they will require very little care bcfides keeping the weeds down, until they are taken up to plant, 2, Thcfc plants L I G 23s OTay .'be encreafed by byers.; for the young flioots being laid in zhe ground in the autumn, will by that time twelvemonth have taken good root ; the largcft of which may be planted out to ftand, and the fmalleft fet in the nurfery, to gain ftrength. 5. Cuttings, alfo, planted in Oftober, will ilrikc root freely ; and if the foil is inclined to be moift, and is fliaded, it will be the better for them, efpccially if the fucceeding fum- ii-.er flaould prove a dry one. If thefe cuttings are thinly planted, they will require no other removing till they are finally {(it -out. if a large quantity is defired, they may be placed clofe, within about two or three Inches of each other, and then taken up alid planted in the nurfcry the autumn fol- lowing, to remain there until they are wanted for the above purpofe. The Privet, of all othera, will thrive beft in the fmoke of great cities ; fo that w'hoever has a little garden in fuch places, and is defirous of having a few plants that look green and healthy, may be gratified in the Priyet, becaufe it vvili ilourifli and look well there. It will alfo grow very well under the fliade and drip of trees. The E'uergreeu Privet. This variety has a tendency to grow- to be a taller and a ftronger tree than the common deciduou* fort. The leaves are rather larger, more pointed, of a thicker confiftence, of a dark-green colour, and they continue on the fame plant fo long as to entitle it to the appellation of Ever- green ; though it may often be obferved to be almoft deui- tute of leaves eai-ly in winter, efpecially thofe that were on the ends of the higheft branches, which are often taken off by the firft cutting v.dnterly winds. In order to have this tree keep up the credit of an evergreen, it lliould have a well-fliekered fitu- ation ; for although it be hardy enough to bear with impunity the fevcreft cuts of the northern blafts, on the tops of hills, craggy rocks, &c. yet without fome flicker the leaves are fel- dom preferved all winter, and with proteftion it is generally allowed to be an handlbnie evergreen. As it is a variety of the deciduous fort, the fame flowers and fruit may be expected. It is to be raifed in the fame manner, by layers or cuttings ; and the feeds of this fort fometimes produce pb>nrs of the like fort, that retain their leaves. a.4 L I- 232 L I Q, L I Q^U I D A M B E R. LiN'XEAN Clafs and Order, Mo72occia Polyandria i Ivlnio flowers containing' many ftamina^ and female fioWers containing two pidils, fituatcd upon the fame plant ; the males being col- k'fted into long conical loole katkinr, and the females forming a globe fitaated at the bafe of the male fpike : There are only two Species : 1. LiQUiDAMBER Siyracijlua : The Virginia Liotjidam- BEK, or the Maple-leaved Liqui dameee. ; a deciduous tree j native of the rich moift parts of Virginia and Mexico. 2. Li(vuiDAMRER Ffrcgririum : The Canada LrcrpiDAM- BER, or the SPLEENWORTrLEAVED Gale ; et (icciduous tree J native of Canada and Pcnnlylvania, 1. The Virginia Liquidameer will fiioot in a regular manner to thirty or forty feet high, having its young twigs co- vered with a fmooth, light-brown bark, while thofe of the older :irc of a darker colour. The leaves grow irregularly on the young branches, on long footftalks : They refcmble thofe of the Common Maple in figure ; the lobes are all fcrratcd ; and from the bafc of the leaf a ilrong mid-rib runs to the extremity of each lobe that belongs to it. They are or a lucid green, and emit their odoriferous particles in fuch plenty as to perfume the circumambient air ; nay, the wdiole tree exfudes fuch a fragrant tranfparent refm, as to have given occafion to its being taken for the Sweet Storax. Thefe trees, therefore, are very proper to be planted lingly in large opens, that they may amply difplay their line pyramidal growth, or to be fet in places near feats, pavi- lions, &c. The flowers are of a kind of fafiVon colour : They are produced at the ends of the branches the beginning of April, •and fometiracs fconer ; and are fuccccued by large i-ound brown fruit, which looks lingular, but is thought by many to be no ornament to the tree. 2. Can'AViA Lii^j't DAMEER. The young branches of this fpecies are fiender, tough, and hardy. The leaves are oblong, of a deep green colour, hairy underneath, and have indentures Oil L I Q_ 233 ,' of both thefe fpecies is the fame, and may be pe.-fonncd by f^eds or hiyers ; but the nrfl; method is the beft. 1 . We xeccwc the feeds from America in the fpring. Againft their arrival a fine bed, in a wa,rm well-flieltered place, Ihould be prepared. If the foil is not naturally good, and inclined to be fandy, it fhould be wholly taken out near a foot deep, and the vacancy filled up with earth taken up a year before, from a frcfh pafture, with the fward and all well rotted and mixed by bein^- often turned, and afterwards mixed with a fixth part of drift or fca land. A dry day being made choice of, early in March, let the feeds be fown, and the fineft of this compofl: riddled over rhem a quarter of an inch deep. When the hot weather in the fpring comes on, the beds fliould be fhaded, and waterings given otten, but in very fmall quantities, only affording them a gentle nay, a very fmall fprinkling at a time. Millar fays, the feeds of thefe plants never come up under two years. But, continues Han-eury, with this eafy management, I hardly ever knew it longer than the end of JNIay before the young plants made their appearance. The plants being come up, fliading fliould ftiU be afforded them in the parching fummer, and a v/atcring everv other night ; and this will promote their growth, and caufe them to become ftronger plants by the autumn. In the autumn, the beds fliould be hooped to be covered with mats in the feverc frofl:3. Thefe mats, however, fhould always be taken off in open v/eather ; and this is all the management they will require during the firll winter. The fucceeding fummer the)' will re- quire no other trouble than weeding ; though, if it fliould prove a very dry one, they will find benefit from a little water now and then. By the autumn they will be grown flrong enough to retift the cold of the following winter, without demanding the trouble of matting, if the fituation is well flieltered ; if not, it will be proper to have the hoops prepared, and the matts readv, agalnft the black northern frofts, which would endanger at lead: their lofing their tops. After tnis, nothing except weeding will ise wanted ; and in the fpring following, that is, three years from their 234' J^ i K their firft appearance, they fhoiild be taken up (for they fliouid not be removed before, unlcfs fome of the fn ongcft plants be drawn out of the bed) and planted in the nurfery, a foot afunder, and too feet dillant hi the rows. Hoeing the weeds in the rows in the fummcr, and digging them in the winter, is all the trouble they will afterwards occafion until they are finally planted out. 2. Thcfe plants are eafily encreafed by layers. The operation mull be performed in the autuiriu, on the young fummer's flioots; and ;he bcft way is by Hitting them at a joint, as is pradifcd tor carnations. In a fir on g dry foil, they will be often two ycdvs or more bcfoic they flrike root ; though, in a fine light foil, they will be found to take freely enough. By this method good plants may be obtained, though it is not fo eligible as the other, if we have the conveniency of procuring the feeds. LIRIODENDRON. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Poiyandria Polygynia: Each flower contains many males and many females : There are two Species ; one of them bearing a tulip-like, the other a lily-like flower ; the former is not uncommon in our open grounds : LiRioDENDRON 7«//^//'«-d; The Tulip-Tree, ortheViK- GixiA Tulip-Tree ; a deciduous tree; native of moft parts of America. The Tulip-Tree. In thofc parts cf America where it grows common, it will arrive to a prodigious bulk, and affords excellent timber for many ufes ; particularly, the trunk is frequently hol- lowed, and made into a canoe fufficient to carry many people; and for this purpofe no tree is thought more proper by the inhabi- tants of thofe parts. With us, it may be ftationed among trees cf forty feet growth. The trunk is covered vviih a grey bark. The branches, which are not very numerous, ot the two-years-old wood, are fmooth and brown ; whilil the baik of the fummer's fnoots is unoother and ftiining, apd of 3 biucifti colour. They are ^ L I R 235 are very pithy. Their young wood is green, and when broken emits a ftrong fcent. The leaves grow irregularly on the branches, on long footftjilks. They are of a particular ilruuure, being compoled of three lobes, ihe middlemolc of which is fliorten- cd in fuch a manner, that it appears as if it had been cut off and hoUovyed at the middle : The two others are rounded off. They are about four or five inches long, and as many broad. They are of two colours ; their upper furfaccis fmootb, apd of a ilronger green than the lower. They fall off pretty early in au- tumn ,- and the buds for the next year's fhoots foon after begia to fwell and become dilated, inibmuch that, by the end of De- cember, thofe at the ends of the branches will become near aa incli long, and liaU an inch broad. The outv^ard lamina of thefe leaf-buds are of an ovrd figure, h;ive feveral longitudinal veins and are of a blueifh colour. The flowers a re produced with us in Juiy, at the ends of the brandies : They fomewhat refemble the tulip, wl-.'ch occafions its being called the Tulip-tree. The number of petals of which each is compofed, like thofe of the tulip, is fix ; and thefe are fpotted with green, red, white, and yellow, thereby making a beautiful mixture. The flowers are fucceeJed hy large cones, which never ripen in England. The PROPAGATION of the Tulip-tree is very eafy, if the feeds are good ; for by thefe, which we receive from abroad, thev are to be propagated. No particular compoft need be fought for • neither is the trouble of pots, boxes, hotbeds, &:c. required : They will grow exceeding well in beds of common garden- moulr!, and the plant? will be hardier and better than thofe raife4 with more rendernefs and care. Therefore, as foon as you receive the leeds, wnich is generally in Febniary, and a few dry days have happened, that the mould will work freely, fow the feeds, covering them three quarters of an inch deep ; and in doino- of this, obferve to lay them lengthways, cthcrwife, by being very long, one part, perhaps that of the embryo plant, may be out of the ground foon, and the feed be loll. This being done, let the beds be hooped ; and as foon as the hot weather and drying winds comr on in the fpring, ler Jiem 5e covered from ten o'clock in the morning till fun-fet. If little rain happens, they muft be duly watered every other day ; and by the end of Ivlay the plasts will come up. Shade and watering i:i the hottcfl furamer 236 L O N muft be afforded their,, and they will aftcnvards give very little trouble. The next winter they will wa nt no'other care than, at the approach of it, flicking fome furze-bufhes round the bed, to break the keen edge of the black frofts ; for it is found that the feedlings of this fort are very hardy, and feldom fuffer by any Weather. After they have been two years in the feed-bed, they fliould be taken up and phmted in the nurfery, a foot afunder, and two feet dirtant in the rows. After this, the ufual nurfery care of hoeing the weeds, and digging between tie rows in the winter, will fuffice till they are taken up for planting out. L O N I C E R A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Pcntandria Monogynia > Each flower contains five males and one female : There are fourteen Species ; eleven of which will bear the open air of this country. 1. LoNicERA Capr'ifoUnm : The Italian Honeysuckle; a deciduous or evergreen dlmher \ native of Italy and the South of Europe. 2. LoNiCERA F crldjinenum : The EiNglish Honeysuckle, or WooPKiNE ; a deciduous or c-vergreen climher ; native of England, Germany, and the midland parts of Europe. 3. 'Lo'isic-E.'Sih Sanper-virens : The Trumpet Honeysuckle j a dcciduoui or evergreen ditnhcr ; native of America. 4. Ldnicera Diervilla: The Diervilla, or Acadian Honeysuckle ; a deciduous Jlnuh ; native of Acadia and Nova-Scotia. 5. 'Lovicv-v.xSyviphoricarpJis : St. Peter's Wort, or the Virginia Honeysuckle 5 a deciduous JJjruh ; native of Vir- ginia and Carolina. 6. LoNicERA C.crulea : The Blue-eerried Honeysuckle, or the Upright Blue-berried Honeysuckle ; a deciduous Jbruh ; native of Switzerland. 7. Lo» L O N 237 7. LoNicERA Alpigena: The Red-berried Honeysuckle; er the Upright Red-berried Honeysuckle; orthe Alpixe HoxEYsucKLE ; a deciduous Jhrub ; native of Savoy, and the Hclvetiiin and Pyrenean Mountains. 8. LoNiCERA Nigra: The Black-berried Honeysuckle; or the Black-eerried Upright Honeysuckle ; a deciduous Jhruh ; native of Switzerland and the Alps. g. Loxicera Xyhf.eum : The Fly Honeysuckle ; a deciduous J}?ruh : native of moft of the coldefl parts of Europe. 10. 'Lo^;ic-E^A Pyrenaica : The Pyrenean Honeysuckle, or Dwarf Cherry ; a deciduous Jhruh ; native of the Pyreneaa mountains. I'. L 0Nic£RA Tartarica : The Tartarian Honey- suckle, or Dwarf Cherry, or the Dwarf Cherry with Heart-shaped Leaves ; a deciduous Jhruh; native of Tartary. I. The Italian Honeysuckle. The varieties of this fpecies are, Early White Italian Honcyfuckle, Early Red Ita- lian Honeyfuckle, Yellow Italian Honeyfuckle, Late Red- flowered Italian Honeyfuckle, Evergreen Italian Honeyfuckle. The Early Ifljite Italian HoneyJucUe is that which firfl makes its appearance in May. The leaves of this foit are oval, and placed oppofite by pairs, clofe to the branches, at the extremity of which the leaves quite furround it. The flowers grow in bunches round the ends of the branches, and have a very fine fcent. Their blow will be foon over ; and they are fucceeded by red pulpy berries, which will be ripe in the autumn. The Early Red differs from the preceding in that the leaves are narrower, the fibres of the flowers are more flender, and it blows a little later in the fprlng. The I'clloxv Italian Honcyfuckle does not blow quite fo earlv as the other, and the flowers are yellow : In other refpecls it is very much like the former. Late Red-Jiov^ered Italian Honey/ucklt is one of the beft we have. The ftcm is tolerably fiimj the branches are few, and the leaves large ; the flowers arc alfo large, of a deep-red colour, though lefs fcented than the earlier forts. Erjergreen Italian Honeyfuckle. This is a ftronger fiiooter than any of the forts. The joints are more diftant from each other. The leaves are large, of a thick confiftence, unite, and furround the 23^ L O N the ftalk with their bafe, and continue all winter. The flowers are large, of a good red colour, with fome paler ftripes, and often continue to blow to the end of autumn. 2, English HoNEYStiCKLE. The varieties of this fpecies are. The Common Woodbine of our Hedges, The Oak-leaved Honeyfuckle, Red Dutch Honeyfuckle, Midfummer Koney- fucklc, Late German Honeyfuckle, Long-blowing Honcyiuckle, Evergreen Honeyfuckle. The Common WoodVmc is known all over England, in our woods and hedges. There are ftill varieties of this fort, in its wild ftate; fome having prodigious weak trailing branches j others again with tolerably woody flems. Some of the flowers are whitifh, others are of a greenifli caft ; whilfl: others are pofieflicd of a reddifli tinge. As the flowers of none of thefe arc nearly fo beautiful as thofe of the cultivated forts, only a plant or two of them fliould be introduced ; which will caufe fome variety, and ferve as a foil to fet the others off. There is ■a.fub-variety of this fort, with ftriped leaves. Oak-leaved Honeyfuckle is an accidental variety of our Common WoocTbinc. It differs in no refpect from it, only that fome of the leaves are fhaped like thofe of the Ouk-tree, on which account it is valuable, and makes a pretty variety in collections. There is alfo ?ifuh-variety of this fort, with leaves beautifully variegated, called Striped Oak-Laved Honey iuikle. Red Dutch Honeyjuckle is a very good fort. It flowers in June, and will often continue in blow a month or two. The branches have a fmooth purplifli bark, and may be known from the others even in winter, when they will appear with their fwelled buds alfo of that colour. The leaves are of an oblong oval figure, and flinl cppofite by pairs on the branches, on flwrt footfidlks. The flowers are produced in bunches at the ends of the branches : Their outfide is r^d, but within they are of a yellowifh colour, and poflTefled of a delightful odour. The Mldfjimmer Honeyfuckle is very much like the former, only the ftalks are more fleiider, of a lighter-brown colour, and the tubes of the flowers "^re fmaller, neither are they fo red. It will be in blow about Midfummer ; and the plant, whether fet againft a wall, p lies, a hedge, or in the ground, will be all over covered with bloom, making aii enchanting appearance to the ' eye, L O N 239 eve, and perfuming the air all around to a confiderable dii- tance. Late German Honeyfucklc is very much like the Red Dutch, only it blows later. It will flower in July and Auguil ; and has all the propert" s of the other Ibrts, as to fragrance and beauty. ^The Long-blctving Honeyfucklc is ftill another variety of the Dutch. It will often exhibit flowers in June, July, and Auguil:, though the profuiion will not be fo great as that of the othec forts. Evergreen Honevfuckk is another variety wliich retains its leaves all winter. It often flowers late in the autumn ; and fometimes, in mild feaibns, retains its bloom until Chriftmas, which makes it flill more valuable. 3. Trumpet Honeysuckles. Of thefe are the following varieties : Virginian Trumpet Honeyf'jckle, Carolina Trumpet Honeyfuckle, Evergreen Trumpet Honeyfucklc. I'irginian Trumpet Honeyfuckle is the mofl: beautiful of all the forts, though Nature has denied it fmell. The branches are {lender, fmooth, and of a reddifn colour. The leaves fit clofe to the branches by pairs. They are of an oblong oval figure, and their lower furlace is not of fo fliining a green as the upper, Thofe at the extremity of the branches near the flowers furround the flalk, through which it comes. The flowers grow in bunches, at the ends of the flioot, and are of a bright fcarlct co- lour. Thty will often be in blow from June to October ; but the flowers have no fcent. Carolina Trumpet Honeyfuckle differs in no reipect from the for- mer, only that the branches are more flcnder, and the leaves and flowers aUb are proportionably fmaller, thereby makino- a pretty variety. This fort was introduced into our orardcns from Carolina, as was the preceding from Virginia. E-vergreen Trumpet Honeyfuckle. The leaves are of a thicker fubftance, and continue on the plants all winter ; but the flowers are of a deep fcarlec, like the other, and are poflefled of little or no fragrance. The PROPAGATION- of thefe forts is very eafy. i. The young branches being laid in the ground arty time in the winter, with no other art, will become good plants by the autumn following, and may be then taken off for ufe. z. But our common method ■ ' • of 240 Iv O N of propagating tliefe forts is by cuttings. The bdl month for this work is October. By this way prodigious quantities of plants may be rairecl, and hardly any ot thcra will fail growing. So eafily may thefe delightful plants be multiplied, when a plant of each fort is once obtained. • The Evergreen Italian Honeyf.ickle (the bell of the ever- green forts) docs not readily take by cuttings ; fo that in order to make fure of this plant, the young branches mull be Uijcrcily any time in the autumn or winter, and by the autumn following they will have plenty of roots, and be good plants fit lor re- moving to any place. The Evergreen Honeyfjckles, though climbing plants, fliould occafionally be ftationcd in the evergreen quarters, as fhould all the other forts among the deciduous trees and fhrubs ; being fo managed that their appearance may agree with thofe of upright growth. This is done by nipping oft' the young flioots (which would foon get rambling and out of reach), that the plants may be kept within bounds, and made to join in the collection with great beauty. Neither may they only be kept lov.', to r.hncl]: what height is required ; but they may, by fixing a llake for. their fupport, be trained up to a ftem, which will every year grow more and more w^oody and firm ; fo that in this cafe the «ye mult frequently overlook the tree, to take oft" the young fhoots as they grow out, and not permit the head to grow too large and fpreading for the ilcm, which it foon would do without this care ; and W'ith it, the head may be fa kept in order as ta bear good proportion to the fiem, thereby cauling the tree to have the appearance of an upright flirub. 4. DiERVii.LA is a fiarub of about the height of three or four feet. The branches are few, and larger in proportion than the height of the llirub ; they are very full of pith, and when broken emit a llrong fcent. The leaves are placed oppofite by pairs, on fiiort footltalks : They arc near three inches long, and about half as broad ; and of an oblong heart-flinped figure, finely ferratcd, and end in acute points : Their upper furface is fmooth, and of a fine green colour ; their under is lighter, and has, five or fix pair of ftrong nerves running irregularly from the mid-rib to the borders. The flovvers are produced in loofe bunches, both at the ends and at the fides of the branches : Eich. L O K 241 feath IB formed of one leaf ; the tube is long, and the top is di- vided into five parts, which turn backward. They are of a yel- low colour, and will be in blow in May, and fometimes moil of the fummer months. Thefe flowers are fucceeded, in the coun- tries Wtiere they grow naturally, by black oval berries, each containing four cells. Diervilla forms an agreeable variety amongll: other flirubs of its own growth, though the flowers make no great figure. It is very hardy with refpe6t to cold ; and Biay be planted in any part of the nurfery where it is wanted. No art is required to propagate this plant; it fpawns, and thus propagates itfelf in great plenty. Thefe fuckers fiiould be taken up in autumn, and planted out in the nurfery : After remaining there a year or two, they may be finally taken up. This tree may be alfo encreafed by cttttings. They fliould be planted in October, very clofe, if a quantity are wanted. 'Ry the autumn following, they will have good roots. They may be taken up and planted in the nurfery, like the fpawn, for a year or two, and then fet out to ftand* Plants raifed this way will not be quite fo fubjcft to throw out fuckers as the others. 5. St. Peter's Wort. St. Peter^s Wort will arife to the height of about four or five feet. The main flems are ragged. and of a dirty dark brown. The branches are numerous and fiiort, though oftentimes it fends out fome trailing flender branches, which will grow to a great length. The leaves of this fhrub conftitute its grcatcft beauty : They are very numerous, fmall, about half an inch long, and of an oval figure. Their, footftalks are exceeding lliort, and they ftand oppofite by pairs on the flender branches : Thefe die in the autumn to a dark brown. The time of this plant's flowering is Augufl. The flowers grow round the ftalks : They are fmall, of an herba- ceous colour, and make no figure. The PROPAGATION is very eafy, i. If a fpade-fuU of mould be thrown over each of the trailing branches, any time in the winter, they will by the autumn following have ftruck root ; and thefe may be planted oat in the nurfery, to ftand until they are of a proper fize to be planted out fur good. 2. This flirub may be alfo propagated by cuttings ; and in order to obtain good cuttings for the purpoie, the year before the plants fiiould ba htjidsd acar the groun^J, which will make them ilioot vi^orouily R th: U2 L O N the fummer following.- Thele young ihoots muft be the cttt-- tings to be planted. Oftobcr is the bell month for the work; and if they are planted in a moiftifli foil, and have a fliady fitua- tion, they will have taken good root by the autumn. If they are planted very thick, as cuttings commonly are, they fnould be all taken up and planted in the nurfery a foot afunder, and two feet dillant in the rows ; but if the living cuttings are no nearer than about a foot, they may remain without removing until they are planted out. 6. The Blue-berried Hokeysu-ckle is a flirub of about lour feet in growth. The branches are round, fmooth, and of a reddifli-purplifli colour. The leaves are oblong, fpear-fhaped, ot a fine green, and Hand oppofite by pairs on the branches. The flowers, which are white, are produced in May from the iidesof the branches, and are fucceeded by blue berries, that will be ripe In Auguft. 7. The Red-berried Honeysuckle will grow to the height of about five feet. The branches are very upright ; the young fhoots are angular, and covered with a brown bark. The leaves are tolerably large, fpear-fliaped, a little refembling thofe of the mock Orange, and grow oppofite to each other. The flowers arc J>roduced from the fides of the branches, on long footfl:alks : They are of a red colour, come out in April, and are each fucceeded by a pair of red berries, which will be ripe the end of July or early in Auguft. « 8. Black-berried Honeysuckle differs from the Blue- berried only in that the feeds of this are black, and grow two together ; whereas thofe of the Blue-berried are fingle and dl- ftinft. Except this, there is hardly- any difference to be per- ceived. 9. Fly Honeysuckle will grow to the height of about fevcn or eight feet. The bark on the branches is of a whitifti colour, which caufes' a variety, and makes it dilHnguifhed in the winter fcafon. The leaves, which are placed oppofite by pairs, are dov/ny, and of an oblong oval figure. The flowers are white and ereft : They are produced from the fides of the branches in June, and are fucceeded by tv.'o red berries, which will be ripe IB September, JO. Thf t O N 243 io. .Tlie PvRENEAN Hoineysuckle, or Dwarf Cherry, Is but a low flirub : It fcldom arrives to more than a yard in height. The branches. ^-e produced irregularly. The leaves are fmooth, oblong, and placed oppofite by pairs. The flowers are v/hite, produced from the fides of the branches, on flender footftalks, in April ; and are fucceeded by roundifli berries, which ivill be ripe iti September. II. Tartarian Honeysuckle, or Dwarf Cherry with Heart-shaped Leaves, is a flirub of about three or four feet high. Its branches are ereft, like the upright forts ; and it differs in few refpefts from them, except that the leaves are heart- fliapedi It exhibits its flowers in April ; and thcfe are fuc- ceeded by twin red berries, which will be ripe in Augufl. Thefe are the Upright forts of the Lonicera ; to which one method of propagation is common; and that may be per- formed two ways. i. By feeds. Common garden-mould, dup; fine, and cleared of the roots of all weeds, will ferve for their reception. In this the feeds fhould be fown foon after they are S-ipe, about half an inch deep. After the beds are neated up, they will require no other care until the fpring j when the weeds ftiould be picked off as faft as they appear. Some of the plants by this time will have come up j but the far greater part will iremain until the fecond fpring before they Ihew themfelves ; fo that the beds mufl be entirely untouched until at leafl: two years after fowing. They will require no care all this time, except being kept clear of weeds ; though if watering be afforded them in dry weather, it will be the better. After they are all up, and have {l:o'od a year or two in the feed-bed, they may be taken up and planted in the niirfery, at fmall diffances ; and in two or three years they will be of a proper fize to plant out to ftand. 2. All thefe forts may be alfo propagated by cuttings. Thefe fhould be planted in Oi^lober, in any fort of garden-mould that is to- lerably good. If a quantity is wanted, they may be placed very clofe ; and a fmall fpot of ground will hold thoufands. If the place be fliaded, it will be a great advantp^^e, as mofl cuttings ar« in danger of fuffering by the violence of the fun's rays before they have flrucl:, or whilfl they are ftriking root. The winter follou'ing, they may be all taken up and planted Out in the nurfery, a foot afunder, and two feet diitant in the rows, where they may fland until they are finally taken up for planting. ■ R 2 ' L Y- 444^ L Y C L Y C I U M. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Pentandria Monogynia : Each flower contains live males and one female : There are eight Species ; one only of which is hardy enough to ftand a fever* winter in our climate. "Lycivm Bariarum : The BoxTHORX ; a Jeciduous tretptr} native of Alia, Africa, and Europe. TheBoxTHORN. This fpecics affords two vartetits : The Broad-leaved Boxthorn, The Nanow-leaved Boxthorn. T7jc Broad-lea'ucd Boxthorn is a rambling plant, and will, if let alone, in a few years overfpvead every thing that is near it. The branches are very many, and fpread about in all directions. They will lie upon the ground, if unfupportcd, and will Ihoor, in a good foil, fixtcen feet in length in one fumn'ier. Thof» branches that lie upon the ground will ftrike root ; fothat from every part in^fli ftioots will be fet forth the next fpring ; and thus in a few years they will occupy a large compafi of ground ; fo that whenever this plant is defired, they (liould be conftantly kept within bounds. Indeed^ from its exceeding rambling na- ture, not above a plant or two for variety or obfervafion iliould be admitted in hardly any place. The branches of this plant are covered with a grey or whitifh bark. The leaves are of a light, whitifli-green, and of a thick confidence. They grow on the branches, on all fides, by threes. This plant, of all the forts, 13 poflclled of the longeft Ipincs (ibme of which are a foot or mora in length). Thcfe fpines are garniflied with leaves ; and onthefe ihev for the mod part Hand fingly in an alternate manner. On the branches where they grow by threes,, the middle one is always the largeft. They are all of an oval^ fpear-fliaped figure, are very fmooth, a little gloffy, and often continue till the middle of winter before they fall Clf. Befides the long leafy thorns before- mentioned, it produces many fliort (harp fpines, of a white co- lour, near the ends of the Ihoots. The flowers are produced in Augult, and there will be often a fuccelTion of blow until th» fcoft* corns oiu They g;row lingly at the joints, on fiwrt foot- ilalks. MAG 245 ftalks. They are of a purplifli colour, fmall, and arc fucceedcd by tto fruit rt'ith us, as I could obfcrve. The Long NarroVi'-lca'ved BoxtJ.wrn is alfo a very great rambler. The branches are many, and are produced irregularly on all fi-des. It is poffeflcd of ipines, but thefe are very fliort, and the bark with which they are all covered is pretty white. The leaves - are of a lanceolate figure, and are narrow and long. Their co- lour is that of a whitifli-green, and they grow alternately on the branches. The flowers are fmall, and appear in July ; and are fucceeded by red berries, which ripen in September, and at that time are very beautiful. The PROPAGATION of thcfc forts is by cuttings ; for they v.'lll grow, if planted at any time, in any manner, and in almolt any foil or fituatioa, except a white clay. In a black rich earth, they will be the mofl: healthful and mott vigorous fliooters • and though the cuttings will grow at all times, yet the winter- months are to be preferred for the piirpofc. MAGNOLIA. LiNN^AN Clafs aiid Order^ Polyandria Polygynia : Each flower contains many males ajid many females ; There are four Species : 1. Magnolia G/^z/ra; The Sea-green MAG>roLiA, or th? Bay-leaved Tulip-Tree, or the Small Magnolia; a tall fuh-cvcrgrcai J}:ruh ; native of Virginia and Pcnnfylvania. 2. M.kG^QfL\P^ Acuminata : The LoNC-LEAVif d M.^'i VOLI A ; nful-cvcrgrccn JJyruh or tree ; native of Pennfylvania. 3. ^If^Gtio-LXKTnpctala: The Umurella-Tree ; /^A'^J-rt'f/- greenjhruh or tree ; native of Carolina and Virginia. A' ^f^G-KOLix GranJiJIora : The Evergreex Magvolia or Laurel-leaved Tuli p-Tree ; an evergree?i tree ; native «f Florida and Carolina. I. The Sea-green or Small Magnolia grows with us to about the height often or twelve feet. Th? wood is uhite ; and ^3 tli^ 246 M-A G the branches, which are not very numerous, are covered with a fmooih whitifli bark. The leaves are tolerably large, and of two colours J their upper furface being- fmooth, and of a fine green, whilft their under is hoary. They are of an oval figure, have their edges entire, and often continue the greatefl: part of the winter before they fall off the trees. The flowers are pro- duced at the ends of the branches, in May : Their colour is white ; and the petals of which they are compoled are concave and large ; fo that, together with the numerous iramina in the center, they prefent a beautiful appearance. They are alfo reraarkable for their fweet fcent ; and arc fucceeded by conical fruit, which ' never ripens in England ; but in the places where they grow na- turally, a fingular beauty and oddity is added to thefe trees by the fruit; for the feeds are large, and lodged in cells all around the cone. When quite ripe, thefe are difcharged from their cells ; and hang each by a long narrow thread, caufing thereby an un- common aiid pleafing efFe6t. 2. Long-leaved Magnolia will grov/ to be near twenty feet high. The wood of this fort is yellow, and the branches are covered with a fmooth light bark. The leaves are very large, being near ten inches long ; their figure is oval, fpear- fliaped, and all end in points. The flowers, which are produced in May, are white, and compofcd of twelve obtufe petals, which, together with the number of ftamina, make a good fliowJ Thefe alfo are fucceeded by conical fruit, which never ripens in England. 3. The wood of the UiMBRELLA-TREE, which grows to about twenty feet in height, is more fpongy than any of the other fpecies of Magnolia. It i§ called the Umlirella-Trec, from its manner of producing the leaves ; for thefe are exceeding large, and fo produced as to form the appearance of an umbrella. The flowers of this fort alfo are white, and the number of petals of which each is ^ompofed is about ten : They are fucceeded by fruit of a conical figure, with many cells all round for the feeds, which never ripen in England. All thefe forts may be propagated by feeds, layers, and cuttings. By the firft of thefe methods the beft plants are raifed, though it is a very tedious way, and muft be followed with great patience M A G 247 patience and trouble. "We receive the feeds from tnofe parts of America where they grow naturally. Thefe are ahvaysprefervcd ill fand, but, neverthelefs, will not always prove good. As foon as porible after they arrive, which is generally in February, they fliould be fown in pots, about half an inch deep. The bcit com- poft for them is a frefli loamy earth, mixed with a fourth part of drift fand ; and the feeds fnouid be thinly fown in each pot. After this is done, the pots fliould be plunged up to the rims in the natural mould,undcr a warm hedge, where they may reap the benefit of the fun during the month of March and part of April ; but when the rays of the fun begin to be ftrong and pov/crful , drying the mould in the pots very fafl, they fliould be taken up and plunged again up to the rims in a fliady border. By the end of iMay, if the feeds were good, the plants will come up ; and all the fumaier they mull be conllantly attended with weeding and watering. At the approach of winter, they fhould be removed into the greenhoufe, or placed under fome coyer ; but in mild weather fiiould always have the benefit of the open air and gentle fliowers. In March, the pots with their feedlings fhould be plunged into an hot-bed to fet them forwards. Tanners bark ig what the hotbed fliould be compofedof ,• and as much air as the nature of the bed will allow, fliould always be aftbrded them. Water alfo mulT: be given pretty often, though in fmall quanti- ties, and the glailes mufc be iliaded in the heat of the day. After this, about June, they fliould be inured to the open air ; watering; muft ftill be afforded them ; and this is what they require during the fecond fummer. It has been a praftice to plunge the poto into an hotbed foon after the feeds are fown ; but this is a very bad method, for the young plants being- thereby forced, grow thin and flender, and are feldom made to live longer than the firilyear. The fecond fummer's management alfo has ufu ally been, to plant the feedlings in March, in little pots, and then plunge them into a hotbed : but this is alfo a very bad way ; for thefe feedlings, whether raifcd on hotbeds or the common ground, will be fmall, and not of confidence fuiiicicnt to draw the juices, though the powers of vegetation are affiJled by an hotbed ; Thus, hardly any of them furvive this early tranrplanting. This having been the general pradice, thefe plnnts have been always thought very diihcult to preferve the fccon4 y^^'" 5 whereas aU R 4 thofft. J4* MAG thofe difficulties vanlfh, by obferving the abovCTdira^ted method { for by letting the feeds have only the natural foil, they will th» firlt fummer be formed into young plants, which, though fmall, will neverthelcfs be plants, and healthy. Thus being in the fpring in their natural ftate, with their pores open to receive the nutritious juices, and not having fullered by being tranfplanted^ the hotbed vvillfo help them, that they will be pretty plants by the autumn. At the approach of winter, they muft be removed again under cover, and the former affiflance of an hotbed fhould be aflbrded them ; and this fhould be repeated until the plants are grown to be a foot or more in length. The fpring following, the mould fliould be turned out of the pots and fliaken from the roots, and each plant put into a feparate pot. For thefc, an hot- bed of tanneis baik fliould be ready, which will promote their growth, and make them healthy and fiae. During the time they are in the bed, they fhould be fliaded ; and about Midfummcr the pots may be taken out and placed in a fliady border. The winter following, it will be proper to houfe them in fevere frofly weather ; but always obferve to place them abroad in mild fea- fons. In March they may be turned out of the pots, the mould hanging to the roots, and planted with that in the places where they are to remain, z. Thefe plants may be alfo propagated by layers. The young fhoots in the autumn are mofl proper for he purpofe ; and it is found that a gentle twill, fo as juil to break the bark about the joint, is a better method than any other in practice. Thcfc will fometimes flrike root in one year, and fometimes you muil wait more than two before you find them with any. After they have ftruck root, and are taken up, the bell: time for which is March, it is moll eligible to plant wch feparately in a pot, and plunge them into an hotbed, as di- rected for the feedlings ; and by the fpring following they will be flrong good plants for any place. 3. Thefe plants may like-t wife be encreafed by cuttings ; by which they may be procured in plentv, if a perfon has the conveniency of a good flove ; and without one this method fliould not be attempted. Thefe cut- tings ftiould be planted in pots ; and alter they are fet in the flovc, mufl: be duly watered and (liaded : By obferving thefe di- reftions, many of them will grow. After this, they fliould be Jbxough): by degrees to the open air; the winter following they iliouU MAG 249 fliould be placed under an hotbed-fiame, or fome flicker ; and in the fpring planted out to remain. Thefe plants often retain their leaves, efpecially when young, all winter, or the grcateft part of it, in fome fituationsj and ia fuch they pafsfor evergreens. 4. The Evergreen Laurel-leaved Magnolia. In the countries where it grows naturally, it arrives to the height and bulk of a timber-tree. Thole countries are adorned with wood* that are chiefly compofed of this plant ; and indeed, a wood of fp noble a tree, luxuriantly ftiooting, flowering, and feeding, healthy and iirong, in foil and fituation wholly adapted to its iiaturc, mull be a fight of which we can hardly form an adequate idea, or have a juil: conception of its beauty or grandeur ; for the tree naturally afpircs with aji upright flem, and forms Itfelf into a regular head. Many other trees ilo the fame ; but its moft excellent properties confiltoi the fuperlative beauties of the leaves, flowers, and feeds. The leaves much refemble thofe noble leaves of the Laurel, from which it is fo called, only they are larger and of a thicker confiftence : Many of them will be ten inches or more in length, and four broad, and all are firm and llrocg. Their upper furface is of a fiiining green, but their under is lighter, and often of a brownifli colour. This tinge, which is not always found in all trees, is by fome thought a great beauty, and by others an imperfcftion ; fo various is the tafle of different people. Thefe leaves are produced without any order on the tree, and fit clofe to the branches, having no feparate footllalks. The idea we can form of a tree, of feventy or eighty feet high, plentifully ornamented with fuch large and noble leaves, mull be very great, and will induce us on their account only to endeavour to naturalize fo noble a plant to our country. But let us confider their flowers. Thefe we find large, though finglc, and of a pure white. They are produced at the ends of the branches, in July, and each is compofed of about nine or tea large fpreading petals. They have the ufual properties of thofc that are broad and rounded at their extremity, of being narrow at the bafe, and their edges arc a little undulated or waved. In the center of thefe petals are fituarcd the numerous ftamina, which the Botanill will be more curious in obfervino- than the pavdewer. But what affects all ecualiy alike that have the fcnfc of fSo MAG .of fmelling is, their remarkable fragrance, which in'deed is of fo great a degree, as to perfume the air to fome diftance ; and if one tree, when in blow, is fufficient to effeft 'this, what conception fhould we form of the odours diffufed in the countries where there are whole woods of this tree in full vigour and blow ! The fruit is nearly of the fliape and fize of a large egg ; but what make it moil: fingular and beautiful are the pendulous feeds, of a fine fcarlet, which being difcharged from their cells, hang by- long threads, and have an effe£l both ftrikingand uncommon. Rules have been given above for propagatixg deciduous Magnolias : the fame rules cbferved, whether for feeds, layers, or cuttings, will raife plenty of this fort ; neither need any thing be added, except hinting to the Gardener, that this is m.ore ten- der than the other forts, and that from thence he fliould learij not to be over-hafty in coiltmitting thefe plants to the winter's cold, and planting them finally out. Snow is peculiarly injur rious to them while young ; fo that, at the approach of fuch weather, they muft be particularly covered ; and if fnow fliould happen to fall unawares, it fliould be carefully cleared off the leaves and ftcms. When thefe plants are fet abroad to remain, if the place is not exceedingly well fheltered, it will be proper to have a fhed at hand, which the Gardener may put together, to fcrcen them from the fevere northern frofts, and the black eaflerly winds, from which this flirub is mofl; likely to fuffer damage ; and thefe frofty winds are the mofl deflruftive to it when they come early in the winter, while the (hoots are rather tender ; for then they are often deiiroyed, and the tree rendered unfightly for fgme time, though it will flioot out again. When this flirub is to be encreafed by layers, it will be necelTary, after the operation is performed, to make an hedge of reeds, or fornething, at a little diflance round it, to keep off the flrong winds, and prevent them from blovv'ing the layers out of the ground ; for without fome guard this will be in danger of being done ; fince the leaves being very large and ftrong, the wind muft have great powcf ovec them. 11 Et. MED a^z M . E D I C A G O. jLiNNEAN Clafs and Order, DiaMphla Deca;tdria : Each ^ower contains ten males and one female ; the males being con- nefted at the bafe in two divifions : There are twenty-four Species ; one of which, only, is admiffible into our coUeiStion; the reft being herbaceous plants. Medicago Arborea : The Tree Lucerne, or Tree Me- DICK, or Moon-Trefoil ; an evergreen JJorub ; native of Italy, Crete, and the illands of the Archipelago. The Tree Lucerne will grow to be fix or feven feet high, and divides wifiioiit any order into many branches, which are covered with a grey bark. There is a delicacy in the young' fhoots beyond what is found in mofi trees ; for they are white and lilvery, and at the fame time covered with the fined: down. Thefe yoang flioots are plentifully ornajmented with leaves, many of which come out from a bud. They are trifoliate, and grov/ on long (lender footftalks. One of the folioles is cuneiform, or fliaped like a wedge ; the others grow out mor& into a lanceolate figure, have alfo a whitlih look, and are downy, though not to fo great a degree as the young twigs on which they grow. They have a large mid-rib, which contra£ts the borders in the evening, and this alters their pofition of iides oij the alteration of weather. The flowers are produced from the fides of the branches, in cluilers, on long footftalks. Each of thefe clufters will be compofed of ten or twelve flowers, which are of a beautiful yellow. They are of the butterfly kind ; and are fucceeded by moon-fliaped pods, that ripen their feeds very well. One or other of thefe trees is to be found in blow alnioft at all times. The beginning of the blow is generally fald to be in April or May ; and Indeed then we may expeft to fee the flowers largeft and in the greatcft perfection ; but the flowers of thefe trees may be feen in July, Auguft, and Septem- ber ; and in greenhoufes have been known to blow all winter ; which makes the tree more valuable to thofe who are defirous of feeing flowers in unufual monthso This flirub is by many fuppofed to be the true Cytifus of Virgilo It grows plentifully in Italy, in the illands of the Ar- chipelago, «5« MED iehipela^o, and many other parts, where it is efteemed excellent fddder for cattle. " For this purpofe, continues Hanevry, the raifingof it has been recommended in England ; but there feenjs no probability of fuch a fcheme being brought to bear here ; nei- ther is it any way neceflary to give ourfelves the trouble to try experiments of this kind, as, ftiould it even fucceed to our ut- iKoft wiflies, we have many forts of fodder that will exceed it in quantity and quality, without any proportion to the extraordi- nary expence which muft attend the railing any quantity of thefe ihrubs, to cut for that ufe. The flowers, leaves, and top-fhoots have, however, a fine peafe-like tafte, which is what, I make no doubt, moil: cattle would be fond of, and of which the inha- bitants of fome countries where it grows naturally reap the ad- vantage ; for the goats that feed on it yield a greater quantity as well as a more excellent kind of milk, from which good cheefe is at length obtained, where thefc creatures have plenty of thefc flirubs to brouzc upon. " In our wildernefs-quartcrs we muftgive this tree a very dry foil and a well-flieltered fituation ; for with us it is rather a tender fhrub, and has been frequently treated as a grecnhoufe-plant ; and this is another argument againft any attempt to raife thefe Ihrubs for fodder in England : They are too tender to bear ouf fevere winters without fhelter ; and fliould we proceed in raifing fixty or feventy acres, a thorough frofty winter would deftroy the greateft part of them ; or, if the winter fhould not be fo fevere as totally to kill them, yet their end flioots would be fo nipped and dam;iged, that it would be late in the fummer before they would fhoot out and recover this injury, and confcquently fmall crops muft be expected." This plant is eafily propagated by feeds or cuttings, i. The ■feeds fliould be fown in the fpring, a quarter or half an inch deep, in beds of fine light garden-mould. After they are come up, the ufual care of weeding muft be afforded them ; and if they are fliaded and now and then watered in hot weather, it will be fo much the better. The beds muft be hooped againft winter, and plenty of mats muft be ready to cover the plants when the froft comes on ; and if this fliould be very fevere, their covering fhould be encreafed, or there will be danger of loling them all. In the fpring the ftrongeft may b« drawn out, and planted in pots, to be houfed for a winter or rwo, un»il MEL Ui «ntil they are got ftrong ; but where a quantity Is wanted, and there is no fuch conveniency, it may be proper to let them it- main in the feed-bed another winter, for the conveniency of being covered in bad weather ; and then in the fpring they may be planted out in the nurfery, in lines two feet afunder, and at one foot dlllance. This nurfery fhould be in a well- iheltered warm place, aad they will be ready for tranfplanting whenever wanted. 2. Thefe plants may be raifed by cuttings. If a few only are wanted for ornamenting a flirubbery, the befl way will be to plant thefe in pots, and fet them up to the rims in a Ihady place, that they may have the conveniency of being houfed in winter. When a quantity is wanted, they muft take the chance of wind and weather, and the molt we can then do is to plant them in fine light foil in a well-fheltered place. Tl>« latter end of March is the beft time for the purpofe ; they will ftrike root freely, efpecially if they are fliaded and watered in dry weather ; and from this place they need not be remove^ until they be finally fet out. M E L I A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Decandria Mono^ynla : Eack flower contains ten males and one female : There are two Species ; one of which will bear the open air j the other is a hot-houfe plant. Melia Azcdarach : The Bead-Tree, a declduoas tree ; aative of Syria. The Bead-Tree is a large plant : in its native country it will grow to the fize of one of our pear-trees ; and there is no doubt, if our foil and fituation fuited it, that it would arrive to near that magnitude with us. The trunk is covered with a grey bark ; and the young branches, which are not very nu- merous, are quite fmooth and green. The leaves are a very great ornameHt to this tree : They are compound, and ver/ large, the whole leaf being a foot and a half, and fometimcs ■ear two feet lony. Each is compofed of a great number of folicles. 254 M E L folioles, which are all terminated by an odd one. Thefe littl6 leaves have their upper furface of a. ftrong ftiining green ; their vnder is paler ; and their edges are indented; The flowers arc produced in July, from the lides of the branches, in long clut- ters : They are, leparately," frtiall, of a blueifli colourj very fra- grant, and each Itands on a long footftalk. The flowers arc fuccceded by a yellow fruit, tolerably large, in which fome nuts are enclofcd, ufed in the Catholic countries to compofe fome forts of rofaries ; on which account this tree is called the Bead-Tree. *' It is generally preferved in winter as a greenhoufe plant i and indeed a few plants of this fine fhrub ought always to be in- troduced in fuch places defigned for trees as are proper for them. The reafon of its being treated as a greenhoufe plant is, be- caufe it is rather of a tender nature ; and as the plants are not yet very plentiful in England, to this may be added, the defirc of preferving thofc few a perfon has obtained. But notwith- llanding the Bead-Tree's being looked upon as a greenhoufe- plant, fome gardeners have ventured to fct them abroad againlt warm walls, where they have flood the winter, and flouriflies ex- ceeding well ; others have planted them out in well-flieltered places only, where they have flouriflied and flood the brunt of many winters. What inclines me to introduce the Mclia amongft our hardy trees is, that I have planted it in an open cold expanfe, in a naturally damp and moift foil, where it has flouriflred for more than feven years, and difplayed its beautiful foliage every fummer, to the great pleafure of all beholders. This treat- ment and pradtice, hovvever, muft be ufed with caution ; and whoever ventures to plant them abroad mufl have a dry foil, as well as a warm and well-flieltered fituation, and then nothing but our hardeft frofls will deprive the owner of thefe treafures. But, were they more tender, and if a perfon has no green- houfe, it will be worth while to venture the planting a few abroad, though there fliould be little chance of his keeping them longer than two or three winters, as they arc fcarce plants with VIS, and the leaves, the only beauties the tree can afford in that time, are compounded in fuch a manner as to afford admi- ration and pleafure." Han-euky. Propagation. Car6 and trouble muft be ufed before we can raife thefe plants to be of fufEcient flrength'and hardlnefs to defend MEL 255 >lh'.s : The Bastard Quixce; it dal'duous JJjfuh ; native of the Autirian and Pyreneau moun- tains. 7. Mesfilus Pyracantha : The Pyracantha, or Ever- green Thorn ; an evergreen Jljruh or climber j native of Italy and the fouth of Prance. 1. The German Medlar in fome fituations grows to be a moderately large tree. It grows irregularly, and the branches are frequently crooked. The leaves are fpcar-fliaped, large, entire, downy underneath, and grow on very Jhort channeled footft:dks. The flowers^ wliich grow fingly from the fides of the branches, arc very large, and of a white colour. They corac out the end of May, and are fucceedcd by that vvcU-knovvit fruit called the Medlar. The t'arietics of this fpccics arc, T/se Pear-fruited Medlar, and The Isottingham Medlar, Thefe are plants of more uprigh"^ growth than the Dutch Medlar, Their leaves are narrower, and their flowers and fruit fmaller. 2. Arbutus-leaved Medlar. This is frequently called Virginia Wild Service-tree with an Arbutus Leaf. It is a flirub about fix feet high, frequently fending forth many fuckers from the root, and branches trom the fides of the plant. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, downy undevncath, and in- dented. They grow alternately on very lliort footfialks. Their upper furface is a fine green colour, though white below ; and they die to a purple colour in the autumn. The flowers are produced in bunches from the ends and lidcs ot the branches : They are fmall, white, come out in May, and arc fucceeded by ft dark-brown fruit, like the common Haw, which will fometimw be ripe in the autumn. 3. Amelanchiek. The flalks of this fpecies are flcnder, branching a little, and grow to about four feet high. The young branches are of a rcddifh-purple colour, and the whole plane M E S 259 plant is altogetlier deftitute of thorn:«. The leaves are 0V3I and fcrrated, about three quarters of an inch long, half an inch broad, green on their upper furface, and woolly underneath. The flowers are produced in bunches from the ends of the' branches ; Their colour is white ; and they are fucceeded by fmall black fruit, of a fweetifli talte, which will be often ripe in the autumn. This is a beautiful flirub, and in different parts goes by the various names of the Dzvarf Black-fruited Medlar^ the New-England ^ince^ Vltis Idaa^ &c. The young fhoots which fupport the flowers are woolly underneath ; but this by degrees wears off, and they foon become of a purple colour, which remains all winter. 4. Can^ada Medlar. This flnub, which rifes to about five feet high, is free from thorns, and divides into a few branches, which are fmooth, and of a purplifli colour. The leaves are oval, oblong, fmooth, flightly ferrated, and grow ou long flender foatlfalks. The flowers are white, and terminate the branches in fmall bunches : They come out in May ; and are fucceeded by a purplifh fruit, hardly fo large as the com- mon Haw. 5. Dwarf Quince grows to about four or five feet high. The branches are few, fmooth, and of a reddifli-purple colour. The leaves are oval, entire, and gi'ow on very fliort footftalks. The flowers are produced, two or three together, from the (ides of the branches, without any footftalks. They are fmall, of a purplifh colour, come out in May, and are fucceeded by round fruit, of a bright red colour when ripe, in the autumn. 6. Bastard Quince. This fpecles grows to about four or fi\-e feet high. The branches are few, fmooth, flender, and ^overed with a purplifh bark. The leaves are oval, fmooth, ferrated, of a }el- lowilli green, and grow on pretty long footflalks. The flowers are produced in fmall heads, from the wings of the flalks ; and between them are long narrow braftes, which fall ofl" before the flowei-s decay. Both flowers and bradece are of a purplifli co- lour : The fruit is fmall, and of a red colour when ripe. All thefe forts are to be propagated from the feeds, from layers, and by budding them upon Hawthorn flocks, r. The feeds fhould be fown in the autumn, foon after they are ripe, in a bed of good earth, in a moilt pare of the garJ.en. They S 1 ufi'.aliy 26o M E S ulually lie two years before they make their appearance ; duriti^ which time the bed mull be kept clean from weeds. When the plants come up, they muft be frequently watered, If dry wea- ther fliould happen ; and this fliould occaftonally be repeated all the fummer. Weeds muft be eradicated as they arife ; and in the autumn, winter, or fpring, the ftrongeft plants may be drawn out, and fet in the nurfery ground, a foot afunder, in rows two feet dillant from each other ; whilft the others may remain in the feed-beds a year longer, to gain ftrength. In the Kurfery the Medlars fliould be trained for ftandards, if dcfigned for fruit ; or they may be headed to any height if for other pur- pofes, while the lower kinds will require no other management than keeping them clean from weeds, and digging the ground between the rows in winter. 2. Thefe plants may be alfo raifed by layers, efpecially the five laft forts. The young branches flrould be laid early in the autumn ; and by the autumn following many of them will have fb'uck root, when they fliould be taken up, and planted in the nurfery-ground, like the feedlings, to remain there for a year or two, before they are finally fet out. 3. But the moft expeditious, and by far the beft way of railing thefe forts is, by budding them upon flocks of the Vv'hite-thorn. The Haws to raife the ftocks fliould be ga- tiiered from fuch trees as arc largcft, flioot freeft, and have the largeft leaves and feweft thorns. When the flocks are one year old, they ihould be fet in the nurfery at the beforementioned diflance. By the end of July, many of them will be ready for working ; when they fhould be budded in the ufual way, and they will eafily take. Seldom any other method than this is pradlifed for raifing Medlars ; and the other forts, when growing on fo firm a balis as the White-thorn, will be larger, have a better lock, and be more fertile in flowers and fruit. 7. The Pyracantha, or Evergreen Thorn, has been chictiy ufcd to ornament or hide the ends of houfes, barns, itablei, or other buildings that break in upon the view ; and for r4ii» purpofe no plant is better adapted, as by its evergreen leaves, clofely fet, it will not only keep from fight whatever cannot re- sale that fenfe, but will be to the higheil degree entertaining by the profufion of berries it will produce, and which will be in full glow all winter. But though the hiding as well as or- «i:inenting of walls, &:c, has been the chief ufc for this tree, it is M E S a6r \i with very good reafon planted as an evergreen in flirubbery- quartcrs, where, notwithftanding its branches againft walls, &c. are very flexible, it will become flronger and more woody, and will diffufe its leafy branches in an agreeable manner. The branches will be terminated with its fine fruit, which will glow in the quarters all winter, if they are not eaten by the birds ; fo that the tree before us is proper for any place. A further account of this (hrub is almoft needlefs, as it is well known ; there being few towns which have not an houfe or two whofc front is ornamented with them, being trained up to a great height ; but when planted fingly in quarters, though their flems naturally become ftronger, they feldom grow higher than twelve or fourteen feet ; and they will fpread abroad their (lender branches, and will often have a bufliy, though not un- pleafing form ." Thefe branches are covered with a fmooth bark, which is of a dark-greenifh brown colour, and often fpotted with greyifii fpots ; and they are often pofTeflcd of thorns, which, though not numerous, are fliarp and flrong. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, oval, and their edges are crenated. Their upper furface is fmooth, and of a fine fliining green ; their under is paler ; and they are produced in much plenty all over the Ihrub. The flowers are produced in bunches, like thofe of the common Hawthorn ; though they are fmall, and not of fo pure a white. They are often later before they are produced ; and are fucceeded by thofe large delightful bunches, or berries, which are of a fiery red, and which are as ornamental in the winter as any that are produced on trees of the berry -bearing tribe. This plant is eafily propagated by the berries, or frojn layers, i. The berries fliould be Ibvvn in any common gardeii- mould made fine, an inch deep ; and thefe will remain tv/o years before they appear : though if the berries arc old ones (for they will often remain on the tree two years) they will frequently come up the fucceeding fpring. After the plants have flood one or two years in the feed-bed, in the fpring thev ihould be planted out in the nurfcry, at fmall diftanccs ; and in about two years more they will be good plants, fit for any place. 2. They are ealtly propagated by layers j and this bufinefa fhould be performed in the autumn, on the young (hoots. A S 3 gentle zB% M O R - gentle tvvifl: may be given them ; though, if they are only laid down, and covered with earth, they will ftrike root by the next autumn ; nay, continues Hanbury, " I have known that, by fonie mould being accidentally thrown on a branch which was near the ground, roots have (hot from almofl every joint." Thefe layers fhould be taken off any time in the winter j the ftrongeft W^ill be fit for immediate ufe, while the weaker may be fet li^ the nurfery, like the feedlings, and in a very little time they will grow to be good plants. M O R U S. LixKEAM Clafs and Order, Monoecia Tetrantlria t ATal« flowers containing four ftamina, and female flowers containing two piftlls, upon the fame plant ; the male flowers being col- lected in a katkin. There are feven Species j four of which are proper for our collciTtion : 1. MoRUs Allia : The White Mulberry, or the Silk-. W^OaM Mulberry ; a deciauous tree', native of China, and cultivated almoll univerfally for the feeding of filkworms. 2. MoRUS Nigra : The Black Mulberry, or the Common Garden Mulberry; a deciduous tree; native of Perlia, and the maritime parts of Italy. 3. MoRUs Patyrifcra : The Paper Mulee-iry ; a /ozy iccidiious tree ; native of Japan. 4. MoRUs Rubra: The Virgixia Mulberry ; a lev: de-i cidiious tree ; native of Virginia, J. The White or Silkworm Mulberry w^ill grow to a large fize : Its leaves are of a clear light green ; and open con- Jidcrably earlier in the fpring than thofe of the other fpccies of Mulberry : Its fruit is alfo paler-coloured than that of the other forts, which makes this take the name of the White Mulberry, *' This tree (fays Hanbury) polTefTes the peculiar property of breeding no vermin either growing or cut down ; neither does it Ijarbour i^iy fort of caterpillar, the Silk-worm only excepted, vvhof? I M O R 263 wbore food is its leaves. The jMulberry-trec was x'eiy canieft- iy recommended by King Jaraes to be planted in great quanti- ties to feed thefe worms, in order to ha-.e lilk of our own work- ing: and, indeed, if we confider what vail fums the produce of iilk. brings into other llates, we might find an undertaking of this nature worthy of a princely care and afliftance." The Mulberry delights moil in a light dry foil ; but there is very little land in this kingdom, generally fpeaking, which might not be planted with thefe trees, and probably to great national advantage. Be this- as it may, it is fufticiently oruamental to be admitted into a large coUet^tion : And, belidcs the nfcs ot its leaves to the Silk-worm, Evely\ and Hankury recommend it very iirongiy as a torcft or timber-tree, and enirtncrate fomc ot the ufes of its wood; none of them, however, fufficientlv ihiking to induce U3 to recommend it to thc,planter'a noiice merely as a timber-tree. 2. The Black or Garden Mulbkrrv is principally cultivated for the fruit ; and in ornamental plantations a few ot them will be fuflicient, to m^ike the collection g -neral, as well as to be ready at all feafons for the notice and obfervation of the Botanlth There is a variety of it, with jagged leaves, which makes if efteemed on that account ; but the fruit is Imallcr than that of of the common fort. 3. The Paper Mulberry is fo called, bccaufe the inha- bitants where the trees grow naturally make paper of the bark. It will grow to the height of about thirty ieet ; and exhibits its fine large leaves of different fliapes, many of them being divided into feveral lobes, whilft others again are entire. They are of a fine ftrong green colour, though the under furfacc is paler than the upper. The flowers, as has been obfcrved, are male and female ; and the females arc fucceeded -by fmuU black fruit. It is the bark of the young fiioots of which the paper is made ; and for this ufe it is cultivated much in China, as well n^i Japan, where large plantations are raifed. The plants are head- ed to within about a foot of the ground ; and cveiy year tbp crop of the fummer's flioots is taken. 4. The Virginia IMitleerry Tree ^vill grow to be thirty or more feet high. It finds foith many large branches; ; S 4 and 2(54 M O R and the bark of the young (lioots is of a blacklfli colour. The leaves are larger than the Common Mulberry, and rougher ; though in other refpe(fi:s they fomevvhat refemble them. It pro- duces plenty of katkins, in fliape like thofe of the Birch-tree j and the female flowers are fuccecded by a dark reddifli fruit. This is a very fcarce plant at prefent ; and is coveted by none but thofe who arc dcHrous of making their coUeftion general. Thefe feveral fpecies of Mulberry may be propagated from feeds, by layers, and from cuttings, i. Where the feeds can be procured, it is the mofl; expeditious way or j:ai(ing great quanti- ties ; and whoever has a correfpondence in the South of France, or in Italy, may through that channel obtain them. Having^ the feeds ready, let a fine warm border of rich mellow earth be prepared, and let this border be hooped, in order to fupport mats to defend the young plants, ivhen they appear, from frolls. If no fuch border can be eafily had, it will be proper to make a gentle hot-bed, and covei; it with fat mould : This alfo mull be hooped, as the border. Then fow the feeds in little drills, about a quarter of an inch deep. The middle of March is the beft time for this work ; and when the young plants appear, which will be in about fix weeks, they mufl: be conftantly co- vered with the mats in the night, if any appearance of frofts prefents itfelf, as there often is at that feafon. During the fum- mer they Ihould be kept clear from weeds, and covered from the extreme heat of the fun while the hot months con- tinue. Whenever any cloudy or rainy weather approaches, tho mats fliould be always taken off, that the plants may enjoy the benefit of it. By thus carefully nurfing the beds, keeping them clear from weeds, watering the plants in dry feafons, co- vering them irom the parching fun, and uncovering them again in the night, cloudy or rainy weather, the plants by auLumn will be got pretty ftrong ; tho' not fo ftrwng as to be left to themfelves. The following winter they will require fome care. When the frofts approach they muft be carefully covered with the mat?, as in the fpring ; for without this protection, many of them, would be deftroyed, and the greateft part killed, at leaft down to the ground. in this bed they may fiand two years, when they wiH be lirong enough to plant out in the nurfery. The ground for this purpofc being double dug, the young plants {hould be fet in rows, at two feet aad a half dillancc, and M O R 265 and one foot and a half afunder in the row?. Here they mr-y remain till they are of a fufficient fize to be finally planted out. 2. Another method of propagating this tree is y layers. Who- ever has not the conveniency of obtaining the feeds, muft pro- cure a number of plants to be planted for ftool?. The ground on which thefe flools are to Hand fhould be double dug, and the trees may be planted for this purpofe two yards afunder. The fize of the ground, and the quantity of trees for the Hools, muil be proportioned according to the number of plants wanted ; though the reader fhould obferve, that a few ftools will foon produce many layers, as they throw out plenty of young branches, when the head is taken eft". Having a fufricient quan- tity of llools that have fliot forth young wood for layering, in the beginning of winter perform this bulinefs, as follows : Let the earth be excavated around each itool, and let the preceding fummer-fhoot be flit at a joint, and laid therein ; a peg would be proper, to keep them from being torn up, and the fine mould lliould fill the interflices ; the ground muft be levelled, and the young twigs cut down to one eye above the furface, that it may juil appear above the ground. Such is the method of layering this tree ; and whoever performs the operation in this manner, will find in the autumn following, that the plants will have all taken good root, and made a confiderable flioot in the ilem. Thefe plants will be now ready for the nurfcry-ground, in which they fhould be planted and managed in the fame way as the fcedlings. The ftools, the fecond year after, will have ex- hibited a trefli crop of young wood for layering : And thus may this operation be performed every fecond year, till the dc- fired quantity is raifed. 3. By cuttings alio all the forts may be propagated, and this may be done two ways ; By cuttings planted in autumn. Thefe fliould be ftrong flioots of the lad year's wood j -and if the tree to be encreafed is not in fo flourifli- ing a ftatc as to make fuch flioots, it ftiould l^e headed the year before, and you will have cuttings proper for your purpofe. The ftrongeft flioots are the befl: ; and October is the beft month for the bufinefs. They ftiould be a foot and a half long, and muft be planted a foot deep, in a fliady well-flieltevcd place, and a moft foil well worked and fine : By this method many good plauts may be raifed. Thefe trees may alfo be encreafed by cuttings ;a66 M Y R cHttiv^ planted in the fummer. The latter end of June, or the beginning of July, is a proper time for the work, and the ma- nagement muft be as follows ; Having a fufScient number of pots ready, the cuttings, or rather flips, from the trees, fliould be gathered, and planted in thcfe pots, in any fort of common "•arden mould made fine. After this, they fliould have a good watering^ and the pots be plunged up to their rims in the Hove. Here, if water and fliade be conflaiitly afforded them, they will itrike root and become good plants. It may be proper to ob- ferve farther in this place, that cuttings planted in pots in March, aad managed this way, will readily grow. After they have firuck root, they may be hardened by degrees to the open air. They flxould remain under cover in the pots all winter ; for they will be rather tender at firft, by being fo nicely nurfed ; but in the fpri.ng, when all danger of froft is over, they may be turned out, with the mould, either in nurfery-lines at a foot dijiance and two feet afunder in the rows, or elfe in the places jvhcre they are defigned to remain ; for they will be hardy enough, after growing openly this fummer, to be in little danger ©I" fufferiiig by almoft any weather. M Y R I C A. Li.VKEAX Clafs and Order, Dioecla Tctran^Jria : Male flowers containing four ,ftamina, and female Howers containing two piftils ; upon diftinft plants. There are fix Species ; two of which are of a fragrant quality, and may be admitted into flirubbery quarters. 1. Myrica Cerifera : The Candleberry-Myrtle, or Wax-bearing Myrick ; a dedJuoas Jhrub j native of Caro- lina, Virginia and Pennfylvania. 2. Myrica Gale : The Gale, or Dutch Myrtle, or Sweet Willow ; a lo-zv deciduous Jjnd ; native of heathy bogs in many parts of England, and alfo of mofl of the northern parts of Europe. I. Can-' M Y R 267 1. Caxdleberry-Myrtle is a flxrub about five feet ia growth. Many llender branches are' produced from the ftalk ; They are tough, fmooth, and of a yellowlfh brown, having the older fpotted with grey fpots. The leaves gro-.v' irregularly on them all round ; fomctimes by pairs, fometiraes alternately, but generally at unequal diflanccs. They are of a Lmceolated figure ; and foine are ferratcd at the top, whilli others have their edges wholly entire. They Hand on very lliort footftalks ; having their upper furface fmooth, and of a fliining green colour, whilfl their under is of a more dufky hue. The branches of the old plants iiicd their leaves in the autumn j but the young plants, ruifed from feeds, retain them the greateft part of the winter ; fo as during that feafon to have the appearance of nu evergreen. But this beauty will not be lafting ; for they flied their leaves proportionally earlier as the plants get older. There are both male and female trees of this fort : The flowers arc fmall, of a whltifa colour, and make no figure ; neither does the fruit that fucceeds the female, which is a fmall, dry, blue berry, though produced in cluucrs, mak* any (how : So that it is from the leaves this tree receives its beauty and value ; for thefc being bruifed, as well as the bark of the young flioots emit the moil refrefliing and delightful fragrance, that is ex- ceeded by no Myrtle, or any other aromatic liirub. There is a variety of this fpecies, of lower grcivth, with fliorter but broader leaves, and of equal fi'agrance. This grows commonly in Carolina ; where the inhabitants colIe<51:, from its berries, a wax, of which they m.ake candles, and which occa-f iions its being called the Candkherrj-Tree. It delights in a pioiftifli foil. 2. The G4LE, or Sweet Willow, is a flii-ub of about the fame growth with the other. The branches are tou«h and llender, and covered with a fmooth yeliowifli-brown bark. The leaves are of the fame figure with the other, though not fa large : They are placed in the fame irregular manner on the branches; and when bruifed, like them, emit a delightful and refrefiiing fcent. The flowers will appear in July, and the berries, which fucceed them in clufters, make no figure to any CS(?ept a botaniil ; fo that whej-e that fcience has no fliare in view. 26« M Y R view, it is on sccount of its fragrance that it is propagated. This fort grows wild upon bogs, in many parts, particularly the northern parts of England ; fo that when it is defigned to be in the Ihrubbcry, the moiftcft parts muft be affigned it. Both thefe forts may be propagated by feeds or layers. 1. The feeds of the Candlebeiry-Myrtle, and the Spleenwort- leaved Gale, we receive from abroad ; thofe of the Sweet Gale, from the bogs where they grow in England. The beft way is to fow them in boxes of earth from a rich pafture, well broken and fine. They fliould be fown about half an inch deep ; and when the hot weather comes on, Ihould be fet in the fliade. They will often remain until the fccond year before they come up, efpecially thofe feeds that come fi*om abroad. If the boxes are fet in the fliade, and the plants come up, they will require no other trouble the firft fummer than keeping clean from •^veeds ; in winter they Ihould be removed to a warm hedge or ivall, where they may enjoy the benefit of the fun. In the following fpring they will come up in plenty. In the beginning of M:u- they fnould rtfume their fnady fituation ; and this fummer they will require no other trouble than weeding and watering in dry weather. In the winter they fliould be remov- ed into a well-flieltered place ; and this may be repeated two years ; when, in the fpring, they fliould be taken out of the boxes, and planted in the nurfery, at about a foot afunder. 2. Thefe forts may be alfo eafily propagated by layers ; for this operation being performed on the young wood in the autumn, will occafion them to fiioot good roots by the autumn following ; many of which will be good plants, fit for any place. 3. Thefe plants may likcwife be encreafcd by fuckers ; for many of them often throw them out in vaft plenty ; fo that thefe being taken out, the ftrongeft and beft-rooted may be finally fet outj whilft the weaker, and thofe with leis root, may be planted in tks nurfery. N Y S S A. N Y S A69 N Y S S A. LiJTNEAN Clafs and Order, Potygamia Dioecia : Male flowrcis containing ten ftamina, and hermaphrodite fiowers containing five males and one female each, upon diftind: plants : There is only one Species : Nyssa Aqnatica : The Tupelo-Tree ; a deciduous tree qr Jhriih ; native of watery places in America. The Tupelo comprehends two varieties : The Entire-leaved Tupelo. The Serrated-leaved Tupelo. The Entire-leaved Tupelo-TreCy in its native country, will grow to be near twenty feet high ; with us, its fize will vary according to the nature of the foil ov fituation. In a moift rich earth, well flreltered, it will bid fair for twenty feet ; in others, that are lefs fo, it will make flower progrefs, and will in the end be proportionally lower. The branches are not very numerous ; and it rifes with a regular trunk, at the top of which they chiefly grow. The leaves are of a lanceolated figure, and of a fine light-green colour. They end in acute points, and are very ornamental, ofathickifli confidence, foft, grow alternately on pretty long footftalks, and often retain their verdure late in the autumn. The flowers, which are not very ornamental, are produced from the fides of the branches, growing fomctimcs fingly, fometimes many together, on a footftalk. They are of a greenifli colour ; and, in the countries where they naturally grow, are fucceeded by oval drupes, inclofing oval, acute, furrowed iiuts. In England, they feldom produce fruit. The Serrated-leaved Tupelo-Tree grows ufually to be near thirty feet high, and divides into branches near the top like the other. The leaves are oblong, pointed, of a light-greeri colour, and come out without order on lonsr footftalks. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves on long footftalks. They are fmall, of a greenifli colour ; and are fucceeded by oval drupes, containing Iharp-pointed nuts, about the fize of a French Olive. The PROPAGATION' of thefe forts is from feeds, which we receive from America. As loon as they arrive^ they fliould be fo»vn 5^0 O N O fown in large pots of light fandy earth, one inch deep. The gardener (who muftnot expecTi to fee any plants come up the firft fpring), after this work is done, fliould plunge his pots up to their rims in the natural ground ; and if it be a moifiifh place, it will be the better. Weeding muft be obferved all fummer ; and a few furze-bulhes ought to be pricked round the pots in No- vember,- which will prevent the grouild from freezing, and forward the coming-up of the feeds. In the next fpring, the pots fhould be plunged into an hot-bed, and after that the feeds will foon come up. As much air as poffible, and watering, fliould be ailbrded them ; and they muft be hardened foon, to be fet out. The pots fhould be then plunged to their rims again in the natural mould ; where they may remain until Ofto- ber. Watering mull be given them, and they fliould alfo be fhadcd in the heat of the day. In 0(ftober, they fliould be houfcd, with other greenhoufe plants, or elfe fet under a hot- bed-frame, or fome other cover, all winter. The third fpnng they fhould be taken out of the larger pots, and each planted in a fmaller, in which their growth may be afiiiled by a gentle heat, in a bed ; but if they are planted up to the rims in a molftifti place, and fliadcd InHry weather, they will grow very well. Though by this time they may have become hardy, yet it will be proper to flicker them the winter following in bad weather. They will require little more care during their flay in the pots, which may be either two, three, or more years, if they are large enough ; when in fome fpring they may be turned out, with the mould, into the places where they are to remain, which ought always to be moill and well-flieltcrcd. ONONIS. LlNNEAX Clafs and Order, DiaJclfhia Dccanih-ia : Each flower contains ten males and one female ; the males being di- vided at the bafc into two divifions : There are twenty-nine Species ; one of which, being &f a-ftirubby nature, is proper for our puipofc. OxoMS PAS , 271 0x0X18 Fruticofa : The Shrueby Oxoxis, or Purple Shrubby Rest-Harrovv ; a ioiv (J<:ciJuous foruh ; native of the Alps and other mountainous parts of Europe. The Shruc3Y Ononis, or Rest-Harrow, is a flov/erinj- fhrub of about a yard in growth. The branches are numerous, flender, and covered with a purplifli-brown bark, having no fpines. The leaves are trifoliate, grow irregularly on the branches, fit dole, are narrow, fpcar-fliaped, and their edges are ferrated. The flowers come out in panicles from the ends of the branches ; They are of the papilionaceous kind, and their general chara^Sters will indicate their flrutlure. They lland on long footftalks, ufually three on one. They are large, red, appear in May, and are fuccecded by fliort turgid pods, which will have ripe feeds by July or Auguft. This fort may be propagated b^- the feeds. Common garden-mould of almofl any foil, made fine, will do for the purpofe. The beds fhould be made and the feeds fovvn in March, and covered about halt an inch deep. In May the plants will appear ; and all the fum.mer they mufl be weeded, and duly watered in dry weather. In the fpring they ftiould be taken out of the feed-bed, and planted in the nurfery, a foot afunder, where they may ftand a year or two, and then be planted out tor good. As the feeds of this fort ripen exceedingly well with us, a few may be fowii in different parts of the garden, and iticks placed for a direiSion. Where there are too many come up to grow together, they may be drawn, and traniplanted for Other places, or thrown away, if plenty of feeds can alwavs be had ; and thus may thefe plants be raifed in their proper places, without the trouble ot removing. PASSIFLORA. LiNKEAN Clafs and Order, Gynandria Penfa;:Jria : Each flower contains five males and three females ; the males and females growing together at the bafe : There are twenty-eight Species ; one of which is proper for our colleflion : Passiflo:;a 47^ PAS Passiflora Carulea : The Falmated Passion-Flows-*?^ or the Common Passion -Flower j a ligneous climber j native of the Brazils. The Passio-v-Flower will climb to a prodigious height ; Millar fays, " to forty-fcct, with llalks almolt as large as 3 man's arm;" and adds, that it will make fiioots of twelve or fifteen feet long in one fummer. The leaves are palmated, be- ing fliaped like the hand ; each is compofed of five folioles, the middle one of which is, like the fingers of the hand, longer, and the reft are fliorter in the fame proportion, Thefe folioles are fmooth, and have their edges free from ferratures, and all together torm a fine leaf. The leaves grow from the joints, on ftiort footllalks, from whence alio the clafpers come out. From the joints, alfo, the flowers are produced, in July, Au- gulf, and September. They are well known; and in fome countries ferve as monitors to the religious, as flicwing the in- ftruments of our Blcfled Saviour's Paffion ; for they bring in the leaves of fome of the forts to reprefent fome part of it, and the contorted clrrhi for the fiagella with which he was fcourged. This extraordinary plant is very eafily propagated ; for it takes freely either by cuttings, layers, or feeds, i. By cuttings. Thefe fliould be planted in a moifl rich foil, at the beginning of March. The beds (hould be immediately hooped, and every day, during the drying March winds and fun, fliould be covered with mats ; and all that time they fiiould have frequent water- ings in the evening. In moift, hazy, or cloudy weather, they fliould be conftantly uncovered ; and with this management many of them will flrikc root. If, through the heat of fum- mer, the mats be applied, and evening waterings continued, the plants being thus kept cool and moiH, will flioot to be good ones by the autumn. During the winter, the mats mull: be ap- plied in frofty weather ; aud in the fpring they may be fet out to ftand. 2. Good plants are obtained by layers ; for thefe being laid in the ground in the fpring, will have llruck root, and be good plants for removing the fpring following. 3. By feeds. Thefe fliould be fown in pots filled with fine fandy foil, from a rich meadow ; and thefe plunged up to the rims in a fliady border. In thefe pots they will readily come up; and at the approach of winter fliould be removed into the greenhoufe, ur fet under an hot»bed-frame. la the fpring follouing they may PER zy^ may refume their old place ; and the fpring after that may be fct out for good. The after-management will be, if planted to climb up trees in warm well-lheltered places, to take away the dead flioots in the fpring that have been killed by the frofts ; for thefe will not only appear unfightly, but by fliortenlng the branches it will caufe them to flioot ftronger and flower better. If planted agalnft high walls, they [muft be conftantly nailed up as they Ihoot , and in the fpring following the branches muft be (hort- cned, and, the others taken away. If they be reduced to about a yai'd or four feet in length, and all weak fhoots cut out, you will be pretty fure of having plenty of good bloom the fummer after. This fort is fucceeded by a large, oval, yellow fruit, which alfo looks well. As this plant is rather tender, and requires mats to be nailed before it in very hard froft, thefc mats mull be always taken off immediately on the alteration of weather j for otherwife the ftems will grow mouldy, and be deftroyed that way. And as it is ufual to lay flraw, dung, &c. about ths 11:ems to prevent the froft penetrating the ground, this dung, &c. muft not be laid up to the ftem fo as to touch it, but all round it j for if it is hid up to the ftem, the bark will be de- ftroyed, and the tree killed, and alfo very little chance remain of the root's throwing out frefti flioots, ai it often does v/hen the plant is killed down to the ground. PERIPLOCA. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Fentandrla Digytiia : Each flower contains five males and two females : There are five Speciss ; one of which is fufficiently hardy for this climate. Periploca Graca : The Peeiploca, or Virginia Silk, or Climbing Dog's Bane ; a ligneous climber; native of Syria. The Periploca is a fine climbing plant, that will wind itfelf with its ligneous branches about whatever tree, hedge^ P'^le, or pole is near it j and will arife, by the afliftance of fuch fupporr, to the height of above thirty feet ; and where no tree or fup- port is at hand to wind about, it will knit or entangle itfelf together, in a moft complicated manner. The ftalks of the older branches, which are moft woody, are co/ered with a.dark- brown bark, vvhilft the vounger ft-.oats ae mure mottled witlt .T the 274 P H I the different colours of brown and grey, and the ends of the youngcft flioots are often of a light-green. The ftalks are round, and the bark is fmooth. The leaves are the greatcft ornament to this plant ; for they are tolerably lai'ge, and of a good Ihining green colour on their upper furface, and cauie n variety by exhibiting their under furface of an hoary call. Their figure is oblong, or rather more inclined to the iliape of a fpear, as their ends are pointed, and they ftand oppofite by pairs on (hort footilalkG. Their flowers afford pleafure to the curious examiner of nature. Each of them fingly has a ftar-like ap« pearancc ; for though it is compoled of one petal only, yet the rim is divided into fegmcnts, which expand in fuch a manner as to foi'm that figure. Their infide is hairy, as is alfo the nefta- rium, which furrounds the petal. Four or five of the flowers grow together, forming a kind of umbel. They are of a cho- colate colour, are fmall, and will be in blow in July and Au- guft, and fbmetimes in September. In the country where this genus grows naturally, they are fuccecded by a long taper pcd, with Ciinprcflcd feeds, having down to their tops. The PROPAGATION of this climber is very eafyj for if the cuttings are planted in a light, moill foil, in the autumn or in the fpring, they will readily ilrike root. Three joints at leail fliould be allowed to each cutting : They Ihould be the bottom of the preceding fummer's flioot ; and two of the joints fhould be planted deep in the foil. Another, and a never-failing method is by layers ; for if thev arc laid down in the ground, or a little foil only loofely thrown over the young preceding fummer's flioots, they will ftrikc root at the joints, and be good plants for i-emoving the winter following-. P H I L A D E L P H U S. LiNNEAX Clafs and Order, Icofandrta Mono^ynia : Each flower contains about twenty males and one female : There are only two Species : 1. Philadelphus Coronar'ius : The Common Syringa, or the Cucumeer-Tree, or the Mock. Orange; a deciduom Jhriih ; native p'nce uncertain. 1. Phi- PHI 2^5 i. Philadelphus Inodorus : The Carolina Syri nga, or the Scentless Syringa ; a tall deciduous Jhruh ; native of Carolina. I. The CoMMoy Syrixga admits of three remarkable varieties : Common Syringa, Double Syringa, and Dw.arf Syringa. The Common Syringa, or Mock Orange, Is a very beautiful fiirub, about fix feet in growth : It fends forth numerous branches from the root, which are brittle and full of pith. Thefe alfo fend out others from their fides that are fhorter, ftand ge- nerally oppofite by p^irs, and are alternately of contrary di- rections. Thefe younger fhoots are flender, jointedj and co- vered, fome with a fmooth pale-brown bark, others with a fmooth bark of a darker colour. The leaves are large, and placed oppolite by pairs on fhoU footftalks. They are of an oval, fpear-fliaped figure, of a flrong green colour, and have the flavour of a cucumber. Their edges are irregularly in- dented, their furface is rough, and they fall off early in the autumn. This flirub, by its flowers, makes a fine figure in May and June ; for they are produced in clufters both at the end and from the fides of the branches. They are of a fine white colour, and exceedingly fragrant. The petals of which each is compofed are large, and fpread open like thofe of the Orange ; and then forming branches, which ftand each on its own feparate fnort footfialk, and being produced in plenty all over the flirub, both at cnce feaft the eye and the fmcU : The eye, by the pleafing appearance it tvill then have ; the fmell, as the air at fome difi:ance will be replete with the odoriferous particles conftantly emitted from thofe frag'-ant flowers. Thefe flov/ers, however, are very improper for chimneys, water- glalfes, &c. in rooms ; for in thofe places their fccnt will be too ftrong ; and for the ladies in particular, often too powerful. The Doubk-Jlovjering Syringa is a low variety of this fpecies, feldom riung to more than a yard high. The defcription of the other belongs to this fort, except that the leaves and branches are proportionally fmaller and more numerous, and the b;irk of the flioots of a lighter brown. It is calkd the- .Double-flowering Syringa, becaufe it fometimes> produces a flower or two with three or four rows of petals ; whereas, in general, the flowers, which aje very icw, and fel- T 2 dom 276 PHI dom produced, are fingle. They are much fmaller than thofe- of the other ; and you will not fee a flower of any kind on this ftiub oftener perhaps than once in five years. It is hai-dly worth propagating on this account ; fo that a few plants only ought to be admitted into a collection, to be ready for obfervation. The Divarf Syrhiga is Hill of lower growth than the other^ feldornariiing to more than two feet in height. The defcrip- tion of the firlt fort ftill agrees with this ; only that the branches and leaves are ftill proportionally fmaller and more numerous, and thcbailc is fl^ill of a lighter brown. It never produces flowers. . 1. The Carol IN' A Syringa is the tallefl: grower by far of" r.ny fort of the Syringa, and makes the grandeft fliow when in blow ; though the flowers are deftitute of fmell. It will grow to about fourteen feet in height ; the branches are nu- merous and flendc!-, ind the bai-k on the young fhoots is fmooth and brown. The leaves alfo are fmooth and entire, and placed' oppolltc by pairs on longifh footftalks-. The flowers, which are produced at the ends of the branches, are of a fine white colour,, and, being larger than thofe of the firll fort, have a noble look. The propagation of all the forts isveryeafy : They arte cn- creafed by layers, cuttings or fuckers. i.The mofl certain method is by layers ; for the young twigs being laid in the earth in the winter, will be good-rooted plants by the autumn following.. 2. Thefe plants may be encrealed by cuttings, which being planted in C^.ober, in a fhady mcift border, many of them will fuh-evergreen tree-, native of Sicily. * 4. Pistacia Karhoncnjts : The Large-fruited Turpex- tixe-Tree ; a fuh-e'vtrgreen tree ', native of Perlia, Armenia, Mcfopotamia, and the fouth of France, *. The 300 P I S 1. The Common Turpentine-Tree will grow to the height of about thirty feet. The bark of the trunk is thick, full of cracks, and of a dark-brown colour ; whilft that on the young flioots is thin and fmooth. The leaves are pinnated and large, of a dark-green colour, and grow alternately on the branches. The folioles of which each leaf is com- pofed are oval, fpear-fliaped, and conlili: of three or four pairs, which are placed on the mid-rib, befides the odd one with which they are teiminated. There will be male and female flowers on different plants. They exhibit thejr bloom in April : The male flower is nothing but a katkin, and the females make no figure ; fo that where philofophy has no view, it is from the defire of having an extenfive coUcdlion that we procure thel'e trees. In warm countries, the leaves of the Piftacia con- tinue all the year ; with us, they fall off when attacked by the froiU. From the trunk flows the true turpentine ; in the room of which that taken from fomc of our Pines is generally fub- llituted. 2. The Pistacia-Nut-Tree is about twenty feet in height. The trunk of this fpecies alfo is covered with a dark- brown bark, full of cracks, whilft the young flioots arc fmooth, and of a light-brown colour. The leaves are likewife pinnated, being compofed of about two or three pairs of folioles, which do not always ftand exaftly oppofite on the mid-rib, terminated with an odd one. Thefe folioles are large, and nearly of an oval figure : Their edges turn backwards ; but have nevcrthe- lefs a noble look. The male flowers are katkins of a grcenifli colour ; and the female flowers are very fmall, and produced in clufters from the fides of the branches. April is the month of their flowering ; and the female flowers are fuccecded by the Piftacia nuts we eat. 3. The Three-leaved Pistacia is of about twenty-five feet growth. The bark of the trunk is very rough, and of a dark-brown colour ) but that of the young flioots is fmooth, and lighter. The leaves of this fpecies are trifoliate. The folioles are of an oval figure, of a very dark green colour, and are greatly ornamental to the plant. Different trees will have male and female flowers : The males are greenifli katkins ; and the females have no petals, r,re Imall, and make no fliow. 4. Larger- PIS 301 4. Laugeu-fruited Turpentine-Tree will grow to be *bout twenty-five feet high. The bark partakes more of a whitlfli colour, and is fmoother, than thofc of the other fpecics. The leaves alfo are pinnated ; but the folioles of which each is compofed are not always of the fame number : Sometimes there are three, fomctiines five pair of folioles to form the com- pound leaf. Thefe are of a paler green than any of the other forts, of a roundifti figure, and itand on longifli footftalks. The male flower of this fpccies alfo is a katkin ; and the females are fuccceded by nuts, which by many are liked, being eatable, like the Pillachia-nuts. The leaves continue on thefe trees great part of the year, in warm countries. The PROPAGATION, The fccds, which wc receive from abroad, fllould be fown as foon as poffible after their arrival. A com- poft fliould be prepared for them, mixed in the following pro- portions : Six barrows full of earth, from a frefh pafture, taken from thence at leaft a year before, with the green fward, and well turned and rotted ; three barrows of drift or fea fand • and one barrow of old lime rubbifli, beaten to dufl : Thefe fliould be all well mixed together. The feeds fliould be fown about half an inch deep in pots, which may then be fct under a warm wall or hedge, until the hot weather begins to come on, when they fliould be removed into the fliade, and plunged up to the rims in fome mould. At the approach of winter, they may bs removed into a warm place, and in fpring a hot-bed mult be prepared for their reception. As thefe plants i-arely come up the fine year, this will be a better method than to plunge them in a hot-bed loon after they are fown ; for even with this affifl:- ance, they will be later before they come up, will be very weak and tender plants in the autumn, and will require extraordinary future care to prelerve them ; whereas, if they are fufFered to remain unforced for one turn, they will be preparing to vege- tate, and of courfe will come up themfelves the iecond fpring; bufan hot-bed will be neceflliry, as at that time it will make them flioot flironger. But this forcing muft by no means be continued j a hitch only is to be given them, and they fliould immediately be hardened to the air. Watering and fliade all fummcr muft be allowed them ; and they ought to be made as hardy as poffible by the autumn. At the approach of winter, when other plants are to be fet in the green-houfe, thefe fliould go 302 P L A go with thein, or be placed unJer an hot-bed frame. Thejr fliould be fet out with them in the I'pring, and in Olay the pots jnuft be pUinged up to the rim in the ihade as before. The next winter they will require the green-houfe ; and in the fuc- cceding fpring they will be two years old feedlings ; at which time they fhould be fhaken out of the pots, and each planted in a feparate pot, in the fame foit of compoil in which the feeds were fown : This being done, they fliould be afforded a heat in the bed to fet them forward. After they have begun fliooting freely, the glaflcs fliould be taken off by degrees ; and BOW they will want no more hot-beds. Watering niufl: be given them in dry weather; and in the autumn they muft be re- moved into the green-houfe, with other plants. And thus they ihould be treated as a green-houfe plant for four or five, or if even fix years it will be fo much the better; obferving always, however, in the fpring, to ftiift them into a frcfli and larger pot every other year. The plants being now five or fix years old, and being become tolerably firong and woody, may be fet out in the pUices where they are to remain. Thefe, as was ob- ferved, mult be warm well-flieltered places, with a naturally dry foil ; and if the two or three fuccecding winters fliould prove mild and favourable, they will by that time bevgrown to be very hardv, and may bid defiance to almoltany weather. The Com- mon Turpentine-tree and the Piftachia Nut-trcc, when grown old, refift our fevereft frofts ; and the other forts, though rather of a more tender nature, even if not old, will droop to none but the mofl piercing. P L A T A N U S. LiNXEAN' Clnfs and Order, Monoccia Polyandrla : Male flowers containing many ftamina, and female flowers containing feveral piilils ; upon the fame plant ; the males being collefted in a globular kiukin, and the females digefted in a roundifli ball : There are only two Species : I. Pi. A TAN- us OricKtalh : The Asiatic or Oriental FlaaE ; a tall dccuhcus tree ; native of Afia. 2. Pla- P L A 303 2. YhxrASVs. Occ'ul-jitaUs: The American' or Occiden- tal Plane ; a tall deciduous tree ; native of >7orth America. 1. The Oriental Plane rifes to a ver\' great height, and in its native foil grows to a prodigious fize : The Hem is cover- ed with a Imooth bark, which falls off annually. The bark of the young branches is of a dark-brown, inclining to a purple. The leaves are large and palmated, being deeply cut into five legments : their upper fides are of a deep green, and the under fides pale. The flowers are very minute : they come out at the fame time as the leaves, which is in June. This is very late, and is no doubt a blemifli to the beauty of this neverthelefs highly ornarnental tree. The antients, we are told, were very partial to this tree ; which is not to be wondered at when we confider the extenfive canopy it forms, and the impenetrable fliade given by the number and fize of its leaves ; and confe- quently the grateful coolnefs it mull: afford in a fultry climate. Evelyn and Haneury clafs this and the next fpecies aniongft Forcll: or Timber-Trees ; and their wood may rank with that of the Sycamore, whi(ih bears a confiderable refemblancc to this genus of plants, and which in the North of England is called the Plane Tree. 2. The American Plane. This alfo grows to a great fize J the flem not only iVvells to an immenfe thicknefs ; but, rihng ered, flioots up perfeftly llraight and cylindrical to an amazing height. The Hon. Paul Dudley, in a Letter to the Royal Society, fays, " he obierved in New-England one of thefc Piane-Trees nine yards in girth, which continued its bulk very high ; containing when teiled twenty-two loads of timber." The bark is fmooth, and, like that of the Afiatic fpecies, falls off annually. The leaves arc broad, with long footrtalks, and are cut into angles at their edges, but not divided nearly fo deep as thofe of the foregoing fpecies : The upper lide is of a light green, the under tide paler : The flowers are fmall, and come out with the leaves about the fame time as thofe of the Oriental Plane. Altogether, this tree is peculiarly refrefliing to the eye, and truly ornamental. Befides thefe two dilHnft fpecies, there are two varieties : The Maple-leaved Tlane. The Spanifli Plane. The 504 P L A The Maple-leaved Plane, fays Mill AR, is certainly a fcmi- ral variety of the Eaftein Plane. It differs from the tsvo forts before-mentioned in having its leaves not fo deeply cut as thofe of the Eaftern Plane, but much more deeply than thofe of the Occidental Plane. The footftalks of the leaves are much larger than thofe of either of the former, and the upper furfacc of the leaves is rougher. The Spanljh Plane has larger leaves than either of the other forts. They are divided in a limilar manner to thofe of the Maple-leaved Plane. Some of them are cut into five and others into three lobes : Thcfe are fliarply indented on their edges, and are of a light-green. This is by fome called the Middle Plane, from its leaves being fhaped between thofe of the two iirft forts. This too is probably a variety of the Oriental Plane. The method of propagating the Oriental Plane is from feeds, when they can be eafily procured ; but whoever enjoys not this convenience muft have recourfe to layers, i . The gi-ound proper for the feminary fiiould be moift ard fliady, well dug, and raked till the mould is fine; then in the autumn, foon after the feeds are ripe, let them be fcattercd over this ground, and the feeds raked in, in the fame manner as turnep- feeds. In the fpring, many of the young plants will come up, tthough you muft not expedl: the general crop till the fccond year ; the fpring after which they may be taken out of the femi- nar}', and planted in the nurfcry in rows one yard afunder, and at one foot and a half diftance in the rows. Here they may re- main, with the ufual care of digging between the rows and keep- ing them clean, till they are of fufficient fize to be planted out. 2. Where the feeds of thefe trees cannot be procured, layering mull be the method of propagation. For this purpofe, a fufficient number muft be planted out for ftools, on a fpot of earth double dug. After they have ftood one year, they fliould be cut down, in order to make them throw out young wood lor layering. The autumn following, thefe Ihould be laid in the ground, with a little nick at the joint ; and by the fame time twelve months after, they will be trees of a yard high, with a good root, ready to be planted out in the nurfery, li'liere they may be managed as the feedlings j and as the ftools will POP 30s Will have fiiot up frefii young wood for a fecond operation, this treatment may be continued at pleafure. The American Plane is propagated by cuttings ; which, if they be taken from ftrong young wood, and planted early in the autumn, in a moift good mould, will hardly fail of fucceed- ing. They are generally planted thick, and then removed into the nurfery-ground, as the layers of the other fort : But if a large piece of ground was ready, the cuttings might be placed at fuch a diftance as not to approach too clofe before they were of a fufficient fize to be planted out to ftand ; and this would fave the expence and trouble of a removal. The Oriental Plane-tree will grow from cuttings, but not fo certainly as this j and who- ever has not the convenience of proper ground for the cuttings, mud have recourfe to layers, which, indeed, is for either fort the rnofl: cfFedual and fure method. Plane-trees delight in a moift fituation, efpecially the Occi- dental fort. Where the land is inclined to be dry, and Plane- trees are dcfired, the others are to be preferred. But in moift places, by the fides of rivulets, ponds, &:c. the Occidental makes fuch furprifing progrefs, that it might be ranked among th% Aquatics. P O P U L U S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Dloecla OHantlrla : Male flowers containing eight ilamlna, and female flowers containing one piftil ; upon dhlinft plants ; the males and females being fiml- larly fituated in long, loofe katkins : There are five Species : 1. PopuLUs ^/^^r; The Arbeel, or White Poplar; a deculuoiis aquatic tree ] growing common In England and moft parts of Europe. 2. PoPULUS X/'gra : The Black Poplar ; a JccUiioui aquatic tree ; this alio grows common in England and moft parts of Europe. 3. PopuLus Tremulci : The Aspex ; a rieciduous tree; na- live of England ;inu the colder paicj of Europe. X 4. Poputus 3c6 P O ? 4. PoruLUS Balfamlfcra : The Ca7.oi.ina Poplak ; m deciduous tree ; native of Ciirolina and many parts of Noith Aiuerica. 5. PoPULUs HctcrophxUa : The Virginia Poplar ; a iktiJuous fire ; native of Virginia. 1. The White Poplar. This is a tall fpreading tree, one ot the largefr of the aquatic tribe. The trunk is covered with a imooth whitilh bark. The leaves are about three inches long, and iland upon footfialks about an inch in length : they are in- dented at the edges ; and arc of a dark green on the upper fur- tace, but white and woolly underneath. The Arbecl and Poplars in general, whillt young, are elegant and orna- jienfal ', but the litter which is made by their katkins renders them diiiigreeable neighbours to kept walks and flirub- beries. The ufcs of its wood arc not many : it makes good boards, which have one peculiar good quality for flooring : they can with difficulty be made to burn, and will never blaze out -like thofe of other wood : it would be needlefs to add, that the wood of the Poplar is the worft of fuel. It is a quick-growing" tree, and may frequently be made uie of as a Ikreen to hide fwamps or other deformities. 2. The Black Poplar. This tree will alfo grow to a large fize. Its leaves are not fo large as thofe of the former. Their colour is a pleafant green ; they arc hcart-fhaped, and appear about the niddle of April. The Lombardy Pcplary or the Po Poplar^ fcems to be a rva- Ttety of the Black Poplar : the chief difference is, the Black Poplar throws OlU a large fpreadlng head, whilft the Lombardy afplres with a remarkably clofe one, rifing like an obelilk. There is a peculiar elegance in this plant when young, and in a moifi: rich fituation it flourifues extraordinarily ; but it will not ihrive in a dry barren foil, foon growing flunted and molTy. 3. The Aspen. This tree will grow to a great height, and takes a good outline. Its leaves are fmaller than thofe of the Black Poplar ; they flaind on long {lender ^a/ footualks, which render it of all the other forts the m.oil tremulous ; they are roundlfl), and fmooth on both fides; but do not make their ap- pearance before the beginning of May : This, together with their inelegant fliapc and their want of brilliancy, render the Afpen the Icaft ornamental of the Poplar tribe. The POP 3-7 The FROPAGATioN of thefe three fpccies of Poplar is very cafy : they will grow from cuttings, fetts, truncheons, &c. ; bur, fays Han-bury, *' I by no means approve of the planting of truncheons, as has been often prattifed on boggy places; be- caufe I have always obferved, that plantations of thefe luxuriant trees, attempted to be raifed in this manner, have been frequent- ly flunted, and very unpromifing ; and that the moft promiling trees have never equalled, in goodnefs or beauty, thofe planted with regular trees raifed in the nurfery. In order, therefore, to obtain a quantity of Poplars, proper to be planted in avenues or clumps, by the fides of rivulets, bogs, or any other places where they are delired, you muft get a piece of ground double dug for the nurfery. If the trees wanted are to be planted for good in a watery (ituation, this nurfery-ground fliould be pretty near it ; but if they are defigned for palliurc-grounds, fields, or fuch as have no more than a common degree of moifture, the foil of the nurfery flioald be proportionably drier. The latter end of October is the beft fca<"on for planting the cuttings ; though they will grow if planted in any of the winter months. They fliould be all of thofe lafl year's flioots which have been vigorous, or at Icaft not older than two years wood. Thefe cuttings fhould be one foot and a half in length ; and mult be planted in the nurfery-ground in rows, a yard afunder, and at a foot and a half dillance from one another. They fliould be planted a foot in the ground, while the other half mufl: remain to fend forth the leading-flioot. Now in order to have one leading-fhoot only, in furamer thefe plants fliould be carefully looked over, and all yoving fide-branches nipped off, in order to encourage the leading-branch. After this, no farther care need be taken of them than keeping them clean of weeds, and digging between the rovvg in the winter, till they have attained a proper fize to be planted out. 4. The Carolina Poplar will grow to be a large timber- tree, and has a majelly both enchanting and peculiar. It is an exceeding fwift grower, infomuch that it has been known to flioot ten feet in the fpace of one fummer, and to be in thicknefs neareft the bafe, an inch in diameter. The bark is fmonth, and of a whitifli colour j though that on the young flioots is of a fine green. The young (hoots arc cornered, having five angles ; and the bark of which thefe are compofcd, being extended by the future growth, leaves only the traces on the older X 2 branches 3o8 POP branches of thefc angles. " This (continues Hanbury) gives the tree in winter a particular look ; for at the bafe of each bud they curve over and meet. Thus there will be between every bud formed by the bark, figures like niches, as it were, of public build- ings, the' uich an upright in the middle, at the top of each of which, like an ornament, is feated the bud^ for the future flioot or leaf. Thefe buds are only to be found on the younger branches ; but the figure is retained on the bark of the older without thofe ornaments. But of all the trees in a colle(5tion, none more agreeably by its leaves entertains us than this, whe- ther wc conllder their colour, figure, or fize. The colour is a light fliining green, which is heightened in the autumn by the flrong mid-rib, and the large veins that iffue from it, turning to a red colour ; the lefl'cr veins alfo being in fome degree affefted, «ccafions upon the fame leaf a fwect contrail. Their figure nearly refembles that of an heart, and they are notched at their ^iges. But the chief m.ijefty this tree receives is from the fizc of the leaves : I have meafured fomc of the younger trees, and found the leaves ten inches long and eight broad, with a ftrong footllalk of four inches in length. Thefe majeftic leaves are placed alternately on the branches ; though, as the tree ad- rances in/'height, they dimlnilli in fize. This fpecies flioots late in the autumn ; and thefe young flioots have their ends eftcn killed in hard winters ; which is an impcrfeftioo, as it cimfes the tree to have a very bad look in the fpring, before aaid when the leaves are putting out : However, thefe laft will not fail afterwards to make ample amends for the former defeft. The flowers aiford no pleafure to the gardener : They are only katkins, like other Poplars, and fit only for the curious Botanifi'i yifpedlion." , q. The Virginia Poplar grows to be a large timber-tree. The branches are numerous, veined, and angular. The leaves are beart-fiiaped, broad, flightly fcrrated, and downy on their firfl appearance. The flowers come out in loofe katkins, and make little lliow : They appear early ir^ the fpring ; and are fucceeded by numerous downy feeds, which are difperfed all about to a confidcrable diftance. Thefe two fpecies are propagated, ;. By cuttings. In ordei e obtain proper cuttings for the purpofe, the plants fliould be eivJcd iht" J ear before, aad a foot aud a half of the thickcit par; of P R 1 309 of ^lie former fummer's flioots fliould be taken. The month of OAeber is the feafon ; and thefe cuttings fliould be planted in a moill: fliady foil, one foot deep, with the other half foot above ground. Many of them will grow ; though it is ge- nerally allowed to be a good crop if half fuccecd. 2, By layers. Theje mufl: be of ,the lait fummer's flioots ; and the operatiou o.ught to be performed in the autui'nn, before they have done .growing ; for the fap being then in motion^ they may readily be brought dawn ; whereas, if it is deferred until winter, the young flioQts are then fo exceedingly brittle, that though all poffible .caj^e be taken, many of them, in attempting to bring them dowii, will be broken, A fmallflit with the knife muil be given to each ; and after the operation is performed, feme furze- buflies fliould be ftuck round each ilool, to break the keen edge of the black frofts, and preferve the e;ids of the layers from being killed- In the Ipring they fliould be cut down to within one eye of the ground ; and by the autumn they will have ftruck root, and be good plants, either for the nurfcry» ground, or where they are intended toj^e let out to iland.. P R I N O S. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Hcxai^ciria Jfoi'c^^r.-a : Eaci flow'er contains fix maks aiid one female : There are only two iJpEciES : I. Prixos Vertlciilatus : The Virginia Wintereerry, or Deciduous Prinos; a decuhtnu^ Jl?ruh ; native of Virginia, * Pennfylvania, and other parts of North-America. z. Prinos Glaber : The Canaba Wintereerry, or Ever- green' Prixos ; an evergreen JJjrub ; native of Canada. I. The Deciduous Wixterberry is a flirub of about fix or eight feet in growth, fending forth many branches from the bottom to the top, which are covered with a brovvnifli bark. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, pretty large, of a firong green •colour, lengthways ferrated, and placed alternately on flender footftalks on the branches. The flowers are produced at the fides X 3 9i 310 P R I cf the branches, growing one or two together at the joints ; but make no fliovv. They appear hi July ; and are fucceeded by purple-coloured berries, which remain on the trees all winter* and look well. The beft way of propagating this plant is from its feeds. Thefe fliould be fown, foon after they are ripe, in beds of fine fandy earth ; and if the garden does not naturally afford fuch, a few barrows full of drift fand muft be brought to mix with the common mould. The beds being thus prepared, and made ready for fowing, the feeds fliould be fown about three quarters of an inch deep. It is very feldom that any of the feeds come up the firll fpring after ; if any do, there will be but few ; fo that all the fummer they muft be kept clean frorn weed^. The fpring following the plants will come up ; though many will lie until the third fpring before they make their ap- pearance. After they are come up, weeding and watering mull be afforded them in the fummer ; and with this care they may remain in the feed bed two years. In March, being then twor years-old feedllngs, they fhould be taken up, and planted in the nurfery, at very fmall diftances ; and here they may remain, with the ufual nurfery -care, until they are fet out. 2. The EvER.GREEN WiNTERBERRY gtows to about eight or ten feet high, fends forth many branches from the bottom to the top, and the whole plant affumes the appearance of an Ala- ternus. The leaves are oblong, fpear-fhaped, acute, ferrated» of a ftrong green colour, and placed alternately on the branches. The flowers come out from the wings of the leaves, two or three together on a footHalk. They are fmall, white, appear in July, and are fucceeded by red or purple hemes, which remain on the trees all winter. The I'RorAGATioN of this fhrub is exaftly the fame as that of the deciduous fpecics, except that this fpccies is of a more tender nature ; and inftead of fetting out the fcedHngs in the nurfery-ground, each (hould be fet in a feparate pot, to be placed under Ihclter in winter for a few years, until they grc grown ilrong plants, and after that to be turned out, with the mould at the roots, into the places where they are deiigned to remain, which ought always to be in a dry fandy foil, and a ivell-fliekcicd f.tuatiun. P R Ut P R U 311 P R U ' N U S. LiNNEAN' Clafs and Order, Icofandrla Monogynia : Each flovrer contains about twenty males and one female : There are fifteen Species ; twelve of which are here treated of; moft ot them well-known fpecics ; including a numerous tribe of orchard, garden, and flirubbery plants. I. Prunus PaJus: The Padus, or Common Bird-Cherrv; a (deciduous jljruh or tree ; native of England and moft parts of Europe. i. Prunus Virginiana ■: The Virginia Padus ; a lo-.v df- ciduoui tree ; native of Virginia, Pennfylvania, and Carolina. 3. Prunus Canadenfu : The Canadian Padus ; a dec!' duous Jlyrich or tree ; native of Canada and many other parts of America. 4. Prunus ATdr-ikh : The IMAHAi.Er, or Perfumeo Cherry ; a tall deciduous JJ:-ruh ; native of Switzerland and the north of Europe. 5. Prun'US Armcn'iaca : The Apricot; a lozv deciduous tree j whofe native country is unafccrtaincd. 6. Prunus Ccrafus : The Cherry, or the Cultivated Ck'.rry ; a deciduous tree; native of England and moll parta of Europe. 7. Prunus A-vium : The Wjld Cherry ; a tall decidnoii; tree ; native of England and the north of Europe. S. Vkvsvz Domfjfica : The Plum ; a deciduous tree ; native of many parts of Europe. 9. Prunus Injititia : The Bullace ; a deciduous tree or Jhrub ; native of England and G«rmahy. 10. Prunus Spinofa : The Sloe-Thorn, or Black Thorn; a deciduous J}}ruh or tree; native of England and moft countries of Europe. II. l^RVSvs Lauro Cera/us: The Laurel, or the Common- Laurel ; an evergreen JJjriih or tree ', native of Trebifondj near the Black Sea, X 4 12. Prunu8 312 P R U 12. Prunus hufiian'ica : The Portugal Laurel ; an ever-' green J}}ruh ; native of Portugal; alfo of Pennfylrania, and other parts of America. I. The Common Padus, or Bird-Cherry, is a tree of about twenty feet growth j oftentimes it rifes higher. It grows with an upright item, and makes a handforae appearance. The bark of the older fhoots is of a dark-brown, inclined to a purple' colour, and is befprinkled with a few greyifli fpots ; while the preceding fummer's flioots are fmoother, and of a reddifli cafl. The buds early in the winter will begin to fwell, for the future fhoots. The leaves are large, and grow alternately on tihc branches. Their figure is nearly oblong. They are rough, and have their edges ferrated. Their under furface is of a lighter colour than their upper, and they have two glandules at their bafe. The flowers are white, and produced in May, in long bunches. A kind of fpike of white flowers grows from the fides of the branches ; and thcfe waving about on every fide, in a loofe and eafy manner, have a genteel and pleafing efFe£b, The flowers of which thefe fpikes are compofed, ftand each on tjieir own proper pedicles, and are all arranged alternately along the main ftalk, which is tolerably long. Thefe flowers are fuccc€ded by fruit, which is a fmall berry, that ripens in Augufr, at which period it will be black ; but befides this, it will undergo the changes of being firfr green and afterwards !♦ d. When thcfe berries are ripe, they are of a fweet, difagreeable tafte, but fo liked by the birds (which will flock from all parts to feed on them) as to occafion its being called the Bird-Cherry ; and for their fake purely many pcrlbns plant a more than com- mon (]uantity of thele tree?, that they may have thefe leathered forgfters in greater plenty. There is a variety of this tree, called the ConiiJJ: Bird- Cherry ^ which diticrs from i: in fome refpeds ; but thcfe dif- ferences are inconfiderablc. 2. The Vi-iGiNiA Padus will grow to thirty or forty feet nigh, and is faid to afford wood of great value. The bark is of a dark-brown, inclined to a purple colour, and fpccted irregularly with fome greyifli blotches. The young flioots are of a lighter colour,^ and very fmooth ; and the whole tree is more ramofe tjiaa the former fort. The leaves are oval, and of a fliining P R U 313 green colour. Their edges are fcrrated, and placed alternately on the branches. They ftand on fliort footftalks, and continue on the trees late in the autumn. Their flower? are white, and produced in May, in the fame fort of long bunches as the other ; and are fuccceded by black berries, which are equally coveted by the birds, for whofe fake only this fpecies alfo is frequently planted. Haneury dalles this tree amongft his Foreft-Trees, and fays, *' The wood is very valuable ; is much ufed by the cabinet-makers; will polifli very fmooth, and difplay beautiful veins, both black and white." Miller tells us, " that the Padut Virglnlana will grow to be a large tree when it is planted in a moiil foil, but in dry ground it rarely riles more than twenty teet high." He has alfo a Padm CaroVmiana (probably a 'variety of this fpecies), the feeds of which he fays " were fent from Carolina by the title of Bastard Mahogany, from the colour of the wood, wdiich is fomewhat like Mahogany." He adds, however, that " this feems to be little more than a fhrub, if we may judge from the growth here." 3. The Canada Padus is of much lower growth than the former forts. The branches are fmooth. The leaves are broad, fpear-fhaped, rough, downy, and deftitute of glands, like thofe of the former fpecies. The flowers grow in long, branching bunches : Their colour is white ; they come our in May, and are fucceeded by fmall, round, black berries, which win be ripe in the autumn. 4. The Perfumed Cherry feldom grows to be more than ten or twelve feet high. The branches are covered with a fmooth, whififli-grey baik. The leaves are fmall, of a lucid green colour, of an oval figure, and (land alrcrnatciy on the branches. The flowers are white, produced in May in roundiHi ciufter?, and are fucceeded by berries, of which the birds alfo arc very fond. The wood of all thefe forts is much e^eemcd by the cabinet-makers, particularly amongfl; the French, as it jilways emits a very agreeable odour. 5. The A?ricot-Tree is often planted as a flowering, flirub ; for though it will grow to be thirty feet high, it may /leyerthsleQ b? kept down to what height the owner dcfircs. This 3*4 P R U «♦ This tree, fays Han bury, as well as moft forts of fi-uit-, frees, is exceeded by few in ornament j for bein^ permitted to glow in its natural Hate to twenty or thirty feet high, with all itg'luxuriancy of branches, covered with their delightful heart- ihaped leaves, what a glorious figure will it prefent ! But when we refleft on the fine appearance fuch a tree muft make, early in the fpring, when covered all over with the bloom of fuch fine flowers as thofe of the Apricot are known to be, this en- hances the value ; and either of thefe motives is fufticient for introducing thefe trees into plantations of this kind. Add to this, fome of the forts, in warm well-flieltered fituations, will produce fruit when growing in this manner, as well as if planted and trained againfl walls ; fo that additional returns will be made by the fruit to the curious planter of thefe trees." 6. The Cherry-Tree of our orchards is too well known, "with all its varieties, to need any defcription. Haneury ob- fcrvcs, '• were the tree fcarcc, and with much difficulty propagat- ed, every, man, tho' pofll-ficd of a fmgle tree only, would look upon it as a trcafure. For befidcs the charming appearance thefe trees have, when befnowcd, as i^ were, all over with bloom in the fpiing, can any tree in the vegetable tribe be conceived more beautiful, Ibiking, and grand, than a well-grown and healthy Cherry-tree, at that period when the fruit is ripe ?" The many kinds of Cherry-trees afiord an almoft endlefs i-^- riety j all differing, in ibme refped, ia their manner of llioot- ing, leaves, fiowers, or fruit : two in particular demand ad- miffion into the plcafure-garden ; the Double-bloflbmed and the Red-flowering. The Bouhh-llojfomcd Cherry. The plcafing fnow the com- mon Cherry-tree makes when in blow is known to all ; but that of the Doable-blofTomed is much more enchanting. It bloifomr, like the other, in May ; the flowers are produced in large and noble clufters ,• for each feparate flower is as double as a rofc, is very large, and placed on long and flender footftalks, fo as to occafion the branches to have an air of eafe and freedom. They are of a pure white ; and the trees will be fo profufely covered with them, a? to charm the imagination. Standardb' of thefe trees, when viewed at a diftancc, have been compared to baUs P R U 3,5 balls of fnow ; and the nearer wc approach, the grooter plca- fure we receive. Thefe trees may be kept as dwarfs, or trained up to ftandards ; fo that there is no garden or plantation to which they will not be fuitable. By the multiplicity of the- petals the orgins of generation are dcitroycd ; fo that tliofe flowers which are really full are never fucceeded by an/ fruit. The Red-floivermg Cherry-tree differs in no refpecft from the Common Cherry-tree, only that the flowers are of a pale-red colour, and by many are efteemcd on that account. Befides the ornament and utility afforded us by the flowers and fruit of the Cherry, its timler is a further inducement for propagating it ; more efpccially that of the fmall Black Wilding fort ; which may perhaps with propriety be conlldered as the genuine fpecies, and a native of this illand. Be this as it may, it will grow, in a foil and fituatlon it affecT^s, to be a large timber tree, which, if taken in its prime before it become tainted at the heart, will turn out perhaps not lefs than a ton of valua- ble materials, peculiarly adapted to the purpofes of furniture. The grain is fine, and the colour nearly approaching to th.tt of mahogany, to which valuable wood it comes nearer than any other which this counrry produces. 7. The Wild Red Cherry is a very large-growing tree, and may like the Black Wilding be an objed for timber. The leaves are oval, fpcar-fliaped, and downy underneath. The flowers come out from the fides of the branches in fcflile um- bels. They appear rather later than the cultivated forts ; and are fucceeded by Imall red fruit, which ripens late in the autumn. This is ol'ccn called the Wild Northern Englilli Cherry. 8. The Plum-Tref, with all its varieties, is fo well knov/n as to require no delcription. No one need be told, that the Plum-Tree is a large-growing tree, and that it has a beautiful appearance in fp'.ing when in blow. The fruit that fuccceds the bloflom is of many colours, fliapes, and fizcs ; and the trees of the variety of forts will be lb adorned with them in the autumn, as have a noble and delightful effcrt, being hardly exceeded by the Cherry itfelf. Thefe arc fcldom planted any where 3i6 P R U where except in orchards ; but let them be fet where they will, they never fail to repay the owner with pleafure and profit. The varieties which are principally eligible for ornamental plantations are, The Cherry Plum-Trec, the Double-bloflbmed, the Stonelefs, the Gold-flriped, and the Silver-ftriped Plum. The Cherry Plum-Tree is always planted among flowering- flirubs, on account of its early flowering. It may be kept down to any height ; and the flowers will be produced in March, in fuch plenty, and fo clofe, as almofl: to cover the branches. It is admired by all tor the early appearance of its flowers, which are fucceeded, after a mild fpring, by a round reddifli plum, on a long flcnder footftalk, that has the refemblance of a Cherry- Unlefs there is little or no froft after thefe trees have been in blow, it rarely happens that any fruit fucceeds the flowers. The Douhk-hloJJ'omed Plum-Tree is another variety. The flowers of this fort are exceedingly double, and the twigs will be richly furnifl^icd with them' in the month of May. Their petals, like thofe of the Cherry, are of a pure white, though amongft thcfc fome filaments with darkifli nntherre appear. As foon as the fhow of flowers is over, we are not to give up all expeiftations from this tree j for many of them will be fucceed- ed by fruit, which is of the fame colour, fliape, and tafle, with fhe common Damafcenc, though fmaller, and is liked by many. The Stoneli'fs Plum. This is a variety that fliould be adm.itted on no other account than bccaufe the pulp furrounds a kernel, without having any llonc. It is a fmall blue plurii ; and thofe people who have it in pofll-ffion, take a pleafure in fliewing it as a curiofity. The tvjo St'-ipcd forti make a variety by their variegated leaves ; on which account they are frequently fought after by the curious. 9. The Eullace-Tree is fomctimes planted in flirubbery quarters, for the fake of the fruit ; which by many perfons is deemed very agreeable, being poflefled of a fine acii. It, ought to be pulled and eaten immedifjtely from the tree. The I'm-ieties of this fpecies are. The Blaci, the ir/jite, and the Red Ihdiacc. JO. The Sloe-Tree. The Sloe-budi is, without all doubt, « fpecies diftinft from either Plum or BuUacc. And indeed it i? fuch 'i. fpecies, that, were it not for its commcnncf?, it would be P R U -17 be thought inferior in beauty to none of our flirubs. The com- monnefs of this tree, however, caufes its beauties to be un- noticed, and forbids us to adnjit too many into our colleftion. 11. The Common Laurel will grow to about thirty feet, and the leaves, which are fometimes five or fix inches long and three broad, being likewife of a firm ftructure even at the edges, garnifli the branches of the tree in fuch a manner as would excite our admiration, did not the frequency of this noble plant diminifli our refpeft. The Laurel, however, will ever, we apprehend, preferve its rank as a Stack Plant in flirubberies and other ornamental grounds. Evelyn places the Laurel among Fore ft Trees ; andH-WEURY fpeaks of the u/es of its timber to the turners and cabinet-makers. It feems peculiarly adapted to the purpofe of orxamental Underwood; as ic is of quick growth, and will flourifli under the drip and fliad? of other trees. The Common Laarcl affords two I'arielies : the GeU-JIrifxd and Silver- (iriped Laurel. 12. The Portugal Laurel is a lower-growing tree than the former J and thougk tts leaves, floweri, &c. are propor- tionally fmaller, it is thought by many to -be much the mofc beautiful ; the commonnefs of the one, and fcarcity of the other, may perhaps not a little contribute to this opinion. The Portugal Laurel will grow to be fix, eight, or ten feet high, ac- cordingly as the foil in which it is placed contributes to its en- creafe. The branches are produced in an agreeable manner, being chiefly inchned to an upright pofture ; and the vounor (hoots are clothed with a fmooth reddiili bark. The leaves arc fmooth, and of a fine ftrong green colour, though their under farface is rather paler than the upper. They are much fmaller than thofe of the Common Laurel, are of an oval figure, and have their edges ferrated ; they are of a thick confiftence^ and juftly entitle the tree to the appellation of a fine Evergreen. The flowers are produced in the fame manner as thofe of th« Common Laurel, but are fmaller. They are white, appear in June, and are fucceeded by berries, which when ripe are black ; though before that they will undergg the different changes of being- firft green,^ and then red. The 3i8 P R U The PKorAGATioN of the feveral tribes of Prunti vatic* with the refpcftlve fpecies. The fpecies and varieties of Padus, or Bird-Cherry, may be raifed, i. From feeds, fovvn in autumn, in beds of light earth, about half an inch deep. The plants will appear the firft fpwng, and the fpring following they mjiy be planted out into the nurfery at the diftance of two feet by one ; in which fituation they may remain till wanted for planting out. 2. This clafs may alfo be propagated by Layers ; the young twigs, being fimply laid in the ground, will without any other trouble ftrike root in one year, and may be taken up and tranfplanted into the Rurfery, or be planted where they are to remain, as circumftances may fuit. 3. Thefe trees will alfo grow from cuttings, planted in Oftober, in a moiil fituation ; if the fpring and fummer prove dry, they will require to be watered. This clafs oi Fruvus aftciSls a moift fituation. The Perfumed Cherry is propagated by grafting, or by budding upon any of our Cherry- flocks. The Apricot-tree is propagated by budding it upon the Plum-llock. The Fruit-bearin'g, Double-blossomed, and Red- flowering Cherry-Trees are propagated by grafting upon Hocks raifed from the ftoncs of the Black-Chcrry-iree ; though it may be proper to obferve here, that when the Double. Lloflbmcd Cherry is wanted to be kept very low, in its dwarf Hate, the Common Bird-Cherry will be a much more proper flock to work it upon, as that fort is naturally of much lower growth than the Black Cherry-tree. The Plum-Tree, in all its varieties, and the Bullace- tree, the Cherry Plum, the Double-blolTomed Plum, and the Stonclefs Plum, are propagated by grafting upon Plum-ftocks raifed from feeds ; though it is obl'ervable, that fuckers of the BuUaces will grow to be trees, and produce plenty of good fruit ; but thefe will not be fo good as thofe j^rafied on the Plum-ftocks. The Slce-bush may be obtained from the places where they grow j for horn thence a fucker or two may be taken, and planted P R U 319 planted for t"he conveniency of obfervation ; but thefe will nix be Co good as thofe raifed from the ftones. The Common Laurel is propagated cither from feeds or from cuttings, i. If the former method is pracftifed, the feeds muli be gathered from the tress when they are full ripe ; This will be known by their being quite black, which is generally about the beginning of October. Thefe feeds fhould he fown diredly in beds of light earth, half an inch deep, which muli: be after- wards hooped over, to be covered in very fevere frolls. A hedge of furzc-budies alfo fliould be made around them, to break the force of the freezing black winds, and fecure the feeds, together with the mats, from being deftroyed. This is a much fdfer method than covering the beds with litter, which, if negleAed to be taken off when the froii is over, will retain the rains which generally fucceed fuch weather, fodden ths beds, and make them fo wet as frequently to dellroy the whole of the expected crop. The feeds being fown, and preferved with tar above care, v.ill appear in the fpring. During the fummer ih-cy fhould be kept clear of weeds, as well as watered in dry weather ; and all the enfuing winter they muft remain untouched la their beds, the furze-hedge iliil Handing till the froily weather is paft ; for if thefe young feedlings are planted out in the autumn, the major part of them will be in danger, before the %vinter be expired, ot being thrown out of the ground by the frofl: ; and not only fu, but of being really killed by it, as they are not verv hardy at one year old. In the fpring", therefore, v/hen the bad weather is ceafcd, let them be planted out in tl^c nurfery-ground, in rows two feet afunder, and the plants a foot and a half dillant in the rows ; where they may flai>d till they be finally pliinted our. 2. Trees raifed from feeds generally grow more upright, and faldom throw out fo many lateral branches as thofe reared from cuttings ; ntvcrthclefs, as the expectation of a crop from feeds has fo often failed, not- withftanding great care has beenufed; and as the difficulty of procuring the feeds, and p-.eferving them from the birds, has been very great ; the moft certain and expeditious method of railing quantities of thefe trees is by cuitings, and is as fol- lows : po P R U lows : In the month of Auguft the cuttings fhould be fathered, about a foot and a half in length. They will thrive the better for having a bit of the laft year's wood at the end, though without this they will grow exceeding well. The under leaves fliould be cat oST a foot from the thick end of the cuttings, which rauft all be planted about a foot deep in the ground ; the other half foot, with its leaves, being above it. No diftance need be obferved in planting thefe cuttings, which may be fet as thick as you pleafe, though the ground for raifing them Ihould be fheltered, left the winds, which are frequently high at this time of the year, or foon after, loofen the plants juil when thcv are going to llrike root, if not wholly blow them out. The weather when the cuttings are to be planted fliould be ei- ther rainy or cloudy ; and if no fliowers fhould fall in Augutt, the work muft be deferred till they do ; for if cuttings are planted in Auguil, when the weather is parching and dry, they will be burnt up, without great care and trouble in fliading and w:itering, Neither is cloudy or rainy weather only to be re- commended in planting thefe cuttings, but a fhady fituation alfo, either under a north wall, or in beds which arc covered the grcateft part of the day with the umbrage of large trees. This fliady fituation is very nccell'ary for them ; fincc, though the weather be rainy and cloudy when they are planted, yet fliould it prove fair afterwards, the fun will foon dry up the nioifture at that feafon, and endanger the plants, if they are not conllantly watered and protefted with a fliade ; which at once flicws the expediency of pitching on a fpot where fuch a convenieiicy is natural. If thefe cuttings are planted in Auguft, they will have taken root before winter, efpecially if they have fiiadc, and water in dry weather : but they fliould remain un- diUi*ibed' till the fpring twelvemonth following, in order to acquire ftrength to be planted in the nurfcry. During the fumracr, they will require no other trouble than watering in dry weather, and being kept clean from weeds; and by the autumn they will have made a flioot of perhaps a foot or more in length. In the beds, nevcrthelefs, they may remain till the fpring, when they fliouid be all carefully taken out, and planted in the nurfery, as wui diredlcd foi" the fcedlings. The P T E 305 The Portugal Laurel is to be raifed the fame way as the Common Laurel, by Seeds and Cuttings ; but the cuttings of the Portugal Laurel do not take fo freely as thofe of the Common fort ; and the young praftitioner, out of a good bed of cuttings, muft expeft to fee but a few real plants fuccecd. If they are planted in July or Auguil^, they muft be {haded, and kept moill during the hot weather ; and that will be the moll probable way to enfure fuccefs. If a perfon has the conve- niency of a good ftove, the beft method is not to plant them until the fpring ; and then many cuttings may be planted in one por, aiid afterwards plunged into the baik-bed ; and by this meaas numerous plants may eafily be obtained. P T E L E A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Tetrandrla Mcnogy;iia : Each flower contains four males and one female : There are only two Species : one of them introduced "into our flirubberiei . the other a late difcovery. Ptelea Trifoliata : The Three-leaved Ptelea, or the Trefoil Shrub j a declduom Jlrruh j native of Virginia and Carolina. The Ptelea will grow to the height of ten feet. The branches are not very numerous ; — when broken they emit a ftrong fcent : They are brittle, full of pith, and covered with a fmooth purplilh bark. The leaves are trifoliate, and grow irre- gularly on the branches, on a leng footftalk. The foiioles are oval, fpcar-fhaped, of a delightful ftrong green colour on their upper fide, lighter underneath, fmooth, and pretty large when they are fully out, which will not be before part of the fummer is elapfed ; for they put out late in the fpring. The ilowers are produced in bundles at the end of the branches V Their colour is a greenifh-white. They come out in June ; and are fucceeded by roundifh bordered capfules j but the feeds Itldum. xipen in England. This flirub may be propagated either by feeds, layers, or cuttings. I, By feeds. Thefs fbuuld be fown in a warm Y border. 3o6 P T E border, in thc'Tpiing, in common garden mould made Hnx: ;■ and if the fetd'j are good, they will grow, and come up the firf6 lummer. Wc generally receive the feeds from abroad ; theugh they will in foine warm feafons ripen here with us. When the youno" plants begin to come up, which will be, if the feeds are. good, by the end of May, they fliould be fliaded, and every fecond evening duly watered ; and this, together with conflant weedino-, will be all the care they will require until the autumn. At the approach of winter, it will be proper to prick fome furze- buflies round the bed, to break the keen edge of the black frofts.. They will then require no other trouble until the fecond fpring after they arc come up ; when they fliould be all taken out of the feed-bed, and planted in the niirfery, a foot afunder ; and in two or three years they will be fit to be finally planted out, 2 .By layers. For this purpofe a number of plants mufl: be planted for ftools ; and, after they have flood a year or two, tViefe fliould be cut down pretty near the ground. By the autumn they will have made Taoots, fome of which vs'ill be five 'or fix feet, or more, in length ; andthefeare fhe flioots for layering. Oftober is the beft month for the work ; and the operation is to be performed by cutting the twig half through, and making a flit half an inch long. Any thing may be put into tiiis flit, to keep it open ; and after the mould is levelled all round, the longefi: ends fliould be taken off. By this method they will generally have good roots by the autumn following : and the ftools will have fliot out frefii wood for a fecond layering. At this time they fliould be taken up, and theweakefl planted in the nurfery, to get fl:rength ; whilft the ftronger layers will be good plants to fet out to ftand. After this, the operation may be again repeated, and fo con- tinued annually, at pleafure. 3. By cuttings. In order to obtain plenty of good cuttings, the plants " fliould be headed as for layering. In Oftober the young (hoots fliould be taken off, and cut into lengths ot a little more than a foot, two-thirds of which fliould be fet in the ground. Some of thefe cuttings will grow ; though, fays Hambury, I ever found this way very uncertain, and not worth the praftifing : But if the cuttings are planted in pots, and aflifted by artififcial heat, they will grow readily. This however, is not a good method ; for they will be tender the firft winter, as well as require to be protedled in the greenhoufe, or under P Y R 307 under foine cover, which will occafion more trouble than if they had been layered. By layers and feeds, therefore, are the beft and moll eligible methods of encreafing thefe trees. P Y R U S. LixNEAN Clafs and Order, Icofandria Pentagynia: Each flower contains about twenty males and five females : There are eleven Species : four of which are as follow : 1. Pyrus Communis : The Pear ; a well-known deciduou tree ; native of mofl parts of Europe. 2. Pyrus Mai us : The Apple ; an equally well-knov/n de' clduons tree ; native alfo of moil: parts of Europe. 3. Pyrus Coronaria : The Sweet-scented Crab ; a de- ciduous tree ; native of Virginia. 4. Pyrus Cydoma : The Quince ; a deciduous JJ^ruh or tree ; native of the Banks of the Danube. I. The Pear. Of the numerom F'arieties of this fpecles of Pyrus there are two admiffible into ornamental grounds : The Double-blofTomed Pear, The Twice-ficwering Pear. The DouhJe-hloJfomed Pear differs from the other forts only in that the flowers are double. The leaves, indeed, are not fo much fcrrated as fome of the other Pears ; nay, fcarcely anr, ferratures appear, excepting on the oldefl: leaves ; for the younger are perfeftly entire and downy. The multiplicity of the petals of this flower is not fufficient to entitle it to the appellation of a full flower ; for it confifts only of a double row of petals ; but as thefe are all large, produced in cluflers, and of a pure whitCj they entitle the tree to be called a flowering- tree, with greater propriety than the ordinary Pears can be fo ftyled. The planter of this fpecies is rewarded in a double refpefl ; for as the petals are not muhiplied in fo great a de- rrce ai to deftroy the flamina, the flowers are fucceeded by a Y 2 good 5o8 P Y R good fruif, vvliofe properties are fuch as entitle it to the rank of a good baking Pear. The T-zvur-Jlo-zi'cring Pear. This fpecics is fufficiently de- fcribed by the title ; it being a Pear that often produces flowers in the autumn, when the fruit that fucceedtd thofe of the fpring are near ripe. This tree deferves to be planted both for its beauty and fingularity ; for it fomciimcs happens, though by no means conftantly, that it is covered over in September with bloom and fruit* This autumnal blcom falls away, and the chilling cold often prevents its coming to any embryo fruit. 2. The Apple. This fpccies likcwife affords us two orna- niental varieties : The Paradife- Apple, The Fig Apple. The Faradife Apple is rather a flirub than a tree. There art tvvo forts of it, which gardeners diftinguifli by the names of the French and the Dutch Paradife Apple. 7'hey are both low- growing trees ;. and the only diftercncc between them is, that the Dutch fort is rather the ftrongeft fhootcr. They are chiefly •afed for fl:ocks to graft apples upon, in order to make them more dwarfiih ; fo that a plant ot- two in a colleftion, for the fake of variety, will be fufticient. Fig /pple has a place here for no other reafon than its being deftitute of the moll beautiful parts of which the flowers arc compofcd ; viz. the petals : They have all the flamina, &c. but no petals, which iii a fingular impcrfeftion ; tho' by many they are coveted on that account. As the ftamina and other parts are all perfect, the flowers are fucceeded by a tolerable good eating Apple ; for the lake of v.hich this tree deferves ta be propagated. 3. The Sweet-scented Crab of Virginia differs from our Crab in the leaves, flowers, and fruit. The leaves are an«^ular, fmooth, of a fine green colour, and have a look entirely different from any of our Crabs or Apples. The flowers ftand c larger footflalks than thofe of the generality of our Crabs, and aie remarkable for their great fragrance. This tree 18 fcldom in full blow before the beginning of June. The flowers, when they firfl: open, are of a pale-red, though the pctali ibon alter alter to a white colour. Thev are fuccecdt-d by P Y R 309 by a little round Crab, which, of all others, is the fourell-, rougheft, and moft difagrecable, that can be put into the mouth. There is a fuh- evergreen Crah of America, fuppofed to be a variety of this fpecies. Its natural growth leems to be not more than twelve feet ; and the branches are covered with the fame kind of fraooth brown bark as our common Crab-tree. The leaves are long and narrow, and will often be found of dificrent figures; for though fome will be angular, others again are oblong, or of a lanceolate figure. They are fine, fmooth, of a rtrong dark-green colour, and have their edges regularly ferratedr They will remain until late in the fpring, which rather entitles this llirub to a place here ; though in an expofed fituation, the. ends of the branches will be often ftripped of thofe ornaments, after a few ruffian attacks of the piercing northern blafls : So that this tree, when confidered as an evergreen, fliould always be planted in a vvell-flieltercd place, where it will retain its leaves, and look very well all winter. 4. The Quince. There are many (y.wf/iV^ pf the Quince- tree, which are chiefly raifcd for the fruit. The Quince-tree feldom grows to be higher than eight or ten feet ; and the bark on the branches is often of a kind of iron colour, The leaves are large and oval: Their upper furface is of a pjeafant green colour, though often pollbflbd of a loofe downy matter, and their under fide is hoary to a great degree. The flowers are produced in May, all along the branches : They grow upon young flioots of the fame fpriwg, and are very large and beautiful j for although each is compofed of about five petals only, yet thefe are often an inch long, are broad and concave, and of a fine paU>red qs they firfl; open, though they afterwards alter to a white j and thofe flowers being produced tlip whole length of the branches, and befpangling the whole tree in a natural and eafy manner, juftly entitle this fpecies to no mean place among the flowering kinds. They are fucceedcd by that fine large yellow fruit which is fo well known, and which at a dirtance, on the tree, appears like a ball of gold. Indeed, thefe trees fliould ahvays be planted at a dillance from rauch-trequentcd places ; for the fruit, valuable as it is when properly prepared for ufc, has a ftrong difagreeable fcent, that 7 3 will 310 p y R will fill the air all around with its odour,' which to moft peopk is ofFenlive. Propagation. Hanbury fays, all thefe forts will take by grafting or budding upon one another, notwith flan ding what- Millar has alledged to the contrary. He coiitinues, " I have a tree that bears excellent Apples grafted upon a Pear-ilock ; and Pears grafted upon Crab-ftocks that have not yet borne.'* The ufual way is to graft the Pears on flocks raifed from the kernels of Pears, and the Apples on Crab-ftocks. Thefe fliould be fovvn, foon after the fruit is.ripe, in beds half an inch deep, and carefully guarded from mice, which will foon deftroy the whole feminary, if once found out. In the fpring the plants will come up ; and in the winter following they fliould be planted out in the nurfery, in rows two feet afunder. In a year or two after this, they will be fit for working; and by this method all the forts of Pears and Apples are propagated. The Paradise Apple is generally raifed by layers or cut- tings ; and all the forts of Quinces grow readily by cuttings, planted any time in the winter ; though the early part of that fcafcn is to be preferred. The E'vergrccfi Crah will take by grafting or budding on the common Crab or Apple-ilock : but great care and nicety of execution is requifite in performing the operation : Budding towards the latter end of July, Hanbury fays, he has ahvay? found to be the moft certain method. Q U E K C U S. LiNNEAN- Clafs and Order, Moiioecia Polyandria : Male Sowers containing rriany flamina, and female flowers containing one piiHl ; upon the fame plant : There are thirteen Species. 1. QuEECus Rohnr : The English Oai; : a well-known tall deciduous tnc ; native of England ; and is found in moft parts of Europe. 2. QuERCUS PhcUos: The "VV1LLOV/-LEAVED Oak ; a dcci- dupui free ; native of mofl parts of North America. 3. QuERCUS Q. U E 311 3. QvEViCV s Prinus : The. Chesnut-xea.ved Oak ; a rie- \diluous tree ; native of moft parts of North America. 4. QUERCUS Nigra: The Blacsc Oak.; a Io'jj dccidusus •tree; native of North Arnerica. 5. QuERCUS Rubra : The Red Oak ; a tall dcctuuous tree ; native of Virginia and Carolina. 6. QuERCUS Alba': ThcvWHIXE Oak; a deciduons tree ; native of Virginia. y. QuBRCUs Efculus : The Italian Oak , or the Cut- lEAVED Italian Oak; a lotv deciduous tree ; native of Italy, Spain, and the South of France. 8. QuERcus ^o-//d feems to be of a quicker growth, than Oaks in general. The plants however, which we have feen, do not anfwer altogethei '.he defcription given in the account abovementioncd ; but as they are nqv^^ in the hands of almol^ every Nurferyman, we iorbear faying any thing further re- fpe-fting them. 2. The Willow-leaved Oak will grow to be a large timber-tree. It receives its name from its leaves refembling very much thofe of the Common Willow. Thefe l?.t R H A 33' That the Gardener, therefore, maybe guarded from running acram inta thefe errors, he muft obferve^ that the leaves of all the forts of PhiUyrea grow always oppofite by pair?, whereas ihofe of the Alaternus grow fingly and alternately on the branches, which firft gave occafion to the flirub's being fo called. The Bot.inill will fee a more material difterence, when, Upon exa- mining the flowers, he finds they belong to diftinft claffes. 6. The Narrow- LEAVED BucKTHOR^f grcvys to be a tree of ten or twelve feet high, fending forth feveral branches from tKe lides from the bottom to the top. They are covered with a blackilh or dark -coloured bark, and each of them is terminated by a long ftiarp thorn. The leaves are very narrow, ficfiiy, aiblngent, of a Ifrong green colour, and grow together ia bunches on the fides of the branches. The flowers come out from the fides 'of the branches in fmall bunches ; They are of an herbaceous colour, appear early in the fpring, and are fucceeded by large round berries, like thofe of the Sloe-bufli, which arc harfli and lour to the tafte, and of a fine black colour when ripe. The fruit of this fort continues on the trees all winter, making a beautiful appearance among the narrow clullered leaves at that feafon. 7. Olive-leaved Buckthorn will grow to be eight or ten feet high, fending forth numerous branches, each of whictt is terminated by a long fliarp fpine. The leaves are iTuill, oblong, obtufe, undivided, veined, fmooth, of a thickilh con- fiflence, and grow two or three together on their own feparatc footilalks. The flowers come out from the fides of the branches in the fpring. They are fmall, of a whitifli green colour; jnd are fucceeded by round black berries, about the fize and colour of thofe of the Common Purging Buckthorn. Thefe Evergreen forts are to be propagated, i. Bv larcrs. This bufinefs muft be done in the autumn, when the laft fum- mer's flioots fliould be laid in the ground. Thefe will often firlke root at almoft everf joint ; though they have been found in fome firong foils, upon examining them in the autumn, after being layered a whole year, without any roots ; fo that it would be proper to give the layer a flit at the joint, and bend it fo in the ground as to keep it open ; and it will have plsnty of root >y the aut...mn. Another thing to be pbfcrved is, that' in order 132 R H O to obtain good layers, the plants defigncd to be cncrcafcd fliouW be he.idcd the year before, and this will caufc them to flioot vigoroufly ; and from thefe flioots the ttrongeil and bell layers may be expefted ; many of which will be good plants, to fet out where they are to remain, while the vveakeft may be planted in the ufual nurfery-way, to gain ftrength. 2. Thefe plants may be raifed by feeds, the variegated ones excepted, foe they muft alwavs be cncreafed by layers. The feeds will be ripe in Sep- tember, or the beginning of 06tobci-, when they fhould be guarded from the birds, or they will foon eat them all. Soon after they are ripe they fliould be fown, for even then they will often remain two years before they come up. The beds fhould be corapofed of fine light mould, and they fliould be fown an inch deep. If few or uo plants appear in the fpring, you muft v^ait, and weed the beds with patience, until the fpring follow- ing, when you may exptck a plentiful crop. Let them ftand two years in the feed-bed, with conftant weeding, and frequent watering in dry weather ; and in March let them be planted out in the nurfcry, where they will be afterwards ready for re- moving when wanted. As thefe trees produce plenty of good feeds, by this means a prodigious quantity of plants may be foon raifed ; and thofe from feeds are always obfjrved to grow ftraighter, and to a greater height than thofe raifed from layers ; fo that where many of thefe trees are wanted for large planta- tions, the railing them from feeds is the moft eligible method. All the forts oi Alatertius are very hardy, and may be planted inalmoftany foil or fifuation ; but the Narrow and Olive-leaved Buckthorn fliould be ftationed in a dry, warm, well-flicltered place. RHODODENDRON. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Becandria Monogyiiia : Each flower contains ten males and one female ; There are feven Spkcies ; fix of whicli are here treated of : I. Rho- R H O 333 ' I. Rhododendron Ferrugineum t The Ferrugineous Dwarf Rose-Bay j a lovj deciduous Jhruh ; native of the Alps> Apeninncs, and other mountains of Europe. a. Rhododendron Hirfutum : The Hairy Dwarf Rose- Bay J a lo=vo deciduous Jhruh ; native of the Alps and many mountains of Switzerland and Auftria. 3. Rhododendron Cbatmecijlus : The Cham/ecistus, or Ciliated-leaved Dwarf Rose-Bay ; a lovj deciduous Jhruh ; native of Mount Baldus, and near Saltzburg in Germany. 4. Rhododendron Dauricum : The Daurian Dwarf Rose-Bay ; a hzv deciduous Jhruh ; native of Dauria. 5. Rhododendron Maximuvi : The American Mountain Laurel ; an evergreen Jhruh ; native of Virginia. 6. Rhododendron Ponticum : The Pontic Dv/arf Rose- Bay ; att evergreen /hruh ; native of the Eaft, and of moft fliady places near Gibraltar. 1. The Ferrugineous Dwarf Rose-Bay is a flirub of about two or three feet in growth. The branches are numerous, irregular, and covered with a dark-brown bark, having a tinge of purple. The leaves are of two ver>' different colours ; fhe upper furface is of a fine green, but the under is of an iron colour. There will be numbers of thefe on ever}' twig ; and they grow in a pleafing irregular manner : They are of a lan- ceolated figure, have their furfaces fmooth, and are little more than an inch long. Their edges arc reflexed ; but they have no I'erratures, and, on the whole, conflitute a great beauty when in leaf only. The flowers grow at the ends of the branches, in round bunches. Their petals are funnel-fhaped, of a pale role colour, appear in June, and are rarely fucceeded by feeds in England. 2. Hairy Dwarf Rose-Bay is a flirub of about the fame, or rather of a lower growth. The branches of this fpecies alto are numerous, and the bark with which they are covered is of a lightifli brown colour. They are ornar.ented with plenty of leaves, in an irregular manner. They arc not fo large as tbofe of the former Ibrt ; but arc of the f.ime figure, only a little more inclined to an oval. They lit cloi'e to the branches, and have no ferratures, but hairs on their edges like the eye-lallies. Their under furface alio is poflefFed of the fame fort of hairs, which arc 334 R H O are all of an iron colour. The flowers will be produced at tlie ends of the branches, in bunches, in May. Thefe are alio ' funnel-fliapcd, of a light-red colour, make a good fliovv, and are fuccecded by oval capfuks, containing ripe feeds, in Auguil. 3. CHAMyECISTUS, or CiL'IATED DwARF RoSE-BaV, wiU grow to be about a yard high. The branches are numerous, produced irregularly, and covered with a purplifa bark. The leaves are produced in great plenty, and without order, on the branches. Tney are oval, fpear-fliaped, fmall, and their under lurface is of the colour of iron. The edges alio are pollcfled of many iron-coloured hairs, which are placed like thofe on the evelids. The llowcrs are produced at the ends of the branches, in bunches. They are of a v.heel -lliapcd figure, pretty large, of a fine crimfon colour, and make a handfome fliow. They appear in June, and are fucceeded by oval capfules, containing ripe feeds, in September. 4. Daurian" Dwarf Rose-Bay is a low fhrub, fending forth many branches covered with a brownifli bark. The leaves are broad, naked, fmooth, and come out without order on fliort footll:alks. The flowers iirc wheel-fliaped, large, and of a beautiful role colour : They appear in IMay ; and arc fuccceded by oval capfules full of feeds, which do not always ripen in England. All thefe deciduous forts are propacated beft by the feeds, and as they grow naturally on the Alps, Apennines, and other fnowy and cold mountains, and are feldom made to grow and flourifli fair in gardens, it will be the bell: way for a Gentleman who has extended his plantation, and has any part of it moun- tainous, hilly, or rocky, on the north iide, to get fome fpots well cleared of all roots and weeds ; and thefe being made fine and level, let the feeds be fown therein. They will want no covering ; a gentle patting down with the fpade Avill be fufH- cient ; fur the feeds are fo exceeding fmall, that they will be wafiied into the ground deep enough by the firfl (bower of rain that follows. Whoever is not content with fowing feeds, and covering them no more than what they will get by being patted down, mull only lightly duft fome earth over them ; for if they are covered half an inch, the general depth for moll feeds, you. muil cxpcit no crop. After the young plants com« up^ R H O 335 .Up, tlicy mufl be watered in dry weather, weeded, and in ths winter protected from the froils, which will deftroy them. And here one thing is to be obierved, that though the north fide, at the foot of or on a hill, is thought moft proper for their growth, as being moil: fuitable to their nature, yet a place mull be chofen for them that has trees and hedges to flielter them from the northern black frofts ; for thefe trees, hardy as they are, will be liable to be deftroyed by them, for want of fnow, as in other places, to cover them and keep them warm in the winter feafon. After thefe plants are corae up, they fliould be thinned; and leaving only a proper number in each refpeftive place, and being protected for the firft two or three winters, either by mats or hand-glaffes, in the fevcrcfl: weather, thcv will be after- wards ftrong enough to be left to themfelves, efpecially if the places are tolerably flieltered. If a gardener has no other ground than his feminary for raifing plants, his bell method will be to prepare a compoll for thefe feeds in the following manner : Take four bufliels of earth from fome neighbouring hill, which ifr»cky, that neareil the fiu-facc, on which the flreep have been ufed to lie and dung, will be the bell ; but if it be of any other nature, the mould nearcft the furface, mixed with the foUowin"^, will do very well : Take lis bulliels of maiden earth, from a rich loamy pafture, that has been dug up with the fvvard, and by frequent turning is well rotted and mixed, and four bufliels of drift or fea-fand. Let thefe be well mixed together, and of this let the bed be made. The bed being made level and fine, the feeds fown, and gently patted down with the fpade, or at farthell no other covering than being gently dulled over with the fineft mould, may be left to nature. This bed lliould be in- a fliady well -flickered place ; and the plants after thev are come up fliould be weeded and watered in the fummer, and pro'teded from frolls by mats in the winter. In the fpring thciy may be pricked out in beds in the nurfery-ground, at a very fmall diilance, that they mny be hooped and matted if the fol- lowing winter fhould prove very feverc. The fecond winter they will require no other trouble than pricking furzc-bulhes round the bed for their defence ; and after that they may be fet: out to fland. 5. The American" Mountain Laurel is a plant fo diftin- guilhed becauls, in Arneri*;.!, it grows naturally upon the highell 336 K H O highefi: mountain J, and on the edges of clifFs, precipices, ScCo There it wiil grow to be a moderate-fized tree ; with us it fel- dom riles higher than fix feet. The branches are not nurrierous, neither arc they produced in any order. The leaves are large and beautiful, of an oval fpear-ihaped figure, and a little re- ferable thofe of our Common Laurel. They are of a flaining Urong green on their upper furface, though paler underneath ; but they lofe this delicacy as they grow older, altering to a kind of iron-colour. Their edges are acutely reflexed, and they grow irregularly on fliort footftalks on the branches. The flowers arc produced at the ends of the branches about Mid- fummer, though fometimes fooner ; before which time the buds will be large and turgid ; and indeed, as they begin to fwell early in the autumn before, thcfe have a good efFeft, and look well all winter. When the Ihrub is in blow, the flowers ap- pear clofe to the branches, in roundifli bunches. Each is com- pofed of one petal, which is divided at the rim into five parts, one of which is dotted in a pretty manner. They are very beau- tiful, and alter their colour as they grow older ; for at firft the petal is of a very pale blufli colour, which dies away to a white ; but the outfide, which is a peach colour, is not lubjcd in fo high a degree to this alteration. They will continue, by fucceflion, fometimes more than two months ; and are fucceedcd by oval capfules, full of feeds. 6. Pontic Rose-Bay grows to about four or five feet high, fending forth feveral branches without order from the fides. The leaves are fpear-fliaped, glofly on both fides, acute, and placed on Ihort footftalks on the branches. The tlowers are produced in clufters from the ends of the branches ; each of them is bell-fliaped, and of a fine purple colour. They appear in July ; and are lucceeded by oval capfules containing the feeds, which feldom ripen in England. The PROPAGATION of thefe Evergreen forts muft be from feeds, which we receive from the places where they grow naturally. The beft way is to fow them very thin in the places where they are defigned to remain ; and if thefe places be naturally rocky, fandy, and fliady, it will be fo much the better (efpecially for the firft fort ; the fecond requires a moiftifli foil, in a warm fhady place) ; if not, a quantity of drift -fand muft be added to the natural foil, and all made fine and level. Some fpots for the R H U 337 the reotjption of tliu;. feeds are to be pitched on. A few feeds fkoijild he put in each, and covered abcut half an inch deep, ;iud then fome flicks ftuck round them to direft to the true places, that they may not be difturbed by hoeing the v.'ceds, bat that thefe may be all carefully plucked up by the hand as often as they appear ; for it will be a whole year, and fometimes two or more, before the plants come up. This care- ful weeding muft always be repeated ; and after the plants come tip, thofe that grow too clofe may be drawn the fpring follow- ing^ and cacli fet in a feparate pot, and then plunged into n hotbed, to fet them growing. The plants that remain withinit removing will be the ftrongeil: and bell:, and will be more likelv to produce flowers than any other ; though this feems to be a pl.int that will bear tranfplanting very well, efpecially if it is not to be carried at too great a diftance for the roots to dry, and a ball of earth be preferved to then). Whenever they are not to be raifed and remain in the places, the bejl: way is to fovv them in pots tilled with fandy earth, or fuch as is made fo by at leall a third part of fand being added. After the plants come up, they may be planted in feparate pets the fpring following, and then fet forward by a plunge in the bed ; and afterwards they may be any time turned out into the places where they are to remain, which ought to be in a naturally fandy fituation, otherwife there will be littls hopes of feeing them in any degree of perfettioa. RHUS. LiNKEAX Clafs and Order, PentaiK^ria Trigynia: Each flower contains five males and three females. There are twenty- four Species ; eight ot which are fufficiently hardy to Hand this clima c. I. Rhus Coriaria : The Tax n'er's Sumach, or the Elm- i.EAVED Sumach ; a tall deciduous JJirub ; native of Turkey, |*ak(lin?, Syria, Italy and Spain. A ^ ^, Rhus 338 R H U 2. Rhus Typhynum : The Virginia Sumach j a deciduous Jhruh j native of Virginia. 3. Rhus Glulrum : The Smooth Sumach ; a tall deciduous Jhruh ; native of North-America. 4. Rhus CoppalUnum : The Lentiscus-leaved Sumach j a deciduous Jhruh ; native of North-America, 5. Rhus Femix : The Varnish Tree, or Poison- Ash Tree ; a deciduous Jhruh ; native of North»America, alto oV Japan. 6. Rhus Toxicodendro?! : The Toxicodendron, or Poison Oak ; a lozv deciduous Jhruh ; native of North- America. 7. Rhus Radica-as : The Radicant Toxicodendron; a deciduous J}}ruh ; native of Virginia and Canada. 8. Rhus Cotinus : • The Venetian Sumach, or Coccy- CRiA; a deciduous fliruh ; native of Italy, -Spain, and many parts of Europe. 1. The Tanner's Sumach will grow to be about twelve feet high ; and the branches are covered with a brownifli hairy bark. It is faid that this bark is equal to that of the EngHfli Oak for tanning of leather, and that the leather from Turkey is chiefly tanned with it. The leaves of this ilu'ub, which are placed alternately on the branches, have a grand look. They are pinnated, and each ends with an odd foliole. The mid- rib of each is garniflied with about eight pairs of folioles, which all terminate with an odd one. The folioles of which the com- pound leaf is compofed are oval, and not large, being fcarcely two inches long, and three-fourths of an inch broad j but the whole leaf makes a fine fliow. Their colour is a light-green ; their under furface is hairy, and they are fawcd at their edges. The flowers, which are produced in large bunches at the ends of the branches, are of a whitifli colour, with a tinge of green. Each is compofed of many fpikes, on which the flowers fit clofe. They come out in July ; but are not fucceeded by ripe feeds in England, like fome of the fubfcquent forts. The leaves and feeds are poflefled of many excellent virtues. 2. Virgin i a Sumach, Of this fpccles there are feveral t^- rieties ; fuch as, the Common Stag's Horn, Large Virginian, " and Dwarf Sumach^ The R H U 33^ The S/a/s Horn Sinnach is fo called from the younger branches much refembling a ftag's horn, called the Velvet Horn. It will grow to be about ten feet high, and the older branches are covered with a fmooth brownifli bark, in fome places of a greyifli colour, whilft the younger ones are covered with a hairy down, which much refembles the velvet horn oi a flag. The leaves have a noble look ; for they are large and pinnated. The folioles are oblong, and larger than thofe of the preceding fort : about feven pairs are llationed along the mid-rib, which are terminated by an odd one. Their under furface is hairy, and they die to a purplifli fcarlet in the autumn. The flowers arc produced in June, at the ends of the branches : they will be in large tufts, but m^dce no fhow ; though fome admire them when fucceedcd by feeds in the autumn ; for at the end of that feafon, even after the leaves are fallen, there will be large tufts of feeds, of a fcarlet colour, left at the ends of the branches, w'hich have an uncommon ap- pearance. The Large Vlrgbilan Sumach differs in no refpecl from the preceding fpecies, only that it flioots ftronger, and grows to be larger, even lixteen or eighteen feet high, and is a more regular tree. The young fhoots alio are of a more reddifli colour j and though pofleffed of the like hairy down, on the whole do not fo much refemble thofe of the velvet lliag's horn as the other. D-j.'arf Sumach differs in no refpeift from the Common Stag's Horn, except that it is of a very low growsii, feldom rlfing higher than three feet. 3. Smooth Sumach. This includes many notable varieties^ commonly called New-England, Smooth Carolina, and Canada Sumach. 2vWu England-Sianach will grow to about fixtcen feet high, fending forth many ftrong fhoots from the root and the lidcs, covered with a fmooth downy bark. The radical flioots will oiten be near an inch in diameter in one fummer's grov/th. The young branches alio from the fides will be large : they are fmooth, though a little downy in the fummer ; and the bark in the winter is of a light-brown colour. The leaves of this fort are the largcft of any, being compofed of ten or A a 2 more 340 R H U more pairs of folioles, proportionally large, and which are ter. minated by an odd one. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, in large loofe panicles : They are of a grccnifh- yellow colour, and come out in June, but are not fucceeSed by feeds with us. The Carolina Sumach feldom rifes to more than ten feet high. The branches are fmooth, of a fine purplifh colour, and dulled over with a whitifli powder. The leaves are pinnated like the other, and the flowers are produced in panicles at the end's of the branches. They are of a fine fcarlct colour, appear in July, and are fucceeded by bunches of feeds, which in autumn are of a very beautiful red, though they never ripen in England. The Canada Sumach jjrows to about ten feet in height, and the branches, which are fmooth and of a purplifli colour, are duiUd over, like the former, with a kind of whitifli po^vder. The leaves are pinnated like the other, and the folioles are on both fides fmooth ; but their furfaces are of two colours, the upper being of a (liining green, whilft the under is hoary. The flowers are red, and produced in July, in large panicles, at the ends of the branches. They appear as if a whitifh powder had been duftcd in among them, which attrafts notice j but their feeds do not ripen in England. 4. Lentiscus-leaved Sumach. The chief varieties of this fpecies arc, the True Lentifcus-leaved, and the Canada Lentifcus-leaved Sumach. The True Lentifcus-leaved Sumach feldom rifes to more thr.n four feet in height, and the branches are covered with a fmooth brown bark. The leaves alfo ?j-e pinnated, and are the moil beautiful of all the forts ; for the folioles, though fmall, are 6f a fliinino- green. There are about four or five pairs on the mid-rib, which are beautifully arranged, having a membrane or wing on each fide running from pair to pair : they are ter- minated by an odd one, refemble in appearance thole of the Lentifcus, and are the greateii ornaments of this flirub. The flowers are produced in July, at the ends of the branches. They are of a grcenifli colour ; and though produced in large loofe panicles, make n6 great figure ; neither do the feeds ripen with us. Canada R H U 341 Canafia Lentifciis-haveii Sumach grows to be ten feet liicrli. The leaves have chiefly the properties of the former, but are larger, kfs delicate, and duftcd or pounced over with a whitifh matter. The flowers are produced in the fame manner as the other : they are greenifli, and fucceeded by feeds in England. 5. The Poisox-AsH. This is called the Poifon-Tree becaufe it abounds with a milky poifonous juice, and is diftinguiflied by ths title Poifon-Afli, becaufe the leaves fomevvhat referable thofe of the Afli-tree. It is called alio by fome the Varnifli- tree, being the fhrub from which the true varnifli is collefted. The Poifon-Afh, with us, will grow to the height of about eight feet ; and the branches, which are not very numerous, are covered with a fmooth light-brown bark, tinged with red. The leaves are pinnated, and the folioles of which each is compofed conlill: of about three or four pairs, with an odd one. Thefe are of an oblong pointed figure, of a fine green colour, and have their edges entire. In the autumn, they die to a red or purple colour, and at that time their leaves, jufl: before thev fall, make a charming appearance, fome being red, others purple, others between both ; the colours of the footflalks and mid-ribs will alio be various, thereby in the fame tree affording a variety of fliades. The flowers are fmall, and make no fhow : they are whltifli, and produced in May, from the wings of the branches. There will be male and female flowers on ditferent plants ; and the females are fucceeded by fmall roundifn fruir, which feldom ripens in England. 6. The Poison-Oak is a lower fhrub, feldom growing to be more than four feet high. The branches are fmooth, and of a light-brown colour. It will coll the gardener fome trouble to keep thefe plants progerly^ as upright fiirubs ; for they will fend out flj^ots' ffom the bottom, which Will naturally trail on the ground, and flrike root. But thefe mufi be conftautly taken off ^ for were they to be neglected a few years, a imgle plant would have fpread itfelf to fuch a dlftance as to occupy a great fpace of ground, in a manner not becoming a-well-or- dered flirubbery or wildernefs. The leaves of this fhrub are trifoliate. Each foliole has a fliort pedicle to itfelf, and the common footllalk of the whole three is very long. They are A a 3 of 342 R H U of a fhiniiig green, fmooth, and huve their edges fomctiinrt finuated, though generally entire. They are rouudifli, angular, large, and on the whole make a good fliow. The flowers are of a whitifh colour, are produced from the fides cf the branchcj, in July, and are fucceedcd by cream-coloured berries, which growing in the autumn, and even in the winter, after the leaves are fallen, in a kind of panicles, are by many taken notice of. There are feveral varieties of this fpecies ; fome with hairy leaves, fome with leaves very downy, others of fine upright growth. In other refpefts their difference is inconfiderable. 7. Radicaxt Toxicodendron.' Of this fpecies there are feveral varieties-, fome of which are of upright growth, though the ftalks of all have, more or Icfs, a tendency to lie on the ground, and Urike root at the joints. The leaves of all the lprt5 are trifoliate, of an oval figure, fmooth, and entire. The flowers are gr-cenifli, appear in June and July, and are fucceedcd by roundifli yellow berries, jvhich rarely ripen in England. 8. The Venetian Sumach is a Ihrub of about ten hct growth, and has many valuable properties to recommend it. The bark on the older branches is of a light-brown colour, whilft that on the young flioots is fmooth, and of a purple hue. ' Th» leaves are nearly of an oval figure, and fland fingly upon long footftaiks on the branches. From thele the tree receives great beauty ; they are of a delightful green, are fmooth, and whcj) bruifed emit a flrong fcent, which by many is thought very grateful ; and on that account only makes this fiirub defirable. The flov.'ers are produced at the ends of the branches, in July, jn a fingular manner: The end of the laft year's fiioot about that time v;\\\ divide itfelf, and produce huir-like bunches of purplifli flowers, fo as to cover the tree ; and in the autumn, though they do not perfeft their feeds with us, thefe tufts will, ftill remain, be of a darker colour, and almoft cover it ; on account of which fingular oddnefs this flirub is valued by fome perfons. The bark is nfcd by the tanners ; whilil the wood and leaves are fought after by the dyers ; the former being faid to dye a yellow, and the latter, together with the young branches, to dye a good black. The PROPAGATION of the Sumach is not very difficult ; for the fecpnd, third, and fouith forts, with their varieties, produce fuckers R H U 343 fuckers in fuch plenty as to over-run, it not taken oft", all that is near them. Thefe fuckers when taken up will be each a good plant ; na\-, their very roots will grow ; and though they be thrown upon a bed and dug carelefsly in, even then many- young plants will fpring fronj them. The Poison-Oak and Radicant Toxicodendron alfo PROPAGATE themfelves very fafl by their trailing branches, which ftrike root as they go, and each of which will be a plant. The Venetian Sumach is eafily encreafed by layers ; for the young flioots being flit and layered in the autumn, by the^ autumn following will be good plants, either for the nurfery- ground, or where they are to be planted out to fland. The Elm-leaved Sumach and the Poison-x\sh, how- ever, do not throw out fuckers in this manner ; and thef« are to be propagated from the feeds, which u"e receive from the places where they naturally grow^ An eall border of garden- mould (made fine) fliould be prepared ; and in this the feeds fiiould be fown as foon as poffible after we receive them. The depth they will require will be about half an inch. After being fown, and the border dreffed up, nothing more need be done till the weeds begin to come up, which will be before the plants : as often as thefe appear, they muft be plucked up ; and when the hot parching weather comes on, the border mufl be fliaded in the heat of the day, and, every evening, fliould be gently fprinkled over with water. In the beginning of June many of the plants Vv^ill come up ; though they frequently re- main, at leall the greatell: part of them, until the lircond fpring before they make their appearance. After the plants are come up, they will want no other care than fhading, weeding, and now and then a watering during the firft fummer ; and if the winter lliould be fevere, they fliould be matted, efpecially the Elm-leaved fort, which is rather the mofl: tender whiift young. After this they will require no other care than weeding until they are two-years-old feedlings ; when, in the fpring, they fliould be taken up and planted in the nurfery -ground, and in two or three years more will be fit to fet out for good. And here it mull not be omitted to obferve, that the other forts before- neentioned, which propagate themfelves fo fall by fuckers, may be raifed this way if the feeds can be obtained ; and, indeed, A a 4 whoever ;44 ROB whoever has not the convenicncy of procmlng u few plants or each, and can have the feeds, muft praftife this method With ihem^ by which he will fcon procure plenty. R O B I N I A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Blaikl^hia Dccandria : Each flower contains ten males and one female ; the males being di- vided into tv;o fcts at the baie : There are nine Species 3 four of which will bear the open air of this country. 1. RoBiNiA Pf^ii^acaJia : The False Acacia ; which occafions its being fo called, and by which it conflitutes an agreeable variety among the leafy tribe. The varieties of it are. Red-flowered Burnct-leaved Rofe, Black Burnet-leaved Rofe, White Burnet-leaved Rofe. 3. Scotch Rose. The varieties of this fpecies are all of low en pe- Rofes arc all well known. The Red and the pale Provence forts diflcr, in that one is a deep, the other a p:ile red ; the petals are larger and loofer than the Cabbagc-Provcncc, and maka varieties. The Cabbage-Provence is the befl of iill the forts • and, if its commonncfs does not detract ffom its value, is inferior to no Rofe. The Dutch Provence has a tendepcy to cabbage, and is of a deeper red than the Common Provence, The Chiiding is of lower growth than any of the other forts, fcldom growing to be more than four feet : it is naturally of upiight growth, and the bark is brown and prickly. The flowers at full are globular, though they will afterwards open at top, and difpliiy their petals folded a little like thofe of the B'igic. All thefe arc beautiful rpfes, and greatly ornamental either to flirubbcries or gardens. The Mofs-Frorencc is a fort that has been fought after of late more than any of the others. Its branches are of a dufky brown, ani they i;re all over clolch bcfet vvlrh prickles. The flowers ar? k O S i53 tve like tfeofe of the Common Piovience ; though they have a llrongei- footftalk, and grow more upright. About the calyx of the flower grows a kind of mofs, which is of a yellowifti-green colour, and by which it will be wholly furrounded. This Rofe has not been many years known in England, and from whence it was firft brought is uncertain; It feems to owe its excellence to the mofly fubftance growing about the footftalk and calyx of the flower ; but were this as common ds the other forts o£ Provence-Rofes, that would be looked upon as an imperfeftion ♦ for though this flower naturally is poflefled of the farhe agreeable Fragrance as the other Provence-Rofes, yet this molly fubftance has a fti-ong difagreeable fcent, and is pofleflJed of a clammy Jnatter; Great Royal Rofe is one of the largeft, though hot this compadellj Rofes we have. It will grow to be eight or nine feet high. The branches ire brown, and have a number of prickles.- The flowers are red, and poflfefled of a very grateful odour, and the petals very large. Upon the whole, this is a fort very much coveted, and is one of the beft Rofes in England. The BluJJ) and Dutch Hundred-leaved Rofes differ in no refpe^t^ only that the flowers of one are of a paler red than thbfe of the other • and both thefe forts rtiay contend for the prize of beauty with any of the Rofe tribe; They feldoitt grow rtiore than four feet high. The branches are green and upright, and have very Few fpines. The flowers are large, and exceedingly doublet Each is compofed of numerous Ihort petals, which are arranged in fo i-'egular a manner as to form a complete flower ; and it i« on account of the extraordinary nurtiber of thefe petals that this Rofe takes the name of Hundred-leaved Rofe. We feem to do injuftice to this Rofe, when we do not pronounce it the faireft of the whole lift ; but when we refled on the furpafling delicacy and beauty of many other forts, we are Obliged to give the preference to nonci lo. Gal tic AN Rose. Under this title are arranged all thofe Rofes whofe branches and footftalks of the leaves are hifptd and prickly^ and whofe flowers have oval, hifpid germina, and grow on hifpid footftalks* Of this kind are. The Semi-double Red Rofe, The Old Double Red Rofe, The Rofa Mundi, or Variegated Rofe, B b Th? 3^4 R O S The 'York and Lancafler Rofe, The Semi.-doubleVeKctRofe, The FulI-dout)le Velvet Rofc, The Blufh Belgic Rofe, The Red Belgic, The Blum Monthly, The Red Monthly, The A^^hite Monthly, The Striped Monthly, The Red Damaflc, The White Damafk, The Blulh Damafk, The Doubled Virgin, The Marbled, The Great Spanifli, • Th,e Yellow Auftrian Rofe, The Copper-coloured Rofe, ' The Double Yellow, The Franckfort Rofe. II. The MusK-RosE. The Ever-green fort is naturally a climbing plant, but if planted fingly will form itfelf into a jbufli of five or fix feet high ; its flowers are fingle, white, and fragrant. . Befides the Evergreen, there are two deciduous •varieties of this fpecies, called, the Single Muik-Rofe, and the Double or Semi-double Mufk-Rofe. Single Mujk, or PFJjite Clujlcvf is a fcarce and raluable Rofe. The young fhoots are covered with a fmooth green bark, and are not polfeffed of many fpines ; thofe few they have are very ftrcng, and of a dark-brown colour. This fort produces its (lowers in Augull, in very large clufters ; they are of a pur« white ; and the tree will continue to exhibit its fucceffion of flowers until the froft puts a periocl to the blowing. The endi of the branches are frequently killed by the frofts in the win- ter; fo that early in the fpring they ftiould be gone over with, the knife, and all dead wood taken off, which would have an, ill look, amongft the healthy leaves and young (hoots. The Smi-douiU and Double MuJk, or White Ciufter-Rofes, - are ^ O S 355 ai-e late-flowering forts. They will begin blowing in Auguft, and continue fo till the froil puts a a end to the glories of that feafon. The ftalks are covered v/ii'i a fmooth green 'bark, which will be armed with a few very ftrong, brown, crooked fpines. The flowers are of a pure white, and produced in large clufters, at the ends of the branches. Thefe at prsient are not common, and are much coveted by the curious. 12. Penduloui-f rutted Rofc grows only to about five or fix feet high, fending forth feveral hifpid branches from the bot- tom to the top. The leaves are compofed of many oval foli- oles, arranged along the mid-rib, and their footftalks have few or no prickles. The flowers have oval, fmooth germina, grow on hifpid footll:alks, and are fucceeded by long pendulent fruit, full of feeds. 13. The White Rose. The charaderiflics of this fpecies are, the ftalks and footftalks of the leaves are prickly, the flowers have oval fmooth germina, and grow on hifpid foot- ftalks. Of this kind are. The Double White Rofe> The Semi- double White, The Dwarf White, The Maiden's Blufli Rofe. All the forts of Rofes are to be propagated, i. By layers. For this purpofe, in order to obtain plenty of tham, a fufficient number fhould be planted for liools ; and after thefe have been planted a year or two, they (hould be headed near the ground, which will make them throw out plenty of youno- ihoots. In the autumn, thefe Aould be layered in the ground. The beft way to do it is by a flit at the joint, though a gentle twift will often do as well, particularly for all the forts of Monthly Rofes, Damafli-Rofes, and Sweet-Briar, wh;ch will readily take if the bark be juft broke, and will oken fend forth roots at every joint by the autumn following. Moft of the other forts do not ftrike root fo freely; fo that amonglt them, by the autumn, after layering, few will be found ftrong enough, and with root fufficientj to be planted out to continue. However in general, they will have roots, and oftentimes very good ones. In the autumn every layer muft be taken up, the flools neated up, and a frefli operation performed on the young flioots that may have Ihot the preceding fummer. The layers that have B b 2 bsen 556 RUB been taken up fiiould be planted in the nurfery, at no very g:reat diflance, and the forts fhould be kept Separate and booked, number-fticks being made to the feparate forts, that they may be diflindly known. The Mofs-Provence and the Mufk-Rofes do not ftnke root fo freely by layers ; neither does the Apple-bearing Rofe ; fo that for all thefe forts yoit mull often wait t-.vo years before you take off the layers from the ftools, and fometiraes longer ; which is the reafon of thefe plants being rather fcarce, they not being to be expeditioufly propagated in plenty. 2. Thefe trees may be propagated by fuckers, which mod 6f the forts have a nataral tendency to throw out ; and thefe maybe taken up, and the ftrongeft and beft rooted fetout to ftand, whilfl the weakeft may be planted is the nurfery for a year or two, to gain llrength. But here bwberry-bush. The ilalks of this fort are weak, flender, prickly, and trailing. The leaves are trifoliate, large, and ufually of a duflcy-green co- iour. The flowers are whitilh, come out from the ends and fides of the branches, in July and Auguft, and are fucceeded by large blue fruit, which will be ripe in the autumn, and of which an excellent wine is made. All thefe forts may be propagated by cuttings. They fhould be planted in the autumn, in a fhady border, and by the autumn following they will be fit to remove. But as a crop from cuttings often f^ils, the beft way will be to throw fome mould over the ftioots, as they ftrike in. the fpring ; and when they have fhot two or three feet farther, cover them afrefh, ;aHd fo on all furamer. By this means, thofe parts that were firft covered will have either Itruck root, or they, together with all the others, will fee preparing to flrike root: fo that beiagcutinto lengths, and the parts before covered planted agaia in earth, and about three or four inches of the uncovered part being above ground, almofi every one of the cuttings of thit nature being thus prepared will grow, and thus plenty of plants inay be foon obtained. 4. The Virginia Raspberry. All the forts of Rafp- berries are fpecies ofR/dus^-znd are propagated for their fruit; but this fort is cultivated folely to mix with our flowering fiirubs. It rifes from the ground like the Common Rafpberries, thoucrh it will naturally grow higher; but its growth is either hic^her or lower in proportion to the nature of the land or fituation, as it will grow i igUer by two or three feet in a deep, rich, moift foil, than it will in a foil of the oppofite nature. The ftalks are of a brown colour, and wholly without prickles ; and th« flrongeft will divide into feveral fmaller branches. The 'eaves ire exceedingly large for a fhrub of that height ; from whence the plant derives no fmall beauty. They are broader than they are long, and of a fine green on both fides, the upper being of < dark, the under of a lighter colour. Ea^rh is divided into an B b !g Willow of. Bal.ylon will grow to be a large tree ; and no tree is more proper to be planted by rivers, ponds, over fprings, &c. than this ; for its flender branches are very long and pendulous ; the leaves, alfo, are long and narrow ; and when any mill or dew falls, a drop of water will hang at the end of each of theie leaves, which, together with the pendulous branches and leaves, caufe a moft pleafing appearance. Lovers garlands are faid to have been made of the wreaths of this Willow, the branches of v.'hich are very flender and pliable ; and the plant itfelf has always been fought after for ornamental plantations, cither to mix with others of the like growth in the largeft quarters, or to be planted out iingly over fprings, or in large opens, for the peculiar variety they will occafion by the elegance of their outline. • 6. Shining Willow is a large-growing tree, fending forth feveral flender branches, which hang down, and are covered with a pale-brown bark. The leaves are fmooth, glandulous, ferrated, and of a yellowifh-green colour. The flowers are nu- merous hairy katkins, and the male flowers have two fiamina only. They appear early in the fpring ; and the females ar& fucceeded by downy feeds, like the Common Willov*'. 7. Triandrous Willow is a large- growing trees, fend- ing forth numerous, ereft, flexible branches, which are covered with a greyiih bark. The leaves are oval^ fmooth, fpear- fhaped, acute-pointed, ferrated, green on both fides, and e^red at their bafe. The katkins are long, narrow, loofe, and appear early in the fpring. This fort is planted by the basket-makers, to mix with other kinds for their different fort$ of work. 8. Phylica-leaved Willow. This is a tree of rsther lower growth than the former.- The branches are numerous, flexible, tough, and ferviceable for feveral articles in the bafket way. The leaves are fpear-fhaped, fmooth, ferrated, and waved on their edges. The flowers are long katkins, which come out early in the fpring from the fides of the branches ; and they foon afford a large quantity of down, which 355 ' , S A t which Is wafted about with the winds to a contidetzmi diftance. There is a variety of this with broad leaves. 9. Almond-leaved Willow. This is a Willow of th6 middle fize, fending forth numerous flexible tough branchesi covered with a light-green bark. The leaves are fpear- ihaped, fmooth, ferrated, acute, eared at their bafe, and of z light-green colour on both fides. The flowers are oblong katkins, which turn to a light down in the fummcr. There are feveral forts of this fpecies, that are of inferior Value to this, which is generally diftinguiflied from the other* by the name of the OU Ahnond-kai'etl WHIoxk). The branches are verv tough and flexible, and when planted in the Ozier- way, and grown to be one year's flioots from the (tools, are rery ftrong, and highly ferviceable for the different purpofes of bafket-making. 10. Hastated Willow. This is a middle-fized tree for the Willow kind, fending forth feveral long, green flioots from the ftools, which are full of pith, but neverthelefs tough and ferviceable to the ba&et-maker. The leaves are nearly ©val, acute, fmooth, ferrated, fit clofe to the branches, and have broad appendices at their bafe. The flowers, are an cblong, yellow katkin, and come cut in the fpring from the fides of the young flioots, almoil their whole length. 11. Cr.ack Willow is another middle-fized tree for the Willow kind. The branches are vtiy brittle, and covered with a brownifli bark. T^e leaves are oval, fpear-fliaped, long, fmooth, ferrated, green On both fides, and have glandulous ibotftalks. The katkins are long, flender, and the fcales are loofely difpofed. There is a I'ariety of this fpecies, with a yellow bark, which k cafts every year, called the Almond-leaved Crack UlUdw. Both forts are unfit for the bafket-makcrs ufe, being very brittle ; on which account this fpecies gained the appellation of Crack Willow. 12. Rose Willow. This is of much lower growth than the formef. The body of the tree is covered with a rough, yellow bark. The branches are upright, tough, and of SAL 369 of a reddldi colour. The leaves are fpear-Hmpcd, narrow, fmooth, of a blueifli-green colour, and, towards tne upper part of the branches, are nearly oppofite to each other. The flowers come out from the fides of the branches, and numbers of them are joined together in a rofe-like manner. They are of a greeni(h-vvhite colour, and have a fingular and beautiful look. There are two or three ■varhtU's of this fpecies. The leaves of one are downy underneath ; the ftalks of another are brittle, and the leaves green on both fides ; whiill another has its leaves of a light-green on the upper furface, and glaucous underneath ; They are all low-growing plants, and fcldom cultivated iov ufe. 13. Sallow. The Sallow is well known all over England, and delights in a dry rather than a moill: foil. It is a tree ra- ther below the middle growth. The branches are numerous, fmooth, of a dark-green colour, and their chief ufe is for hurdle-wood and the fire ; though the trunk, or old wood, is admirable for feveral ufes in the turnery way. The leaves are oval, rough, waved, indented at the top, and woolly underneath. The katkins are very large, yellow, appear early in the fpring, and are much reforted to by the bees, on their firit coming out of their hives at that early feafon. There is a 'variety of this fpecies with long leaves, wliichend in acute points ; and another with fmooth leaves, beautifully iujped with white, called the StripeJ ISalloiv. 14. OziER is a tree of rather low growth, though the fhoots grow amazingly long and ftrong in one year from the ilools. The leaves are fpear-lhaped, narrow, long, acute, almoft entire, of a blueifli-green on their upper fide and hoary underneath, and grow on very Ihort footftalks. This is the moll propa- gated of all the kinds -for bafket-making : it admits of feveral forts of different value, but all are neverthelefs ufeful to the bafket-maker. The rjaru-ties ufually goby the names oftheG;w« O^Ier, the OLLBajL-t Ozia; ircijly IFkhr, &c. Scz. Sec. 15. Glaucous Willow. This is a low Alpine Willow, of little ufe for ornament or profit. The Jeaves are oval, ob- long, entire, of a glaucous colour, and poIfefTed of fine hairs on their Under fide. The katkins are large., oval, of a white colour, and appear about the time of thofe of the Common Sallow. C c All 370 SAL All the Salices may be PROPAGATED by planting the cut- tings, which may be done at all times of the year, for they will grow if it is in fummer ; though the bell feafon is the winter, or early in the fpring, juft before they begin to Ihoot. The cut- tings fhould be of the laft year's wood, fhould be in height in proportion to their thicknefs, and always ought to be planted in an upright pofition. The method of planting an Ozier Ground will be given under Woodlands. S A L S O L A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Penlandria Digynla : Each flower contains five males and two females : There arc lixtccn Species ; one only of which is adapted to our CoUccStion : Salsola Frutlcofci: The SuRyEBY Glasswort, or the Stonecrop-tree ; an evergreen JJnuh ; native of the fea- coalls of England, France, Spain, and Perlia. The Stonecrop-tr.ee is a fl;rub of about four or five feet growth. It will fhoot rather higher, if permitted; but is ne- ver more beautiful than v/hen about a yard high. The branches are numerous, naturally grow upright, are covered with a grey bark, and are very brittle. As to the leaves, they are very much like the Common Stonecrop of our walls, which is well known, being narrow, taper, and flefhy like them. They are of the fame light pleafant green, and the branches are flored with them in plenty. The flowers make no fhow ; nei- ther is there any thing that is defirable to the Gardener that fucceeds them. This is a very hardy fhrub; but, as we have introduced it as an Evergreen ihrub, it may not be improper to give a hir.t or two for its being properly ftationed. It /hould be fet in a well-fi-ieltered place ; for although the leaves remain onall winter, yet our fevere black frcfts fudden'y coming on them, when in an Open expcfed place, deftroy them, and caufe them to turn black ; and although the fhrub will fhoot ©ut ag^in early ia the fpring, yet the black deftroyed leaves will SAM 371 T^ill look very diTagreeable all winter, and be as blots among others that are lefs fubjed to thefe difalier?. One hint more jnay be neceiTary ; and that is, whenever this (hrub is planted, either in finall or large gardens, among deciduous or evergreea trees, not to circumfcribe the tree, with firings or bafs mat- tings, in order to confine the branches and keep them clofer : this will effcituaHy deltroy all the branches and leaves, if not the whole plant ; for being thus clofely confined, ' the free ad- miiTion of the air will be excluded, which will caufe thefe fuc- culent leaves to ro: and decay. This precaution is the more neceffary, as their upright br?.nches being heavy laden with fuch plenty of fucculent leaves, are fubjedi: to be blown down from the bottom by the high winds : and as they then mull of courie lock irregular, and may probably overfpread fome little plant that grows near them, it is a com- mon thing to tie them up again to the other branches. This cuftom, however, ought never to be pradifed ; but when any of them happen to be blov/n down in that manner, they fhouid be taken off and thrown away. Nothing is more eafy than the propagatiom of the Stone- crop-tree ; for it is encreafed by layers, cuttings, and fuckers. In fliort, if ibme of thefe fhrubs are planted, they will foon fend forth many ftalks from the roots ; and if the whole b*; then taken up, thefe, without any other trouble, may be divided, and will each of them be a good plant ; and thus in a few years, from a plant or two of this fhrub, numbers may be obtained. S A M B U C U S. LiNKEAN- Clafs and Order, Pcnta-ddrla Ttigynia : Eacli flower contains five males and three females : There are four Species; three of which are here treated of; the fourth, iiani- bucus Ebulus, or Dwart Elder, is an herbaceous plant. I. Sambucus i^.'^?^/-^ ; The Common Elder; a dcciduoui (hruh or tree ; common in molt parts ox England, but is faid to be originally a native of Germany. C c 2 2. S.^.v.rvrvs 372 SAM 2. Sambucus Canadcnjis : The American Elder ; a clcci- ^uousJJvuh ; native of Canada, Pennfylvania, and Virginia. 3. Sambucus Racemnfa : The Mountain Elder, or the Mountain Red-p.erried Elder ; a tall deciduom Jhruh \ na- tive of the mountainous parts of the South of Europe. 1. The Common Elder admits of many ew itfelf to a great diftance. The roots are thick, white, and ?i.ei[\y ; and the ftalks are an- gular, and armed with fpines. The leaves are of a plcafant green colour, and are nearly of a fagittated figure. They are poflefied of no fpines, have longitudinal veins, and their foot- ftalks are tolerably long and tough. Their flowers are v/hite,^ and are produced in fmall bunches, in June and July ; and the females are fucceeded by round red fruit in their own countrie.-, but not with us. 3. Peruvian Smilax, or Sarsapa rilLa, has alfo white, thick, flefliy roots. Thefe fend out angular ftalks, that are armed with ftiarp fpines ; but they will not climb up trees to near the height of the former. The leaves are fniooth, being unarmed with fpines. They are retufe, oval, cordated, of a ftrong green colour, have three nerves, and grow on ftrong rou^h footftalks. The flowers are produced in fmall bunchcj, from the fides of the branches. They are of little figure, and the females are fucceeded by a fmall, round, red fruit, where they grow naturally. 4. Canada Smilax has long creeping roots, which fend forth round flender ftalks, that are thinly guarded with ftiarp ftraight fpines. The leaves are reniform, cordated, and have no fpines. They are broader than they are long, have five ftrong nerves, and Qiort footftalks, from each of which grow two (lender clafpers. The flowers are produced in fmall bunches, in June and July. They will be fucceeded by a fmall berry, which will not come to perfeftion here. 5. Laurel-leaved Smilax has round taper ftalks, that are befet with fpines. The leaves axe of a ftrong green colour, and S M I 3,77 and a thick confiftcnce. They have no fpines, have three jierves, are of aa oval lanceolate figure, and are about the fize of" thofe of our Common Bay-tree. The flowers are produced in fmall round bunches, in June and July, fiom the wings of the llalks ; and thefe are fucceeded by fmall black berries in the autumn. This fort is rather of a tender nature, and unlcfs the foil be naturally dry and warm, and the ntuation well Ihel- tered, they will be pretty fure of being killed in the winter. 6. Brionv-i,e AVHD Smilax has large, fiefhy, white roots, which fend forth round, taper, prickly ftalks. The leaves ars oblong, heart-lhaped, have no fpines, but have manv veins running lengthways. Their upper furface is of a fine ilrong green colour, and, being tolerably large, they make a goodly Ihow. The flowers are produced in July, in fmali loofe bunches, and arc fucceeded by black berries. 7. L.\NCE-LE AVED Smilax. The ftalks are flcndcr, taper, aad fice from prickles. The leaves are fpear-fhaped, pointed, 2!.d unarmed with fpines. The flowers come out in fm;i]I clu!lers, and are fucceeded by red berries. S. The Ivy-LEAVED Smila::. The flaiks are angular, herbaceous, unarmed with fpines, but poflefied of clafpers, by which they lay hold of any thing near them for fupport. The ,ie;ives are oval, free from fpines, feven-nerved, and gvow on footflalks. The flowers of this genus make no (bow, being poiTcfled of no ornament except the fegments of the calyx. Thofe &f this fpecies are very fmall, and are coUefled in fmall unibels, Tiiey appear in June ; and are fucceeded by roundifti berries, Vv'hich feldom ripen in England. Thcfe forts are all ealily propagated; indeed they will propagate themfelves, if a plant or two of each fort can be ob- tained ; for they are poflefied of long creeping roots, which rim uiidcr the furface of the ground, and will, both near the main plant and far off, fend up young ones ; which being taken np in the autumn or fpring, or in any time of the Vviuter, will be good plants for ufe. Thus will thefe plants by nature fur- nifli you foon with plants enough for your purpcfe, if one or two of each can be firll procured, and planted in a light good foil, in proper beds prepared for the purpofe, under war.T* hedges, cr amcngil trees in w^U-fhehered places, S O- L A- 3^3 S O f> S O L A N U M. LiivXEAX Clafs and Order, Pentamhla Monogynla : Each flower contains five males and one female : There are forty Species ; one of which, though common, claims our at- tention. SoLANUM Dulcamctra : The Woody Nightshadk, or the Bitter-sweet; a ligneous cllmher \ native of England and moft parts of Europe. The Wooiiv NicKTSKADE. Were it not forthe common- nefs of this plant, it would defcrvedly claim a principal place in our eilecm, as one of thofe forts that require fupports to fet them off; for befiJes the flowers, which are of an exquifite fine purple, and grow in bunches, it has many beauties to recom- mend it to cur obfcrvation and care. The leaves ftand on large footilallcs, and ilie upper ones are of an haftated figure. Their beautiful purple flowers will be produced in fmall cluHers, in June and July ; and they are fuccecded by oblong red berries, which will be ripe in autumn. This is the Common fort, which is of all the mofl: beautiful, though hardly ever propa- gated. The -'.-rr.'V.'.Vj of it, however, are in great elleem with nod people, and of thefe there r.re, i. A variety with ivhlte Jloivers, which is much coveted on that account ; and although thefe flowers are not fo beautiful as the purple ones, yet the fort being a rare plant, makes it deflrable ; and this is the fort that is cultivated, and v/hich differs in no refpeft from the purple, only in its white flowers, thereby pleafing the fpeftator by the variety it affords. 2. The next remarkable variety of the Woody Nightfliade is that with beautifully variegated leaves, Thefe plants are feduloufly propagated for the fake of their finely-flriped leaves ; fo that there is fcarcely a nurferyman who does not raife plenty of them for fale amongfl other flirubs ; , and they are fo generally liked, that his difpofing of them will be pretty certain. This plant, as has been obferved, is only the Common Woody Nightfliade with the leaves delightfully variegated, its flowers being of the fame fine purple, and the fruit that fucceeds them exadly the fame. j. Another variety has thick leaven, which are very hairy. This fort grows chiefly in Africa, and muil have a warm fituation to live through our winters. S O h 279 winters. It is, however^ a very fine plant, and where fuch a fituation is not found, ought to be treated as a grecnhoufe- plant. All thefe forts arc eafily propagated by cuttings ; for they will grow, if planted in any of the winter month?, in ahnoft any foil or fituation, and will be good plants for removing by the autumn following. If the owner has only a plant or two of thefe, which he is defircus of multiplying with certainty, let him lay the young ftalks upon the ground, and draw over them a little foil, and they will effeclually be good plants by the next autumn ; and this will be the fureft way, as cuttings of moil forts, though they will for the moft part take very well, are often attended with much hazard. The variegated fort muft be plapted upon a poor foil, or it will be in danger of running away from its colours. S O R B U S. LiNXEAN Clafs and Order, Icn/andn'a Tn'gyma : Each flower contains about twenty males and three females : There arc three Species : 1. SoRBUs Aticuparia : The Vv'ild Sorb, or Mountain Ash, or Quick-eeam, or Quicken-Tree, or Roax-Tree ; a deculuous tree ; native of England and moll of the northern parts of Europe. 2. SoR'EVs Dowr/iica : The cultivated Sorb, or Sweet Service ; a JcciJuous tree ; native of the fouth of Europe. 3. SoREUs Hyhrida : The Moxgrel Sore, or semi-pi K- nated Service ; a deciduous tree ; native of Gotlandia. I, The Wild Sorb, or Mountain Ash. Although we generally fee this fpecies in a fhrubby underwood Hate, it will neverthelefs, if properly trained, grow to a tree of the middle fize. It has no claim to the appellation of Mountain Aih, except fome diftant refemblance of the common Afli in the formation of its leaves. The flowers of this tree have a pleanng effed in the fpring, and its berries, in autumn and winter. 380 S O R winter, vender it highly ornamental. Evelyn enumerates its ft/i-i ; he fays, " befides the ufe of it for the hulhandman's " tools, goads, Sec. the v.'heel-wright commends it for being " all heart. If the tree be large, and fo well grown as fome •' there are, it will faw out into planks, boards, and timber. *' Our fletchers commend it for bows next to yew, which we *' ought not to pafs over, for the glory, of our once Englifli " anceftors : In a ftatute of Henry VIII. you have it men- •* tioned. It is excellent fuel ; but I have not yet obferved ." any other ufe." Kanbury follows him, and places the Mountain Afh among his fore ll- trees. Its v/ood is undoubtedly pliable and tough. Its flioots, from the ftcol, are generally numerous, ftraight, and long. In the north of England the hufbandmcn ufe them for whip-ftocks to drive their teams with. For flakes, edders, and perhaps for hoops, no wood is better adapted than the Wild Sorb ; and as an Underwood it feems well worth the planter's notice. The PROPAGATION of the native Sorb is from feeds or by layering. Having procured a fufficicnt quantity of berrie:>, they (hould be fowed, foon after they are ripe, in the feminary, about half an inch deep, in beds made as has been before di- reiled. They frequently lie till the fccond fpring before they make their appearance ; and, in the'fpring foUovving, may be planted out in the nurfery. We need not repeat that the feminary (hould be kept clear of weeds, and that the young plants in dry weather now and then ought to bercfrefhed with water ; neither need the gardener be reminded, that after they are planted in the nurfery way, digging the ground in the rows mull be ob- ferved every Winter, taking off all (hoots alfo which would make the tree fork^'d, and keeping the weeds hoed in the rows, til they a;" of fuf ■ :nt fize to plant cat where they are in- .tenced to remain. This fpecie? will take very well from layers ; fo that whoever cannot procire the berries, and has a few of thefe trees, may cut them down ciofe to the ground, when they will throw out many Ilools ; and if tlie year following thefe are laid in the ground in the fame manni^r as carnations, they will have taken good root in one year. But trees cultivated this way will not grow fo flraight and handfome, neither will they arrive at fo great & magnitude asthofe railed from the feeds. The S O R^ 381: The Quicken-tree will grow upon almofl: any foil, either flrong or light, raoili or dry. It flourifhes both on the moun- tains and in the woods; it is never affected by the fevcrity of the weather, being extremely hardy ; and if even planted on ble.;k and e.vpofed places, it grows exceedingly well. 2. The CULTIVATED Sorb, or S\vi:et Sirvice, is Co dlllinguillied from the other, becaule it produces eatable fruit, which in France, Italy, and other parts, is ferved up in de- lcrr>; and the tree is cultivated there folely on that account. It will grow to be larger than the Quicken-tree ; and in many rcfpeds is fuperior in beauty to moft trees. Et will grow with an upright liem ; and the young {hoots in the fummer are fo downy as to appear covered with meal. In the winter they are inclined to a purplilh colour, and are fpotted all over with whitilh fpots ; the budj at the ends of them will be turgid, pre- paring for the next year's flioot. The leaves refemble thofe of the Qjiicken-tree ; they are finely pinnated, and coir.pofed of feven or eight pair of lobes, which are terminated by an odd one. They are broader than thofe of the Quicken-tree, ferrated in A deeper and more irregular manner, and their under furface is of a much more downy nature. The flowers are white, grow in umbels, come out in May, and are fucceeded by an agree- able fruit, which is large, flelhy, and of various ihapes in the ditTerent varieties. 3. The Mongrel Sorb. This feems to be a mongrel, between the Quicken-tree and Aria. It is an upright-growing tree, and the young branches are of a whitilli colour. The leaves are very downy, and pinnated at the bafe ; but the up- per lobes join together, thereby forming a half-pinnated leaf. The flowers are white, grow in umbels, and are fucceeded by bunches of roundifli berries, which will be ripe in the autumn. The PROPAGATION of the Wild Sorb has already been given ; and that culture will ferve for all the forts : but in order to hava good fruit of the Sweet-Service-tree, the beft forts fhould be grafted or budded upon pear or quinc?-ftocks. Thefe treq. arc very hardy, for they will grow in almoll any foil ; though they make the fwifteft progrefs, and arrive at the greateft height, in a moift fituation. SPAR. ^ SPA S P A R T I U M. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, DlaJcIphia Decandria: E:ich flower contains ten males and one female ; the males being di- vided into two fets at the bafe : There are fixteen Species ; feven of which are proper for our colleclion : I. Spartium Scnparlum: The Common English Broom ; a deciduoui Jhruh ; native of England, and the foutheru parts of Europe. 2.. Spartium Junceum : The Spanish Broom; a tall deci' duousjkruh; native of Spain, Portugal, and feme parts of Italy and Sicily, 3. ^i' xviTivyi RaeJiatum: The Starry Broom ; a Io^.m deci- duous Jhruh ; native of Italy. 4. Spartium Moiiofpennkm : The single-seeded Broom ; a deciduous JJpruh ; native of the barren parts ot Spain. 5. Spartium Angulatum : The Eastern Broom ; a deciduous Jhrub ; native of the Eall. 6- Spartium <5]*/«^«;« : The thorny Bp.oom, or pricivLy Cytisus J a tender deciduous Jhrub -, native of the fca-ccalls ot the fouthern parts of Europe. 7, S? AKTivn Scorpi us : The prickly Broom; a deciduous J};ruh ; native of Spain and the fouth of France *. 1. The English Broom will grow to be about fix feet high. The branches are very flexible and numerous ; tlicy are angular ; and the bark with which they are covered is of a delightful green. The leaves are both trifoliate and fingle, the lower part of the branches producing the former, the upper part the latter. The flowers are large, and produced in May, all along the fides of the lad year's fhcots, from the bottom to the top. They Hand upon (hort foct.'lalks, ana fo ornament each twig of which the whole fhrvib is compofed, that they have a look grand beyond mou of thofe of the fiowery tribe, Thefe ficwers are fucceeded by ccmpreiled pods, containing kidney-fhaped feeds, all of which are very well known. * P'or 2.ictl:ci Clafs of Brooms fee Gskisxa. z. Spanish SPA 383 2. Spanish Broom. There nre two notable 'varieties of this fpecies: Common Spanilh Bi-oom, Double Spaniili Broom. Common SpariiJI: Broom \s a fine plant, and has been much {"ought after as a flowering-flirub. It will grow to be ten feet high. The branches are taper, placed oppofite, and covered with a fmooth green bark. The leaves, which are not very numerous, are of a fpear-fhaped figure, and, like the twigs, of a fine green colour. The flowers are produced at the ends of the branches, in loofe fpikes, in July ; and there will be a fuc- ceffion ftill kept up, at the end of each fpike, often until the froll: puts a period to their blowing. The flowers of this fort, alfo, are fucceeded by comprefTed pods, which contain kidney- fliaped feeds, which often ripen in the autumn. The Double Spani/Jj Broom differs in no refpeft from the other, except that the leaves are very double. The manner of growing, colour of the fhoot, and nature cf the leaves, arc exakftly the fame; and it produces very full doub'e flowers; but thefe flowers do not come out fo early as the fingie fort, it being often September before any of them will be in blow ; and the fucceifion will be continued fo flowly, that fometimes net more than two or three flowers on a fpike will be fully cut be- fore the frofts nip them from any further blow. This fort is fuc- ceeded by no feeds. 3. Starry-Broom is a low plant, fcldom growing more than a yard high, even when it has the advantage of culture ; in the places of its natural growth, two feet it fcldom afpires to, Notwithftanding the low growth of this flirub^ however, it will occupy a large fpace of ground in proportion to its flze, fcr it extends its flexible branches all around to feme dillance. The branches cf which it is compofed are very narrow, angular, and grow oppofite by pairs. The leaves are trifoliate, grow oppo- iite to each other, and the folioles are awl-lhaped, placed op- pofite, and fpread out in fuch a manner as to relemble the rays of a ftar, which occaflons its being fo called. The flowers are produced in Juns and July, at the ends of the branches : they will be in a kind of fmall cluflers or fpikes, are of a bright- yellow colour, and of the fame figure with the former, but pro- portionally fmaller. They artr fucceeded by fnort hairy pods, in 384 SPA in which are a few kldney-ihaped feeus, which will be lips in Aogull or September. 4. Single-seeded Broom. The ••jar.'rfirs cf this fpecies are, the-Common Yellow, and the White-flowered. The Co?^r?uvi Sin^Ie-j'ceiicd I] room is a plant al'jout fix feet in growth. Its branches, which are very numerous and tough, are angular; and the leaves, which arc not very many, are of a lanceolated figure. The flowers are produced in bunches fiom the fides of the branches. Thefe bunches are fnall ;/but being of a line deep-yellow colour, and alfo being in plenty all over the fhrub, give it a beautiful lock. This {hrub blows in July ; and the flowers are fucceeded by ibort pods, each of which contains a fingle feed only, which fcldom ripens in England. White-fiovutrcd Slnglc-ficdcd Broo?!! , which is alfo called tlie White SpaniJ}} Broom, is of a more tender nature than the former fort ; yet not (o tender but that it will thrive abroad with us, in any dry foil and well-flieltercd fituation, if the winters iirc not too fevere. After this precaution, we would advife the irardener not to venture his whole flock of thefe plants abroad > left a fevere winter fliouid take them all off; but to have a few planted in pots, and fet under fhclter, that, in cafe the others fhould be killed, a Ihare of thefe qiay fupply their places. The White Spanith Broom, then, will grow to about eight feet high ; and the branches are numerous, flender, and tough. Their bark is of a whiiifli colour, and they are taper, almoft like a rufh. The leaves, wliich are not many, are of a lanceolated fifTure. The howers are white, come out in cluflers from the fides of the branches in July, and are i'ucceeded by fhort pod;, each of which contains one Angle feed only. 5, The Eastern Broom will grow to about fix or eight feet high. The branches of this, alfo, are numerous, flender, and tough. They are rather of a fingular itrudure, each of them affording flx angles. The leaves, which are few, are of dif- ferent figures, fome being found fingle only, v.-hilft others are trifoliate. The flowers are produced in July, at the ends of the branches, in a kind of fpikes. They are of a paler yellow than m oft of the otker Icrts, and are rarely kicceeded by feeds with as. 6. Pkicki.y SPA 3S5 6. Prickly Cytisus, or Thorny Broom, has fcarcely »ny bufinefs in this place, being generally reared as a green- houfe plant ; but as it will bear our moderately mild winters in a warm fuil and fituation, with this caution it may be in- troduced. It is about fix feet in growth ; and the branches are numerous, (lender, tough, angular, and armed with long fpines. The leaves are trifoliate ; and the flowers are pro- duced in cluflers, in June, at the ends of the branches. They Hand on long footftalks, are of a bright yellow, and make a good figure. They are fucceeded by fhort hard pods, which contain a few feeds of the fame figure with the others. 7. Prickly Broom. The flalk of this fpecies is woody, and fends forth feveral flender, prickly branches, which fpread themfelves every way. The leaves are oval, fmooth, and in fome varieties hairy. The flowers are moderately large ; and fome are of a deep-yellow colour, whilft others are pale. They appear in July; and are fucceeded by fliort pods, containing the feeds, which feldom ripen in England. All thefe forts of Broom, the Double-bloffomed excepted, are to be propagated from feeds; and one method may be obferved for all the forts. The forts that ripen their feeds in England are fuppofed to be ready at hand ; the feeds of the others mufl be procured from the places where they grow natu- rally. The firft week in April is the befl time for fowing the feeds; and this fhould be either in drills, or on beds, half an inch deep. It will not be long before the plants appear j and as, the hot weather comes on, they fhould be fhaded from nine o'clock in the morning till within an hour of funfet. Water- ing and conllant weeding mud be given them ; and this is all the trouble they will require in fummer. The reader v/ill per- ceix'e our Common Broom to waiit none of this care ; neither will the Common Spanilh Broom need much of it ; it is to be afforded thofe only which are lefs common, that we may be more certain of a plentiful ftrong crop. In the fpring all thefe feedlings are to be taken up, and pricked out in the nur- fery-ground, a foot afunder, and nvo feet diltant in the rows. This work mull be done when they are one year-old fcediings ; becaufe they naturally fend down a fuong tap-root, D d Ayhichj 386 S P 1 which, if deferred longer, will be grown fo big as to endan- gerthe growth of the plant. Aftat they have ftoou in the Euriery-ground two years, they will be good plants for fetting out where they are to remain. Thus may all the forts oi Spar- tium be raifed by feeds ; though it will be highly proper to have particular rci^ard to the fituatlon of the tenderer fwts ; fuch as the White Spanilh Broom, the Oriental, and the forts called the Prickly Cytifus and Prickly Brooin. Thefe may be raifed t'ne fame way ; but the foil and fiiuaiion muft: be natu- rally warm and well-lheltered, and the beds fhould be hooped to be covered with mats in frofty weither ; otherwife the whole crop will be in danger of being loft the firll winter. In the fpring they may be planted, feme in pots (to preferve the forts), others in the vvarmell places of the Ihrubbery. Another method will not be improper to be followed in raifing the ten- derer forts ; namely, by fowing them in pots in April, and plunging them in a fiiady border up to the rim- At the ap. proach of the firft froll, they may be removed into the green- houfe, or placed under fome fhelter, when they will be effec- tually preferred until the fpring ; then they fhculd be turned out, and ^;ianted in feparate pots, which fhould be plunged in a Ihady border, and removed under cover in the winter. By thus protedling them for a winter or two, they will get flrcnger, and be able to refift the cold ; and then a fnare may be planted out in the warmed fituation, whilft the others may be removed into larger pots, to be kept, if wanted, as grcenhoufe-plants. S P I R iE A. LixNEAN Clafs and Order, Icofaniria Pentagynla: Each flower contains about twenty males and five females. There ai-e nineteen Species ; fix of the ligneous kind are here treated of: I. Zviv.-'E.K /aUcifoVia : The Common Spir^.a Frutex, or the Willow-leaved Spiraea ; a lovj deciduous jhrub ; native of Si- beria and Tartary. r. Spir-«a S P I 3S7 2. SpiKJEh Tcmcntpfa : The Red-flOvVering Spir.-ea; » io:v lieciJuous Jhnib ; native of Philadelphia. 3. SriR^A HyperictfoUa : The Hypkricum - leaved S I' I R .■£ A , or H Y P £ R I c u M F R u T E X ; a dcciduous JJiruh ; na- tive of Canada. 4. SpiKJEK Crcnata : The Spanish Spir^a ; a Io~m dcci~ duousJI:?ruh\ native of Spain and Siberia. 5. SpiR^A Opul'f in panicles. They are feldom fuccecded by feeds in England. The PROPAGATION of all the forts is very eafy. It may bs done by cuttings ; for if the llrongeft parts of the ihoots of the lall fummer's growth be planted in Odlober, in a (hady border, rnoil of them will grow, and become good plants by the autumn ; fo that by the autumn after that, they will be very proper plants to be fet out to iland. But if a perfon has only a plant or two cf a fort, from which he can get but a very few cuttings, the beft way is to layer them, and not hazard their growing this way ; for although they will take freely, yet (fays Haneurv) by fome unfeafonable weather, I have known whole crops of cuttings of all forts to fail. Thus, of the many thoufand cut- tings of all forts I planted in the winter preceding the dry fum- mer in 1762, very few grew ; for although they were fhaded and watered, and others planted in (hady borders, yet fuch large cracks and chafms would open among them (as they did almoft all over my plantations) as to caufe watering to be of no fervice ; nay, the more I watered them, the harder the mould ie.t, and the chafms became greater : and notwithftanuin^y many Of the cuttings were planted in parts that were pofiefied of a ra- tLral moifture, yet the crevices there were larger, and the ground harder ; and all attempts to prevent it feemed to be in vain. Though this is the nature of the foil of few nurferies, i mention this to fliew, that there is an hazard in planting of cutting^j urlefs the feafon fhculd prove good ; for this turn I had I S T A 391 I had fcarcely any grew : fo that whatever trees will grow by cuttinp-s, if a gentleman has only a plant or two, and wants to have them encreafed, the bell way is to do it by layers ; and hence, of all the forts before-mentioned^ if the twigs \st but laid in the ground in the autumn, they will have good roots by the autumn following, many of whicis will be plants ftrong enough to be planted in the fhrubbery, v/hilft the weaker may be fet ia the nurfery-ground for a year or two, to gain ftrength. Some of thefe forts, will throw out fuckers, which will be good plants when taken up : nay, the lirft fort will propagate itfeif fail enough this way ; for after it has flood a year or two, it will throw them out fo vigoroufly, as has been before obferved, that in one fummer they .vill grow to be as high as the whole plant, and will have fair flowers at their ends in the autumn. And here the Gardener mud obferve, that after this fort is planted in the fhrubbery, the fuckers mull be conftanty cleared oiF the old plants every winter, otherwife they will foon be fo numerous and clofc, as to lofe that beauty which always attends plants that arifc with finglc or with few S T A P H Y L ^ A. Lin MEAN Clafs and Order, Pinta7iJria Trigynla : Each Flower contains five males and three females : There are two Species : I. Staphyl^a Pliinata: The common Staphyl^^a, or Bladder-Nut; sl deciduous fhrub -^ native of many parts of Europe. 2.Staphyl^a Tr'ifoUa: The TpvIfoliate Staphyl^a, ©r Bladder-Nut ; a deciduous fhruh ; native of Virginia. I. The Common Staphyl/ea will grow to be eight or ten feet high. The older branches are covered v/ith a brown bark ; D d 4 ' that 3$2 S T A that on the younger flioots is of a much lighter colour. Th« bark is exceeding fmooth ; the twigs are very pithy, and when broken have a very flrong fcent. The buds will be turgid and large early in winter, as if ready to burfl: out of their ftipuls, and begin their fhoots ; this caufes the plant at that feafon to have an air of heakh and verdure, which of courfe muft then be very pleafmg. The leaves are pinnated, of a light-green co- lour, and, like all others of that nature, are very ornamental. They confift of two pair of folioles, that are terminated with aa odd one ; which occafions this fort being frequently called the Five-leaved Bladdcr-Nut. Thefe folioles are tolerably large, oblong, pointed, and ftand on pretty long footflalks. The flowers are produced in long pendulous bunches, from the wings of the leaves ; and are white. The buds appear in the fpring, almoR at the firfl dividing of the ftipulae, though they will not be in full blow until May. Thefe flowers are fucceeded by large inflated bladders, in which the feeds are contained, and have a very Ibiking and Angular look in the autumn. The nuts of this tree are fmooth, and faid to be eaten as food by the poor people in feme countries. They are alfo ufed by the Ca- tholics, who compofe fome of their rofaries of them. 2. The Trifoliate Staphyl/ea grows to about the fam© height with the former. Theelder branches will be befprinkled, as it were, all over with greyifh fpdts. The bark on the younger branches is perfedly fmooth, and of a yellowifli colour. The buds will be fwelled early in the winter, though they will not be-fo large and turgid as thofe of the former fort. The leaves are trifoliate, and grow by threes on a foatitalk ; which has occafioned this plant being diftinguiflicd by the name of Three-leaved Bladder-Nut. They are of a light- green co- lour; and the folioles are generally pretty large, oval, pointed, and ferrated at their edges. The flower-buds appear at the firft beginning of the buds to open in the fpring ; which has been known to be fometiracs fo early as January ; though the flower« will not be in full blow until May. Thefe flowers, like the former, are produced from the fides of the branches, in long pendulous bunches : their colour is white ; and they are fuc- ^esQid by large inflated bladders, in which the feeds are con- tained. The feeds of both fpecies ripen well in England. Thefe I S T A 313 Thefe fpecies may be propagated by feeds, layers, or cuttings. I. The feeds fhould be fown, foon after they are ripe, in the autumn, three quarters of an inch deep, in almoft any fort of common garden-mould made fine. In the fpring fome fhare of the plants will appear ; though you muft not ex-. pe£l the whole crop until the fecond fpring following : nay, if the fowing of the feeds is deferred until the fpring, fcarcely any of them will come up until the fpring after. All the fum- mer the beds muft be kept clear of weeds ; and if it fhould prove dry, a gentle watering fhould be. given the young plants, which will encreafe their growth. The fpring after the re- mainder of the crop will come up ; and the bufinefs of weeding muft be continued that fummer. In the autumn the two-years- old plants (hould be drawn out and planted in the nurfery, a foot afunder, and two feet diftant in the rows ; and in the be- ginning of March the one-year-old feedlings ftiould be taken up, and planted in the fame manner. The reafon of deferring the planting out of the younger feedlings is, that, being fmall when planted out in autumn, they are often thrown out of the ground by the froft, and many of them loft ; whereas, of larger plants there will be little danger. After they have ftood two or three years in the nurfery, they will be good plants for any places where they are wanted. 2. Thefe flirubs may alfo be propagated by layers ; and this muft be performed in the autumn, on the fhoois of the preceding fummer, by flittino- them at a joint, and laying them in the ground. The making of this flit will be neceffary, or at leaft the well breaking of the bark ; otherwife they will not ftrike root ; and if this be done with judgment, they will have good roots by the autumn fol- lowing, many of which will be good plants, and fit for the Ihrubbery ; whilft the weaker may be planted in the nurfery- ground for a year or two, to gain ftrength. One caution is to beobferved: If the hyering is to be performed by twifting the young ftioots fo as to break the bark, be careful not to over-do this; for being very pithy, it will kill them to be much twift- ed ; and if the bark is not well broke, they will not ftrike root tshis way. 3. Thefe trees are to be encreafed alfo by cuttings ; from which they will grow very well. The cuttings muft be the bottom part of the laft fummer's ihoot, which fhould be planted ia 394 S T E in Oftober, In a fhady border of light earth. If the fpring ihould prove dry, give them fome watering, and there will be little fear but that moft of them will grow. S T E W A R T I A. LiNNEAN Clafs and Order, Monadelphla Folyandr'ia : Each flower contains many males, and five females ; the males being joined in one fet at the bafe : There is only one Species : Stewartia Malacode7idron. : TheSxEWARTiA ; a deciduoti^ Jhrtih ; native of Virginia. The Stewartia is a fhrub of about eight or ten feet growth with us, and the branches, which are produced irregu- larly from the fides of the main Hem, are covered with a brown bark. The leaves are placed alternately on the branches, and are of much the fize and make of thofe of the Cherry-tree. Their upper furface is of a fine green, though they are lighter and hairy underneath, and have their edges moft acutely fer- rated. In the beginning of June this tree v.iil be in blow. The flowers are produced from the fides of tiie branches : they are white, and feem to be compofed of five large oval petals ; but upon examining them to the bottom, v^e find them joined at the bafe. The flowers have a genteel lock, are pofl'eflcd of an air of delicacy; and this being at prefent a very fcarce plant, makes it more valuable. It was named Stcu}artia in honour of the right hon. the Earl of Bute, as a compliment to his great Ikill in the fcience of botany. This Plant is propagated by layers and feeds, i. The young Ihoots fliould be layered in autumn, by making a flit at the joint, as is praflifed for Cariiations. In the fpring, a tall hedge of fome kind Ihould be made on the fouth fide of them, bending alfo a little towards the eaft and weft, that they may be fliaded all the fummer. In dry weather they ftiould be wa- tered; and then .hey fliould remain until the March following, when they fliould be examined to fee if they have flruck root ; for fometimes they will ftrike root pretty freely, if fo fliadedand watered ; STY 3f5 watered ; and fometiiTies they have difappointed our expefla- tions after waiting two years; though cuttings will fome- times grow. In March, however, a fufficient quantity of pots muft be provided, filled with good garden-mould, mixed with a fhare of drift-fand ; and the layers fhould be taken up, whether they have ftruck root or not, and planted in thefe pots, which muft be plunged up to their rims in a bark-bed. Tbofe layers that have no roots will have the parts ready for ftriking, and this aiuilance will fet them all forward ; fo that in a very little time they will become good plants. They muft be hardened as foon as pcffible to the open air. For this pur- pofe the pots Ihould be taken out of the beds, and plunged up to the rims in a Ihady place ; and though thefe are hardy trees, it will be proper to take the pots up, and remove them into the greenhoufe, or under fome fhelter, for the firft winter. At the latter end of March they may be turned out of the pots, with their mould, into the places where they are wanted to ftand. 2. Another method of propagating thefe plants is from feeds, which we receive horn abroad. Thefe fhould be fown in pots of light earth, about half an inch deep, and the pots ftiould be plunged up to the rims in a bark-bed ; where all the advantages of heat, water, and fhadc, mull be afforded them ; for with- out thefe requifitcs, it is not often that they will grow. S T Y R A LiNNhAN Clafs and Order, Decandiia Tdonovynui : Each flower contains about ten or twelve males, and one female : There is only one Species : Styras O^.dnalls: The Storax-Tree; a tall dcculuous jhrul ; native of Italy, Palcftinc, and Syria. The Styrax, in its native places of growth, will arrive to be more than twenty feet high ; with us, twelve or fourteen feet is the height we may expe^. it to grow to. The branches are covered with a fmooth greyifh bark; .^nd the younger Hioots are of a reddifh colour. The very wood of this tree is finely fcented ; and in Turkey and other places where it naturally jTrcvSi, 39^ STY grows, that fragrant refin called Storax exfudes from its trunk, an incifion being firft made. The virtues of this refm are well known, and the tree is rendered valuable on that account. The leaves which ornament the flender branches, that are produced without order all around, are of a moderate fize, and of an oval, pointed figure. Their edges are a little waved, though free from ferratures. They grow on fhort footftalks, without any order, being fometimes by pairs, fometimes fingly, pro- ducing a pleafmg irregularity. They a little referable the leaves of the quince-tree, and are of two colours ; their upper fur- face is of a lucid green, but their under is hoary ; and this difference of colours makes a good contraft, efpecially when waving with the wind, on this charming fweet-fcented tree. The flowers are produced in June, from the fides of the branches, in bunches ; feven or"eight flowers will conflitute a tuft. Their form and colour fomevvhat referable thofe of the orange- tree, and their odours arc difl"ufedall around. Thefe flowers are fucceeded by no fruit with us ; fo that the height of its beauty is when it is in full blow. The PROPAGATION is from feeds, which we receive from abroad. Thefe mull be fown an inch deep, in pots of light fandy earth, which pots fnould be plunged in a fliady wcil-fliel- tercd place, there to remain until the fecond fpring after fovv- ing. In March the feeds will be ready to fprout; and to affift them, it will be neccflliry to take up the pots, and fet them up to the rims in a hot-bed. When the plants come up, all convenient air muft be given them ; often water ; and they fhould be hardened foon to the open air. They fliould be then fet abroad in the (hade, and in the winter fliould be removed into the greer.houfe, and placed under flielter. In the fpring it will not be neceiTary to force them a fecond time in the hot- bed ; for if the pots are fet in a fliady place up to the rims, and now and then a little watering afforded them, the plants will grow very well, and make good fhoots that fummer. Like greenhoufe-plants, at the approach of winter, they muft be re- moved into ihelter ; and in fpring they mult be (hook out of thefe larger pots, and each planted in a feparate fmallerpot; and being well watered, if they are plunged into a hot-bed, it will fet thera growing finely. After they have had help this v.'av> SYR 397 way, they muft be foon hardened, and the pots taken up, and let up to the rims in mould in a fhady place. In winter they fliould be placed in the greenhoufe as before; and this method mull be continued for fix or eight years, treating them exafily as hardy grcenhoufe-plants, and Ihlfting them into frefh pots, as their encreafeof fize by growth requires. By this time they will be woody and llrong j and may then, the beginning of April, be turned out of the pots, with the mould, into the places where they are defigned to remain. If the foil be naturally